BROTHER MFC-L3770CDW (02) - Google Drive

File Info : application/pdf, 680 Pages, 9.72MB

BROTHER MFC-L3770CDW (02)

Online User's Guide
DCP-L3510CDW DCP-L3517CDW DCP-L3550CDW MFC-L3710CW MFC-L3730CDN MFC-L3750CDW MFC-L3770CDW
© 2018 Brother Industries, Ltd. All rights reserved.
https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Before You Use Your Brother Machine ............................................................................................... 1 Definitions of Notes ........................................................................................................................................ 2 Trademarks .................................................................................................................................................... 3 Important Note ............................................................................................................................................... 4
Introduction to Your Brother Machine................................................................................................. 5 Before Using Your Machine ........................................................................................................................... 6 Control Panel Overview ................................................................................................................................. 7 Touchscreen LCD Overview......................................................................................................................... 11 How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD ....................................................................................................... 15 Settings Screen Overview............................................................................................................................ 17 Set the Main Home Screen .......................................................................................................................... 18 Access Brother Utilities (Windows®) ............................................................................................................ 19 Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows®) .................................................................... 21
Paper Handling.................................................................................................................................... 22 Load Paper................................................................................................................................................... 23 Load and Print Using the Paper Tray ................................................................................................. 24 Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) .................................................................... 28 Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot .................................................................................. 38 Paper Settings.............................................................................................................................................. 45 Change the Paper Size and Paper Type............................................................................................ 46 Select the Tray to Be Used For Printing ............................................................................................. 47 Change the Check Paper Size Setting............................................................................................... 48 Recommended Print Media.......................................................................................................................... 49 Load Documents .......................................................................................................................................... 50 Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) ............................................................. 51 Load Documents on the Scanner Glass............................................................................................. 53 Unscannable and Unprintable Areas ........................................................................................................... 54 Using Special Paper..................................................................................................................................... 55
Print ...................................................................................................................................................... 56 Print from Your Computer (Windows®) ........................................................................................................ 57 Print a Document (Windows®)............................................................................................................ 58 Print Settings (Windows®) .................................................................................................................. 60 Secure Print (Windows®).................................................................................................................... 64 Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®) .................................................................................. 66 Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3TM Language Emulation) (Windows®) ........................................................................................................................................ 67 Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows®) ................................................ 68 Print from Your Computer (Mac) .................................................................................................................. 69 Print a Document (Mac) ..................................................................................................................... 70 Print Options (Mac) ............................................................................................................................ 71 Secure Print (Mac) ............................................................................................................................. 77 Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3TM language emulation) (Mac) .................................................................................................................................................. 79 Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac) .......................................................... 80
i
https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Table of Contents
Cancel a Print Job........................................................................................................................................ 81 Test Print ...................................................................................................................................................... 82 Scan...................................................................................................................................................... 83 Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine ............................................................................... 84
Scan Photos and Graphics................................................................................................................. 85 Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File .................................................................................. 88 Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive......................................................................................... 91 Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) .................................................................................................. 93 Scan to Email Attachment .................................................................................................................. 96 Scan to FTP ....................................................................................................................................... 99 Scan to Network (Windows®) ........................................................................................................... 104 Scan to SharePoint® ........................................................................................................................ 110 Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10) ........ 115 Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®)..................................................... 119 Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) ....................................................... 123 Configure Certificate for Signed PDF ............................................................................................... 124 Disable Scanning from Your Computer ............................................................................................ 125 Scan from Your Computer (Windows®)...................................................................................................... 126 Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) ..................................................................... 127 Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)............................................................... 144 Scan Using NuanceTM PaperPortTM 14SE or Other Windows® Applications .................................... 160 Scan Using Windows® Fax and Scan .............................................................................................. 165 Scan from Your Computer (Mac)................................................................................................................ 169 Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) ............................................................................................ 170 Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)........................................................................... 171 TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac) ........................................................................................................... 173 Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management......................................................................... 176 Set the Scan File Name Using Web Based Management................................................................ 177 Set the Scan Job Email Report Using Web Based Management .................................................... 178 Copy ................................................................................................................................................... 179 Copy a Document ...................................................................................................................................... 180 Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images ............................................................................................................ 183 Make N in 1 Copies Using the Page Layout Feature ................................................................................. 184 Sort Copies ................................................................................................................................................ 186 Copy an ID Card ........................................................................................................................................ 187 Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy) ...................................................................................... 189 Copy Options ............................................................................................................................................. 191 Fax ...................................................................................................................................................... 194 Send a Fax................................................................................................................................................. 195 Send a Fax ....................................................................................................................................... 196 Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF.................................................................................................... 198 Send a Fax Manually........................................................................................................................ 199 Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation ........................................................................................ 200 Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) .................................................... 201 Send a Fax in Real Time .................................................................................................................. 203 Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)................................................................................ 204
ii
https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Table of Contents
Add a Cover Page to Your Fax......................................................................................................... 205 Cancel a Fax in Progress ................................................................................................................. 207 Check and Cancel a Pending Fax.................................................................................................... 208 Fax Options ...................................................................................................................................... 209 Receive a Fax ............................................................................................................................................ 210 Receive Mode Settings .................................................................................................................... 211 Memory Receive Options ................................................................................................................. 221 Remote Fax Retrieval....................................................................................................................... 228 Voice Operations and Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................... 234 Voice Operations .............................................................................................................................. 235 Store Fax Numbers .......................................................................................................................... 237 Set up Groups for Broadcasting ....................................................................................................... 241 Combine Address Book Numbers ................................................................................................... 245 Telephone Services and External Devices................................................................................................. 246 Use BT Call Sign .............................................................................................................................. 247 Set the Telephone Line Type............................................................................................................ 249 External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)................................................................................... 251 External and Extension Telephones ................................................................................................. 254 Multi-line Connections (PBX) ........................................................................................................... 261 Fax Reports................................................................................................................................................ 262 Print a Transmission Verification Report .......................................................................................... 263 Print a Fax Journal ........................................................................................................................... 264 PC-FAX ...................................................................................................................................................... 265 PC-FAX for Windows® ..................................................................................................................... 266 PC-FAX for Mac .............................................................................................................................. 288 Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive .................................................................................... 291 Compatible USB Flash Drives.................................................................................................................... 292 Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital Camera Supporting Mass Storage......................... 293 Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows®) ..................................................................................... 295 Network .............................................................................................................................................. 296 Configure Network Details Using the Control Panel .................................................................................. 297 Supported Basic Network Features ........................................................................................................... 298 Network Management Software and Utilities ............................................................................................. 299 Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities ............................................................... 300 Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network .................................... 302 Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network................................................... 303 Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network.............................................................................. 304 Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS).................................................................................................................................. 305 Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS).................................................................................................................................. 307 Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard 311 Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast ........................ 314 Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network .......................................................... 317 Use Wi-Fi Direct® ............................................................................................................................. 322 Advanced Network Features...................................................................................................................... 336 Print the Network Configuration Report............................................................................................ 337
iii
https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Table of Contents
Print the WLAN Report..................................................................................................................... 338 Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management ..................................... 341 Technical Information for Advanced Users................................................................................................. 344 Reset the Network Settings to the Factory Settings......................................................................... 345 Security .............................................................................................................................................. 346 Lock the Machine Settings ......................................................................................................................... 347 Setting Lock Overview...................................................................................................................... 348 Network Security Features......................................................................................................................... 352 Before Using Network Security Features ......................................................................................... 353 Secure Function Lock 3.0................................................................................................................. 354 Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS............................................................... 360 Send an Email Securely ................................................................................................................... 390 Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network ............................................... 394 Store Print Log to Network ............................................................................................................... 399 Mobile/Web Connect ......................................................................................................................... 405 Brother Web Connect................................................................................................................................. 406 Brother Web Connect Overview ....................................................................................................... 407 Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect ............................................................................ 408 Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect...................................................................................... 410 Set Up Brother Web Connect ........................................................................................................... 414 Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect ............................................................. 423 Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect ......................................................... 424 FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail ........................................................................................................ 427 Google Cloud Print..................................................................................................................................... 430 Google Cloud Print Overview ........................................................................................................... 431 Before Using Google Cloud Print ..................................................................................................... 432 Print from Google ChromeTM or Chrome OSTM ................................................................................. 436 Print from Google DriveTM for Mobile ................................................................................................ 437 Print from GmailTM Webmail Service for Mobile................................................................................ 438 AirPrint ....................................................................................................................................................... 439 AirPrint Overview.............................................................................................................................. 440 Before Using AirPrint (macOS) ........................................................................................................ 441 Print Using AirPrint ........................................................................................................................... 442 Scan Using AirPrint (macOS) ........................................................................................................... 445 Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)................................................................................................. 446 Mobile Printing for Windows® .................................................................................................................... 447 Mopria® Print Service................................................................................................................................. 448 Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices ..................................................................................................... 449 Near-Field Communication (NFC).............................................................................................................. 450 ControlCenter .................................................................................................................................... 451 ControlCenter4 (Windows®)....................................................................................................................... 452 Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows®) .......................................................... 453 Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) ..................................................................... 455 Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)............................................................... 456 Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®) ..................................................... 457 Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)..................................... 459
iv
https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Table of Contents
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows® and Mac.................................................................................. 461 Brother iPrint&Scan Overview.................................................................................................................... 462
Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................ 463 Error and Maintenance Messages ............................................................................................................. 464 Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report ..................................................................................... 474 Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature .............................................................. 478 Document Jams ......................................................................................................................................... 480 Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit ............................................................................ 481 Document is Jammed under the Document Cover .......................................................................... 482 Remove Small Scraps of Paper Jammed in the ADF ...................................................................... 483 Paper Jams ................................................................................................................................................ 484 Paper is Jammed in the MP tray ...................................................................................................... 485 Paper is Jammed in the Manual Feed Slot ...................................................................................... 486 Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray ................................................................................................. 487 Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray ..................................................................................... 489 Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine .................................................................................. 490 Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine .............................................................................................. 492 Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray.................................................................................. 494 Printing Problems....................................................................................................................................... 496 Improve the Print Quality............................................................................................................................ 499 Telephone and Fax Problems .................................................................................................................... 505 Set Dial Tone Detection.................................................................................................................... 508 Set Telephone Line Compatibility for Interference and VoIP Systems ............................................. 509 Network Problems...................................................................................................................................... 510 Error Messages ................................................................................................................................ 511 Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®) .................................................................... 514 Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings? ........................................................... 515 I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration........................................................ 516 My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network............................. 518 I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly ................................................... 520 Google Cloud Print Problems..................................................................................................................... 521 AirPrint Problems ....................................................................................................................................... 522 Other Problems .......................................................................................................................................... 523 Check the Machine Information ................................................................................................................. 525 Reset Your Brother Machine ...................................................................................................................... 526 Reset Functions Overview ............................................................................................................... 528
Routine Maintenance ........................................................................................................................ 530 Replace Supplies ....................................................................................................................................... 531 Replace the Toner Cartridge ............................................................................................................ 533 Replace the Drum Unit ..................................................................................................................... 537 Replace the Belt Unit........................................................................................................................ 542 Replace the Waste Toner Box .......................................................................................................... 546 Clean the Machine ..................................................................................................................................... 551 Clean the Scanner............................................................................................................................ 553 Clean the LED Heads....................................................................................................................... 554 Clean the Touchscreen LCD ............................................................................................................ 555 Clean the Corona Wires ................................................................................................................... 556
v
https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Table of Contents
Clean the Drum Unit ......................................................................................................................... 559 Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers ...................................................................................................... 568 Calibrate Colour Output ............................................................................................................................. 569 Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings......................................................................................... 570 Correct Colour Print Alignment (Colour Registration) ................................................................................ 571 Check the Remaining Part Life .................................................................................................................. 572 Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine ........................................................................................................ 573 Replace Periodic Maintenance Parts ......................................................................................................... 575
Machine Settings............................................................................................................................... 576 Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel ..................................................................................... 577 In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage) ............................................................................. 578 General Settings............................................................................................................................... 579 Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut..................................................................................... 595 Print Reports .................................................................................................................................... 598 Settings and Features Tables........................................................................................................... 601 Change Machine Settings from Your Computer......................................................................................... 638 Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management ............................................................ 639 Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup ........................................................................ 643
Appendix............................................................................................................................................ 654 Specifications ............................................................................................................................................. 655 How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine .............................................................................................. 666 Supplies ..................................................................................................................................................... 668 Important Information About Toner Cartridge Life ...................................................................................... 670 Information Regarding Recycled Paper ..................................................................................................... 671 Brother Numbers........................................................................................................................................ 672

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
· Definitions of Notes · Trademarks · Important Note

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Definitions of Notes
Definitions of Notes

We use the following symbols and conventions throughout this User's Guide:

WARNING

WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injuries.

CAUTION

CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injuries.

IMPORTANT NOTE

IMPORTANT indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in damage to property or loss of product functionality.
NOTE specifies the operating environment, conditions for installation, or special conditions of use.
Tips icons indicate helpful hints and supplementary information.

Electrical Hazard icons alert you to possible electrical shock.

Fire Hazard icons alert you to the possibility of a fire.

Hot Surface icons warn you not to touch hot machine parts.

Prohibition icons indicate actions you must not perform.

Bold Italics Courier New

Bold style identifies buttons on the machine's control panel or computer screen. Italicised style emphasises an important point or refers you to a related topic. Courier New font identifies messages shown on the machine's LCD.

Related Information
· Before You Use Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Trademarks
Trademarks
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, SharePoint, Internet Explorer, PowerPoint, Excel and OneNote are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Apple, App Store, Mac, macOS, Safari, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, iPad, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the United States and other countries. Nuance and PaperPort are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nuance Communications, Inc. or its affiliates in the United States and/or other countries. PostScript and PostScript 3 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Alliance and Wi-Fi Direct are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance®. WPA, WPA2, Wi-Fi CERTIFIED, Wi-Fi Protected Setup and Wi-Fi Protected Setup logo are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance®. Android, Gmail, Google Cloud Print, Google Drive, Google Chrome, Chrome OS and Google Play are trademarks of Google LLC. Use of these trademarks is subject to Google Permissions. Mopria® and the Mopria® Logo are registered trademarks and service marks of Mopria Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorised use is strictly prohibited. Mozilla and Firefox are registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation. Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. Evernote is a trademark of Evernote Corporation and used under a license. The Bluetooth® word mark is a registered trademark owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Brother Industries, Ltd. is under license. WordPerfect is a registered trademark of Corel Corporation and/or its subsidiaries in Canada, the United States and/or other countries. PictBridge is a trademark. Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its proprietary programs. Any trade names and product names of companies appearing on Brother products, related documents and any other materials are all trademarks or registered trademarks of those respective companies.
Related Information
· Before You Use Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Important Note
Important Note
· Do not use this product outside the country of purchase as it may violate the wireless telecommunication and power regulations of that country.
· Not all models are available in all countries. · Windows® 10 in this document represents Windows® 10 Home, Windows® 10 Pro, Windows® 10 Education
and Windows® 10 Enterprise. · Windows Server® 2008 in this document represents Windows Server® 2008 and Windows Server® 2008 R2. · In this User's Guide, the LCD messages of the DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/MFC-L3770CDW are
used unless otherwise specified. · In this User's Guide, the illustrations of the MFC-L3770CDW are used unless otherwise specified. · The screens in this User's Guide are for illustration purposes only and may differ from the actual screens. · Unless otherwise specified, the screens in this manual are from Windows® 7 and macOS v10.12.x. Screens
on your computer may vary depending on your operating system. · The contents of this guide and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice. · This documentation is both for MFC and DCP models. · Not all features are available in countries subject to applicable export restrictions.
Related Information
· Before You Use Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
· Before Using Your Machine · Control Panel Overview · Touchscreen LCD Overview · How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD · Settings Screen Overview · Set the Main Home Screen · Access Brother Utilities (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Before Using Your Machine
Before Using Your Machine
Before attempting any printing operation, confirm the following: · Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers. · For USB or network cable users: Make sure the interface cable is physically secure.
Simultaneous printing, scanning and faxing
Your machine can print from your computer while sending or receiving a fax into memory or while scanning a document into the computer. Fax sending will not be stopped during printing from your computer. However, when the machine is copying or receiving a fax on paper, it pauses the printing operation, and then continues printing when copying or fax receiving has finished.
DCP models do not support the fax feature.
Firewall (Windows®)
If your computer is protected by a firewall and you are unable to network print, network scan, or PC-FAX, you may need to configure the firewall settings. If you are using the Windows® Firewall and you installed the drivers using the steps in the installer, the necessary firewall settings have been already set. If you are using any other personal firewall software, see the User's Guide for your software or contact the software manufacturer.
Related Information
· Introduction to Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Control Panel Overview
Control Panel Overview

The control panel may vary depending on your model.
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

Power On/Off

· Turn the machine on by pressing .

· Turn the machine off by pressing and holding for a few seconds before turning off.
2. Function Buttons

. The LCD displays [Shutting Down] and stays on

Copy/Scan Options Press to access temporary settings for scanning or copying.

WiFi (for wireless models)
Press the WiFi button and launch the wireless installer on your computer. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up a wireless connection between your machine and your network.
When the WiFi light is on, your Brother machine is connected to a wireless access point. When the WiFi light blinks, the wireless connection is down, or your machine is in the process of connecting to a wireless access point.

Scan Press to switch the machine to Scan Mode.

2 in 1 (ID) Copy Press to copy both sides of an identification card onto a single page.

https://manual-hub.com/

3. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)

Displays messages to help you set up and use the machine.

If the machine is in Ready Mode or Copy Mode, the LCD displays:

1S0ta0c%kCopiesAu:t0o1

a. Type of copy b. Number of copies c. Quality d. Contrast e. Copy ratio 4. Menu Buttons

Menu Press to access the Menu for programming your machine settings.

Clear · Press to delete entered data. · Press to cancel the current setting.

OK Press to store your machine settings.

a or b Press to scroll up or down through menus and options.
5. Stop/Exit · Press to stop an operation. · Press to exit from a menu.
6. Start buttons · Mono Start - Press to start making copies in monochrome. - Press to start scanning documents (in colour, grey, or monochrome depending on the scan setting). · Colour Start - Press to start making copies in full colour. - Press to start scanning documents (in colour, grey, or monochrome depending on the scan setting).

https://manual-hub.com/

DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Touchscreen Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Access menus and options by pressing them on the touchscreen.
2. Menu Buttons

(Back) Press to go back to the previous menu.

(Home) Press to return to the Main Home screen.

(Cancel)

Press to cancel an operation. 3. Dial Pad (Numerical buttons)
Press the Numerical buttons to dial telephone or fax numbers and to enter the number of copies. 4. LED Power Indicator
The LED lights up depending on the machine's power status.

Power On/Off

· Turn the machine on by pressing .

· Turn the machine off by pressing and holding down . The LCD displays [Shutting Down] for a few seconds before going off. If you have an external telephone or TAD connected, it is always available.

Near Field Communication (NFC) (MFC-L3770CDW)
If your AndroidTM device supports the NFC feature, you can print from your device or scan documents to your device by touching it to the NFC symbol.

https://manual-hub.com/

Related Information
· Introduction to Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Touchscreen LCD Overview
Touchscreen LCD Overview
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW You can select from two types of screens to set as the Main Home screen: Home screens and Shortcuts screens. When a Home screen is displayed, swipe left or right or press d or c to display the other Home screens. The Main Home screen displays the machine's status when the machine is idle. When displayed, this screen indicates that your machine is ready for the next command. The available features vary depending on your model. Home screen: Screen 1 The Home screens provide access to features, such as Fax, Copy and Scan.
Home screen: Screen 2

https://manual-hub.com/

Home screen: Screen 3

Shortcuts screen Create Shortcuts for frequently-used operations, such as sending a fax, copying, scanning and using Web Connect.
Three Shortcuts tabs are available with six Shortcuts on each Shortcuts tab. A total of 18 Shortcuts are available.

1. Date & Time Displays the date and time set on the machine.
2. Modes

[Fax]

Press to access Fax mode.

[Copy]

Press to access Copy mode.

[Scan]

Press to access Scan mode.

[Secure Print]

Press to access the [Secure Print] option.

https://manual-hub.com/

[Web]

Press to connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.

[Apps]

Press to connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.

[USB]

Press to access the USB menu and select [Scan to USB] or [Direct Print] options.

(Toner)

Displays the remaining toner life. Press to access the [Toner] menu.

(Settings)

Press to access the [Settings] menu.

If Setting Lock has been turned on, a lock change settings. 5. Wired LAN Status or Wireless Status · Wired Network Models:

icon appears on the LCD. You must unlock the machine to

(Wired LAN Status)

Press to configure the Wired LAN settings. The icon displays the current wired network status.

Network cable is connected

No cable connection

· Wireless Network Models:

(Wireless Status)

Press to configure wireless settings. If you are using a wireless connection, a four-level indicator displays the current wireless signal strength.

Max

Wireless LAN Disabled

[Shortcuts]

Press to access the [Shortcuts] screen.

(Home screen)

Press to access the Home screens.

https://manual-hub.com/

New Fax (MFC models)
When [Fax Preview] is set to [On], the number of new faxes you received into the memory appears at the top of the screen. Warning icon

The warning icon

appears when there is an error or maintenance message. Press the message area to

view it, and then press to return to the Main Home screen.

NOTE
This product adopts the font of ARPHIC TECHNOLOGY CO.,LTD.

Related Information
· Introduction to Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD
How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW Press your finger on the LCD to operate it. To display and access all the options, swipe left, right, up, down or press d c or a b on the LCD to scroll through them. The following steps explain how to change a machine setting. In this example, the LCD Backlight setting is changed from [Light] to [Med].
IMPORTANT
DO NOT press the LCD with a sharp object, such as a pen or stylus. It may damage the machine.
NOTE
DO NOT touch the LCD immediately after plugging in the power cord or turning on the machine. Doing this may cause an error. 1. Press [Settings]. 2. Press [All Settings]. 3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press [General Setup].
4. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [LCD Settings] option, and then press [LCD Settings].

https://manual-hub.com/

5. Press [Backlight].
6. Press [Med].
7. Press .
Related Information
· Introduction to Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Settings Screen Overview
Settings Screen Overview
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Press to view the current machine status on the LCD. Use the Settings menu to access all of your Brother machine's settings. The available features vary depending on your model.

1. Toner · Displays the remaining toner life. · Press to access the [Toner] menu.
2. Network · Press to set up a network connection. · A four level indicator on the screen displays the current wireless signal strength if you are using a wireless connection.
3. Date & Time Displays the date and time set on the machine. Press to access the [Date & Time] menu.
4. Screen Settings Press to access the [Screen Settings] menu.
5. All Settings Press to access a menu of all machine settings.
6. Tray Setting Press to access the [Tray Setting] menu.
7. Eco Mode Press to access the [Eco Mode] menu.
Related Information
· Introduction to Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Set the Main Home Screen
Set the Main Home Screen
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can change the LCD to display a specific Home screen or Shortcut screen. When the machine is idle or you press , the touchscreen will return to the screen you set. 1. Press [Settings] > [Screen Settings] > [Main Home Screen]. 2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the screen settings, and then press the setting you want. 3. Press .
The machine will go to your chosen screen.
Related Information
· Introduction to Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows®)
Access Brother Utilities (Windows®)

Brother Utilities is an application launcher that offers convenient access to all Brother applications installed on your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
· (Windows® 7)

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

· (Windows® 8)

Tap or click

(Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.

· (Windows® 8.1)

Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if you are using a touchbased device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).

When the Apps screen appears, tap or click

(Brother Utilities).

· (Windows® 10)

Click > Brother > Brother Utilities.

2. Select your machine (where XXXX is the name of your model).

3. Choose the operation you want to use. 19
https://manual-hub.com/

Related Information
· Introduction to Your Brother Machine · Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows®) > Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows®)
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows®)

1. Do one of the following: · (Windows® 7)

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

· (Windows® 8)

Tap or click

(Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.

· (Windows® 8.1)

Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if you are using a touchbased device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).

When the Apps screen appears, tap or click

(Brother Utilities).

· (Windows® 10)

Click > Brother > Brother Utilities.

2. Click the drop-down list, and then select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Uninstall.
Follow the instructions in the dialog box to uninstall the software and drivers.

Related Information
· Access Brother Utilities (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling
Paper Handling
· Load Paper · Paper Settings · Recommended Print Media · Load Documents · Unscannable and Unprintable Areas · Using Special Paper

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper
Load Paper
· Load and Print Using the Paper Tray · Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) · Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Paper Tray
Load and Print Using the Paper Tray
· Load Paper in the Paper Tray · Printing Problems · Error and Maintenance Messages

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Paper Tray > Load Paper in the Paper Tray
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
· If the Check Size setting is set to On and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper size and paper type. Change the paper size and paper type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
· When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
1. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
2. Press and slide the paper guides to fit the paper. Press the green release levers to slide the paper guides.

3. Fan the stack of paper well. 4. Load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down.
When you use preprinted paper, load the paper in the correct orientation. See Related Information: Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the Paper Tray. 5. Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (b b b). Overfilling the paper tray will cause paper jams.

https://manual-hub.com/

6. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine. 7. Lift the support flap to prevent paper from sliding off the output tray.
Related Information
· Load and Print Using the Paper Tray · Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the Paper Tray

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Paper Tray > Load Paper in the Paper Tray > Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the Paper Tray
Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the Paper Tray
When you use preprinted paper for 2-sided printing, change the machine's settings.

DO NOT load different sizes and types of paper in the paper tray at the same time. Doing this may cause the paper to jam or misfeed.

Orientation

For 1-sided printing: · face down · top edge towards the front of the paper tray

For automatic 2-sided printing (long edge binding): · face up · bottom edge towards the front of the paper tray

>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK. b. Select [2-sided]. Press OK. c. Select [Single Image]. Press OK. d. Select [2-sided Feed]. Press OK. 3. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Printer] > [2-sided] > [Single Image] > [2sided Feed].
2. Press .
Related Information
· Load Paper in the Paper Tray

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
You can load thin paper, thick paper, recycled paper, bond paper, glossy paper, labels, up to 30 sheets of plain paper, or up to three envelopes in the MP tray.
· Load Paper in the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) · Load and Print Labels Using the MP Tray
· Load and Print Envelopes Using the MP Tray
· Printing Problems
· Error and Maintenance Messages

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load Paper in the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
Load Paper in the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
· Plain Paper · Thin Paper · Thick Paper · Recycled Paper · Bond Paper · Glossy Paper 1. Lift the support flap to prevent paper from sliding off the face down output tray.

2. Open the MP tray and lower it gently.

3. Pull out the MP tray support (1) and unfold the flap (2).

2 1
4. Slide the MP tray paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.

https://manual-hub.com/

5. Load paper with the printing surface face up in the MP tray. 1
· Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (1). · When using glossy paper, load only one sheet at a time in the MP tray to avoid a paper jam. · When you use preprinted paper, load the paper in the correct orientation. See Related Information:
Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the MP Tray. · To remove a small printout from the output tray, use both hands to lift up the scanner cover as shown in
the illustration.
· You can still use the machine while the scanner cover is up. To close the scanner cover, gently push it down with both hands.
Related Information
· Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) 30
https://manual-hub.com/

· Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the MP Tray

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load Paper in the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) > Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the MP Tray
Change Machine Settings to Print on Preprinted Paper in the MP Tray

Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW

When you use preprinted paper for 2-sided printing, change the machine's settings.

DO NOT load different sizes and types of paper in the paper tray at the same time. Doing this may cause the paper to jam or misfeed.

Orientation

For 1-sided printing: · face up · top edge first

For automatic 2-sided printing (long edge binding): · face down · bottom edge first

1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Printer] > [2-sided] > [Single Image] > [2sided Feed].
2. Press .
Related Information
· Load Paper in the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load and Print Labels Using the MP Tray
Load and Print Labels Using the MP Tray
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW When the back cover (face up output tray) is pulled down, the machine has a straight paper path from the MP tray through to the back of the machine. Use this paper feed and output method when you print on labels. When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).
2. On the front of the machine, open the MP tray and lower it gently.
3. Pull out the MP tray support (1) and unfold the flap (2).

2 1
4. Slide the MP tray paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.
5. Load paper with the printing surface face up in the MP tray.

https://manual-hub.com/

1
Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (1). 6. Change your print preferences in the Print screen before sending the print job from your computer. 7. Send your print job to the machine. 8. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.
Related Information
· Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load and Print Envelopes Using the MP Tray
Load and Print Envelopes Using the MP Tray
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW You can load up to three envelopes in the MP tray. Before loading, press the corners and sides of the envelopes to make them as flat as possible.
When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings in the machine, or on your computer. 1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).
2. Pull down the two grey levers, one on the left side and one on the right side, as shown in the illustration.

3. On the front of the machine, open the MP tray and lower it gently.

4. Pull out the MP tray support (1) and unfold the flap (2).

https://manual-hub.com/

2 1
5. Slide the MP tray paper guides to fit the width of the envelopes that you are using.

6. Load paper with the printing surface face up in the MP tray. 1

Load up to three envelopes in the MP tray with the printing surface face up. Make sure the envelopes are below the maximum paper mark (1). Loading more than three envelopes may cause paper jams.
7. Change your print preferences in the Print dialog box before sending the print job from your computer.

Settings Options for Envelopes

Paper Size

Com-10 DL C5 Monarch

Media Type Envelopes Env. Thick Env. Thin

8. Send your print job to the machine.
9. When you have finished printing, return the two grey levers you adjusted in the earlier step back to their original positions.
10. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.

https://manual-hub.com/

Related Information
· Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
· Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot · Load and Print on Labels in the Manual Feed Slot · Load and Print on Envelopes in the Manual Feed Slot

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or on your computer at the same time. · Plain Paper · Thin Paper · Thick Paper · Recycled Paper · Bond Paper · Glossy Paper 1. Lift the support flap to prevent paper from sliding off the face down output tray.
2. Open the manual feed slot cover.
3. Use both hands to slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using.
4. Using both hands, place one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper feed roller. When you feel the machine pull it in, let go. 39
https://manual-hub.com/

· Load paper into the manual feed slot with the printing surface facing up. · Make sure the paper is straight and in the correct position in the manual feed slot. If it is not, the paper
may not be fed correctly, resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam. · To remove a small printout from the output tray, use both hands to lift up the scanner cover.
· You can still use the machine while the scanner cover is up. To close the scanner cover, gently push it down with both hands.

5. Send your print job to the machine.
Change your print preferences in the Print screen before sending the print job from your computer. 6. After the printed page comes out from the machine, load the next sheet of paper in the manual feed slot.
Repeat for each page that you want to print.
Related Information
· Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot > Load and Print on Labels in the Manual Feed Slot
Load and Print on Labels in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or on your computer at the same time. 1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).

The machine automatically turns on Manual Feed mode when you load paper in the manual feed slot. 2. On the front of the machine, open the manual feed slot cover.

3. Use both hands to slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper that you are using.

4. Using both hands, place one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper feed roller. When you feel the machine pull it in, let go.

https://manual-hub.com/

· Load paper into the manual feed slot with the printing surface facing up. · Pull the paper out completely if you must reload the paper into the manual feed slot. · Do not put more than one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot at one time, as it may cause a jam. · Make sure the paper is straight and in the correct position in the manual feed slot. If it is not, the paper
may not be fed correctly, resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam. 5. Send your print job to the machine.
Change your print preferences in the Print screen before sending the print job from your computer. 6. After the printed page comes out from the back of the machine, load the next sheet of paper in the manual
feed slot. Repeat for each page that you want to print. 7. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.
Related Information
· Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot > Load and Print on Envelopes in the Manual Feed Slot
Load and Print on Envelopes in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW
When you load a different paper size in the tray, you must change the Paper Size setting in the machine or on your computer at the same time. 1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).

The machine automatically turns on Manual Feed mode when you load paper in the manual feed slot. 2. Pull down the two grey levers, one on the left side and one on the right side, as shown in the illustration.

3. On the front of the machine, open the manual feed slot cover.

4. Use both hands to slide the manual feed slot paper guides to fit the width of the paper that you are using.

https://manual-hub.com/

5. Using both hands, put one envelope in the manual feed slot until the front edge touches the paper feed roller. When you feel the machine pull it in, let go.

· Load the envelope into the manual feed slot with the printing surface facing up. · Pull the envelope out completely when you reload the envelope into the manual feed slot. · Do not put more than one envelope in the manual feed slot at one time, as it may cause a jam. · Make sure the envelope is straight and in the correct position on the manual feed slot. If it is not, the
envelope may not be fed correctly, resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam.
6. Send your print job to the machine.
Change your print preferences in the Print dialog box before sending the print job from your computer.

Settings Options for Envelopes

Paper Size

Com-10 DL C5 Monarch

Media Type Envelopes Env. Thick Env. Thin

7. After the printed envelope comes out of the machine, put in the next envelope. Repeat for each envelope that you want to print.
8. When you have finished printing, return the two grey levers you adjusted in the earlier step back to their original positions.
9. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.

Related Information
· Load and Print Paper in the Manual Feed Slot

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings
Paper Settings
· Change the Paper Size and Paper Type · Select the Tray to Be Used For Printing · Change the Check Paper Size Setting

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings > Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
When you change the size and type of the paper you load in the tray, you must change the Paper Size and Paper Type settings on the LCD at the same time. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Tray Setting] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to display the [Paper Type] option, and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to display the [Thin Paper], [Plain Paper], [Thick Paper], or [Recycled Paper]
option, and then press OK. 6. Press a or b to display the [Paper Size] option, and then press OK. 7. Press a or b to display the [A4], [Letter], [Legal], [Executive], [A5], [A5(Long Edge)], [A6],
[Mexico Legal], [India Legal], or [Folio] option, and then press OK. 8. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting] > [Paper Type].
2. Press the option you want. 3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the paper type options, and then press the option you want.

4. Press

5. Press [Paper Size]. 6. Press the option you want. 7. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the paper size options, and then press the option you want.

8. Press .

Related Information
· Paper Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings > Select the Tray to Be Used For Printing
Select the Tray to Be Used For Printing
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
Change the default tray the machine will use for printing copies, received faxes, and print jobs from your computer.
DCP models do not support the fax feature.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting]. 2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Tray Use: Copy], [Tray Use: Fax], or [Tray Use:
Print] option, and then press the option you want. 3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the option you want, and then press it. For example, when you
select the [MP>T1] option, the machine pulls paper from the MP tray until it is empty, and then from Tray 1. 4. Press .
· When you make a copy using the ADF and give priority to multiple trays, the machine looks for the tray with the most suitable paper and pulls paper from that tray.
· When you make a copy using the scanner glass, your document is copied from the higher priority tray even if more suitable paper is in another paper tray.
· (MFC models) Use the following sizes of paper for printing faxes: Letter, A4, Legal, Folio, Mexico Legal, or India Legal. When an appropriate size is not in any of the trays, the machine stores received faxes and [Size Mismatch] appears on the touchscreen.
· (MFC models) If the tray is out of paper and received faxes are in the machine's memory, [No Paper] appears on the touchscreen. Load paper in the empty tray.
Related Information
· Paper Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings > Change the Check Paper Size Setting
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
When you turn on your machine's Check Size setting, the machine displays a message when you remove a paper tray or load paper using the MP tray, asking if you changed the paper size and paper type.
The default setting is On. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Tray Setting] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to display the [Check Size] option, and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to select the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK. 6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting] > [Check Size].
2. Press [On] or [Off]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· Paper Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Recommended Print Media
Recommended Print Media

To get the best print quality, we recommend using the paper listed in the table.

Paper Type Plain Paper
Recycled Paper Labels Envelopes Glossy Paper

Item Xerox Premier TCF 80 g/m2 Xerox Business 80 g/m2 Steinbeis Evolution White 80 g/m2 Avery laser label L7163 Antalis River series (DL) Xerox Colotech+ Gloss Coated 120 g/m2

Related Information
· Paper Handling

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents
Load Documents
You can send a fax, make copies and scan from the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) and from the scanner glass.
· Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
· Load Documents on the Scanner Glass

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Load Documents in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use the ADF when copying or scanning multiple-page, standard-sized documents.
· The ADF can hold up to 50 pages and feed each sheet individually. · Use standard 80 g/m2 paper. · Make sure documents with correction fluid or written in ink are completely dry.

IMPORTANT

· DO NOT leave thick documents on the scanner glass. If you do this, the ADF may jam. · DO NOT use paper that is curled, wrinkled, folded, ripped, stapled, paper-clipped, pasted, or taped. · DO NOT use cardboard, newspaper, or fabric. · To avoid damaging your machine while using the ADF, DO NOT pull on the document while it is feeding.

Document Sizes Supported

Length: Width: Weight:

147.3 mm to 355.6 mm 105 mm to 215.9 mm 60 to 105 g/m2

1. Unfold the ADF document output support flap.

2. Fan the pages well.
3. Stagger the pages of your document and load it face up and top edge first, into the ADF as shown in the illustration.

4. Adjust the paper guides to fit the width of your document.

https://manual-hub.com/

Related Information
· Load Documents

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Load Documents > Load Documents on the Scanner Glass
Load Documents on the Scanner Glass

Use the scanner glass to fax, copy, or scan one page at a time.
Document Sizes Supported

Length: Width: Weight:

Up to 300 mm Up to 215.9 mm 2 kg

To use the scanner glass, the ADF must be empty.
1. Lift the document cover. 2. Place the document on the scanner glass face down.

3. Place the corner of the page in the upper left corner of the scanner glass.
4. Close the document cover. If the document is a book or is thick, gently press on the document cover.
Related Information
· Load Documents

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Unscannable and Unprintable Areas
Unscannable and Unprintable Areas
The measurements in the table below show maximum unscannable and unprintable areas from the edges of the most commonly-used paper sizes. These measurements may vary depending on the paper size or settings in the application you are using.
1

3 Do not attempt to scan, copy, or print into these areas; your output will not reflect anything in these areas.

Usage Fax (Sending)

Document Size
Letter, Legal A4

Copy 1 Scan
Print

Letter, Legal A4 Letter A4 Legal Letter, Legal A4

1 a 1 in 1 copy and 100% document size copy

Related Information
· Paper Handling

Top (1) Bottom (3) 3 mm 3 mm
4 mm 4 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 4.2 mm 4.2 mm

Left (2) Right (4) 4 mm (ADF) 1 mm (Scanner Glass) 3 mm 4 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 3 mm 4.2 mm 4.2 mm

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Paper Handling > Using Special Paper
Using Special Paper
Always test paper samples before purchasing them to ensure desirable performance. · DO NOT use inkjet paper; it may cause a paper jam or damage your machine. · If you use bond paper, paper with a rough surface, or paper that is wrinkled or creased, the paper may exhibit
degraded performance. Store paper in its original packaging and keep it sealed. Keep the paper flat and away from moisture, direct sunlight and heat.
IMPORTANT
Some types of paper may not perform well or may cause damage to your machine. DO NOT use paper: · that is highly textured · that is extremely smooth or shiny · that is curled or warped · that is coated or has a chemical finish · that is damaged, creased or folded · that exceeds the recommended weight specification in this guide · with tabs and staples · with letterheads using low temperature dyes or thermography · that is multipart or carbonless · that is designed for inkjet printing If you use any of the types of paper listed above, they may damage your machine. This damage is not covered under any Brother warranty or service agreement.
Related Information
· Paper Handling

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print
Print
· Print from Your Computer (Windows®) · Print from Your Computer (Mac) · Cancel a Print Job · Test Print

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
· Print a Document (Windows®) · Print Settings (Windows®) · Secure Print (Windows®) · Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®) · Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3TM Language
Emulation) (Windows®) · Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print a Document (Windows®)
Print a Document (Windows®)
1. Select the print command in your application. 2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or
preferences button. The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray. 4. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size. 5. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application. 6. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field. 7. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using. 8. To print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on multiple sheets, click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select your options. 9. Change other printer settings if needed. 10. Click OK. 11. Complete your print operation.
58
https://manual-hub.com/

Related Information
· Print from Your Computer (Windows®) · Print Settings (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print Settings (Windows®)
Print Settings (Windows®)
Basic Tab
1. Paper Size Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a custom paper size.
2. Orientation Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout. If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
3. Copies Type the number of copies (1-999) that you want to print in this field. Collate Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of copies you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of copies chosen before the next page of the document is printed.
4. Media Type Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts its print settings according to the selected media type. 60
https://manual-hub.com/

5. Print Quality Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the longer it will take to print the document.
6. Colour / Mono Select the Colour/Mono settings to use.
NOTE
· The machine's colour sensor is very sensitive and may perceive faded black text or an off-white background as colour. If you know that your document is black and white and you want to conserve colour toner, select Mono mode.
· If either the Cyan, Magenta or Yellow toner reaches the end of its life while printing a colour document, the print job cannot be completed. Cancel your print job and select to start the print job again in Mono mode, as long as Black toner is available.
7. Document Type Select the type of document you want to print.
Settings button Specify advanced settings, such as colour mode and other settings.
Colour Mode Select the colour mode to suit your preference.
Import To adjust the print configuration of a particular image, click Settings. When you have finished adjusting the image parameters, such as brightness and contrast, import those settings as a print configuration file. Use the Export option to create a print configuration file from the current settings.
Export To adjust the print configuration of a particular image, click Settings. When you have finished adjusting the image parameters, such as brightness and contrast, export those settings as a print configuration file. Use the Import option to load a previously exported configuration file.
Improve Grey Colour Select this option to improve the image quality of shaded areas.
Enhance Black Printing If a black graphic does not print correctly, select this setting.
Improve Pattern Printing Select this option to improve the pattern printing if printed fills and patterns are different from the fills and patterns you see on your computer screen.
8. Multiple Page Select this option to print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on multiple sheets.
Page Order Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
Border Line Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
9. 2-sided / Booklet (Available only for certain models) Select this option to print on both sides of the paper or print a document in booklet format using 2-sided printing.

https://manual-hub.com/

2-sided Settings button Click this button to select the type of 2-sided binding. Four types of 2-sided bindings are available for each orientation.
10. Paper Source Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
First Page Select the paper source to use for printing the first page.
Other Pages Select the paper source to use for printing the second and subsequent pages.
Advanced Tab

1. Scaling Select these options to enlarge or reduce the size of the pages in your document.
Fit to Paper Size Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages to fit a specified paper size. When you select this option, select the paper size you want from the drop-down list.
Free Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages manually. When you select this option, type a value into the field.

https://manual-hub.com/

2. Reverse Print Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
3. Use Watermark Select this option to print a logo or text on your document as a watermark. Select one of the preset watermarks, add a new watermark, or use an image file you have created.
4. Header-Footer Print Select this option to print the date, time and PC login user name on the document.
5. Toner Save Mode Select this feature to conserve toner by using less toner to print documents; printouts appear lighter, but are still legible.
6. Secure Print This feature ensures that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on the machine's control panel.
7. Administrator This feature allows you to change the administrator password and restrict various printing functions.
8. User Authentication This feature allows you to confirm the restrictions for each user.
9. Other Print Options button
Sleep Time Select this option to set the machine to enter sleep mode immediately after printing.
Improve Print Output Select this option to reduce the amount of paper curling and improve the toner fixing.
Skip Blank Page Select this option to allow the printer driver to automatically detect blank pages and exclude them from printing.
TrueType Mode
Mode Select how the fonts are processed for printing.
Use Printer TrueType Fonts(Available only for certain models) Select whether to use built-in fonts for the font processing.
Eco settings Select this option to reduce printing noise.
Related Information
· Print from Your Computer (Windows®) · Print a Document (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Secure Print (Windows®)
Secure Print (Windows®)
Use Secure Print to ensure that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on the machine's control panel.
· The secure data is deleted from the machine when you turn off the machine.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Select the print command in your application. 2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or
preferences button. The printer driver window appears. 3. Click the Advanced tab. 4. Click the Settings button in the Secure Print field. 5. Select the Secure Print check box. 6. Type your four-digit password in the Password field.
You must set a separate password for each document. 7. Type the User Name and Job Name in the text field, if needed. 8. Click OK, to close the Secure Print Settings window. 9. Click OK. 10. Complete your print operation. 11. On the machine's control panel, press Menu. 12. Press a or b to display the [Secure Print] option, and then press OK. 13. Press a or b to display your user name, and then press OK.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for your name. 14. Press a or b to display the print job, and then press OK. 15. Enter your four-digit password, and then press OK. 16. Press a or b to select the [Print] option, and then press OK. 17. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want. 18. Press OK.
The machine prints the data.
After you have printed the secured data, it will be cleared from the machine's memory.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Select the print command in your application. 2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or
preferences button. The printer driver window appears. 3. Click the Advanced tab. 4. Click the Settings button in the Secure Print field. 5. Select the Secure Print check box. 6. Type your four-digit password in the Password field.
64
https://manual-hub.com/

You must set a separate password for each document.
7. Type the User Name and Job Name in the text field, if needed. 8. Click OK, to close the Secure Print Settings window. 9. Click OK. 10. Complete your print operation. 11. On the machine's control panel, swipe left or right or press d or c to display the [Secure Print] option,
and then press [Secure Print]. 12. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display user names, and then press your user name.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for your name. 13. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the print job, and then press it. 14. Enter your four-digit password, and then press [OK]. 15. Enter the number of copies you want. 16. Press [Start].
The machine prints the data.
After you have printed the secured data, it will be cleared from the machine's memory.
Related Information
· Print from Your Computer (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®)

When you change an application's print settings, the changes only apply to documents printed with that application. To change print settings for all Windows® applications, you must configure the printer driver properties.
1. Do one of the following:
· For Windows Server® 2008

Click

(Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.

· For Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2

Click

(Start) > Devices and Printers.

· For Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings, and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
· For Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016

Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers. · For Windows Server® 2012 Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings, and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers. · For Windows Server® 2012 R2 Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers. 2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select Printer properties. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. 3. Click the General tab, and then click the Printing Preferences... or Preferences... button. The printer driver dialog box appears.

· To configure the tray settings, click the Device Settings tab(Available only for certain models). · To change the printer port, click the Ports tab.
4. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults for all of your Windows® programs. 5. Click OK. 6. Close the printer properties dialog box.

Related Information
· Print from Your Computer (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3TM Language Emulation) (Windows®)
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3TM Language Emulation) (Windows®)
The BR-Script3 printer driver lets you print PostScript® data more clearly.
To install the PS driver (BR-Script3 printer driver), launch the Brother installation disc, select Custom in the Select Machine section, and then select the PS Driver check box.
1. Select the print command in your application. 2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX BR-Script3 (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button. The printer driver window appears.

3. Click the Layout, Paper/Quality, or Secure Print tab to change basic print settings. (Available only for certain models) Click the Layout or Paper/Quality tab, and then click the Advanced... button to change advanced print settings.
4. Click OK. 5. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
· Print from Your Computer (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)

The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of one or more devices, allowing you to get immediate notification of errors.
· Do one of the following:

- Double-click the icon in the task tray.

- (Windows® 7)

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.

- (Windows® 8)

Click

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not

already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.

- (Windows® 8.1)

Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if you are using a touch-

based device, swipe up from bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen). When the Apps

screen appears, tap or click

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your

model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.

- (Windows® 10)

Click > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.

Troubleshooting Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.

Looking for replacement supplies? Click the Looking for replacement supplies? button for more information on Brother genuine supplies.

Related Information
· Print from Your Computer (Windows®) · Printing Problems · Calibrate Colour Output

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac)
Print from Your Computer (Mac)
· Print a Document (Mac) · Print Options (Mac) · Secure Print (Mac) · Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3TM language
emulation) (Mac) · Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print a Document (Mac)
Print a Document (Mac)
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray. 2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print. 3. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name). 4. Type the number of copies you want in the Copies field. 5. Click the Paper Size pop-up menu, and then select your paper size. 6. Select the Orientation option that matches the way you want the document to print. 7. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear. 8. Click the Media Type pop-up menu, and then select the type of paper you are using. 9. Change other printer settings, if needed. 10. Click Print.
Related Information
· Print from Your Computer (Mac) · Print Options (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print Options (Mac)
Print Options (Mac)
Page Setup

1. Paper Size Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a custom paper size.
2. Orientation Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout. If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
3. Scale Type a value into the field to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.

https://manual-hub.com/

Layout

1. Pages per Sheet Select the number of pages to print on a single sheet of paper.
2. Layout Direction Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
3. Border Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
4. Two-Sided (Available only for certain models) Select whether to print on both sides of the paper.
5. Reverse page orientation Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
6. Flip horizontally Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.

https://manual-hub.com/

Paper Handling

1. Collate pages
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of copies you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of copies chosen before the next page of the document is printed.
2. Pages to Print
Select which pages you want to print (even pages or odd pages).
3. Page Order
Select the page order.
4. Scale to fit paper size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
5. Destination Paper Size
Select the paper size to print on.
6. Scale down only
Select this option if you want to reduce the pages in your document when they are too large for the selected paper size. If this option is selected and the document is formatted for a paper size that is smaller than the paper size you are using, the document will be printed at its original size.

https://manual-hub.com/

Print Settings
1. Media Type Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts its print settings according to the selected media type.
2. Print Quality Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the longer it will take to print the document.
3. Color / Mono Select the Colour/Mono settings to use.
NOTE
· The machine's colour sensor is very sensitive and may perceive faded black text or an off-white background as colour. If you know that your document is black and white and you want to conserve colour toner, select Mono mode.
· If either the Cyan, Magenta or Yellow toner reaches the end of its life while printing a colour document, the print job cannot be completed. Cancel your print job and select to start the print job again in Mono mode, as long as Black toner is available.
4. Paper Source Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
5. Advanced Toner Save Mode Select this feature to conserve toner by using less toner to print documents; printouts appear lighter, but are still legible. Improve Print Output Select this option to reduce the amount of paper curling and improve the toner fixing. Quiet Mode Select this option to reduce printing noise. 74
https://manual-hub.com/

Other Print Options
Skip Blank Page Select this option to allow the printer driver to automatically detect blank pages and exclude them from printing.
Color Settings

1. Color Mode
Select the colour mode to suit your preference.
2. Advanced Color Settings
Click the disclosure triangle to select the Colour Enhancement feature. This feature analyses your image to improve its sharpness, white balance and colour density. This process may take several minutes depending on the size of the image and the specifications of your computer.

https://manual-hub.com/

Secure Print

1. Secure Print (Available only for certain models) This feature ensures that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on the machine's control panel.
Related Information
· Print from Your Computer (Mac) · Print a Document (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Secure Print (Mac)
Secure Print (Mac)
Use Secure Print to ensure that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on the machine's control panel.
· The secure data is deleted from the machine when you turn off the machine.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print. 2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name). 3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the Secure Print option. The Secure Print options
appear. 4. Select the Secure Print check box. 5. Type your user name, job name and a four-digit password. 6. Click Print. 7. On the machine's control panel, press Menu. 8. Press a or b to display the [Secure Print] option, and then press OK. 9. Press a or b to display your user name, and then press OK.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for your name. 10. Press a or b to display the print job, and then press OK. 11. Enter your four-digit password, and then press OK. 12. Press a or b to select the [Print] option, and then press OK. 13. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want. 14. Press OK.
The machine prints the data.
After you have printed the secured data, it will be cleared from the machine's memory.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print. 2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name). 3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the Secure Print option. The Secure Print options
appear. 4. Select the Secure Print check box. 5. Type your user name, job name and a four-digit password. 6. Click Print. 7. On the machine's control panel, swipe left or right or press d or c to display the [Secure Print] option,
and then press [Secure Print]. 8. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display user names, and then press your user name.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for your name. 9. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the print job, and then press it. 10. Enter your four-digit password, and then press [OK]. 11. Enter the number of copies you want. 12. Press [Start].
77
https://manual-hub.com/

After you have printed the secured data, it will be cleared from the machine's memory.
Related Information
· Print from Your Computer (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3TM language emulation) (Mac)
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3TM language emulation) (Mac)
The BR-Script3 printer driver lets you print PostScript® data more clearly.
· Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download the PS driver (BR-Script3 printer driver).
· Make sure you have added the BR-Script3 printer driver from Printers & Scanners in the System Preferences list on your Mac.
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray. 2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print. 3. Select your machine. 4. Type the number of copies you want in the Copies field. 5. Click the Paper Size pop-up menu, and then select your paper size. 6. Select the Orientation option that matches the way you want the document to print. 7. Click the print options pop-up menu, and then click Printer Features.
The Printer Features options appear. 8. Click the Print Quality pop-up menu, and then select the print quality. 9. Click the Media Type pop-up menu, and then select the type of paper you are using. 10. Select the Auto, Color, or Mono option for the Color / Mono print setting. 11. Change other printer settings, if needed. 12. Click Print.
Related Information
· Print from Your Computer (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Mac) > Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac)
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of a device, allowing you to get immediate notification of error messages, such as paper empty or paper jam, at preset update intervals. You can also access Web Based Management. 1. Click the System Preferences menu, select Printers & Scanners, and then select your machine. 2. Click the Options & Supplies button. 3. Click the Utility tab, and then click the Open Printer Utility button.
Status Monitor starts.

Troubleshooting Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.
Visit the Genuine Supplies website Click the Visit the Genuine Supplies website button for more information on Brother genuine supplies.
Updating the machine's status
To view the latest machine status while the Status Monitor window is open, click the icon. You can set the interval at which the software updates machine status information. Click Brother Status Monitor in the menu bar, and then select Preferences.
Web Based Management (Network Connection Only) Access the Web Based Management System by clicking the machine icon on the Status Monitor screen. You can use a standard Web Browser to manage your machine using HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol).
Related Information
· Print from Your Computer (Mac) · Printing Problems · Calibrate Colour Output

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Cancel a Print Job
Cancel a Print Job
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Stop/Exit. To cancel multiple print jobs, press and hold Stop/Exit for four seconds.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press .
To cancel multiple print jobs, press and hold for about four seconds.
Related Information
· Print · Printing Problems

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Print > Test Print
Test Print
If there are problems with print quality, follow these instructions to do a test print: >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [Printer] option, and then press OK. 3. (For Printer Emulation Supported models)
Press a or b to display the [Print Options] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to display the [Test Print] option, and then press OK. 5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine prints a Test Print page. 6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Printer] > [Print Options] > [Test Print]. 2. Press [Yes]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· Print · Improve the Print Quality

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Scan
Scan
· Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine · Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) · Scan from Your Computer (Mac) · Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine
· Scan Photos and Graphics · Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File · Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive · Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) · Scan to Email Attachment · Scan to FTP · Scan to Network (Windows®) · Scan to SharePoint® · Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows®
10) · Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®) · Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) · Configure Certificate for Signed PDF · Disable Scanning from Your Computer

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan Photos and Graphics
Scan Photos and Graphics
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.

Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows®) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

1. Load your document.

2. Press

(Scan).

3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [Image] option, and then press OK. 5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer. 6. Press OK.

If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN, enter the four-digit PIN for the destination computer on the LCD and then press OK.
7. Do one of the following:
· To change the scan settings for this document, press Options or Copy/Scan Options and then go to the next step.
· To use the default scan settings, press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.

· To change scan settings, Brother's ControlCenter software must be installed on a computer connected to the machine.
8. The machine will prompt you to set each of the following scan settings. Press a or b to select the desired option, and then press OK to proceed to the next scan setting. · [Scan Type] · [Resolution] · [File Type] · [Document Size] · [Auto Deskew] (available for certain models)

https://manual-hub.com/

· [Remove Bkg Clr] (available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options.)
9. Press Mono Start or Colour Start. The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document. 2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to Image] . 3. If the machine is connected over the network, select the computer name you want to send data.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD, and then press [OK].
4. Do one of the following: · To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step. · To use the default scan settings, press [Start]. The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to complete the scanning job.

To change scan settings, a computer with Brother's ControlCenter software installed must be connected to the machine.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW): · Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.

Option 2-sided Scan: Long Edge

Description

2-sided Scan: Short Edge

6. Select the scan settings you want to change: · [Resolution] · [File Type] · [Scan Type] · [Document Size] · [Scan Settings] · [Brightness] · [Contrast] (available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
86
https://manual-hub.com/

· [Auto Deskew] · [Skip Blank Page] · [Remove Background Colour]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
· If your machine displays the [OK] button, press [OK]. · To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. 7. Press [Start]. The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to complete the scanning job.
Related Information
· Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine · Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®) · Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.

DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

1. Load your document.

2. Press

(Scan).

3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [File] option, and then press OK. 5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer. 6. Press OK.

https://manual-hub.com/

(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options.)
9. Press Mono Start or Colour Start. The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document. 2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to File] . 3. If the machine is connected over the network, select the computer name you want to send data.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD, and then press [OK]. 4. Do one of the following: · To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step. · To use the default scan settings, press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to complete the scanning job.
To change scan settings, a computer with Brother's ControlCenter software installed must be connected to the machine.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW): · Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.

Option 2-sided Scan: Long Edge

Description

2-sided Scan: Short Edge

· [Skip Blank Page] · [Remove Background Colour]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
· If your machine displays the [OK] button, press [OK]. · To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. 7. Press [Start]. The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to complete the scanning job.
Related Information
· Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine · Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®) · Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive
Save Scanned Data to a USB Flash Drive

Related Models: MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Scan documents directly to a USB flash drive.
1. Load your document. 2. Insert a USB flash drive into your machine.
The LCD automatically changes. 3. Press [Scan to USB]. 4. Do one of the following:
· To change the settings, press [Options], and then select the button you want to change. Follow the machine's instructions.
- To set your own default settings: after making changes to settings, press the [Set New Default] option, and then press [Yes].
- To restore the factory settings: press [Factory Reset], and then press [Yes]. · Press [Start] to start scanning without changing additional settings. 5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW): · Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.

Option 2-sided Scan: Long Edge

Description

2-sided Scan: Short Edge

6. Select the scan settings you want to change: · [Resolution] · [File Type] · [Scan Type] · [Document Size] · [Brightness] · [Contrast] (available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options) · [File Name] · [File Name Style]
91
https://manual-hub.com/

· [File Size] · [Auto Deskew] · [Skip Blank Page] · [Skip Blank Page Sensitivity] · [Remove Background Colour]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
· If your machine displays the [OK] button, press [OK]. · To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. 7. Press [Start]. The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to complete the scanning job.
IMPORTANT
The LCD displays a message while reading the data. DO NOT unplug the power cord or remove the USB flash drive from the machine while it is reading the data. You could lose your data or damage the USB flash drive.
Related Information
· Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR)
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR) technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.

· The Scan to OCR feature is available for certain languages. · Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent
changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows®) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

1. Load your document.

2. Press

(Scan).

3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [OCR] option, and then press OK. 5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer. 6. Press OK.

https://manual-hub.com/

· [Remove Bkg Clr] (available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options.)
9. Press Mono Start or Colour Start. The machine scans the document, converts it to editable text, and then sends it to your default word processing application.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document. 2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to OCR] . 3. If the machine is connected over the network, select the computer name you want to send data.
If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD, and then press [OK].
4. Do one of the following: · To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step. · To use the default scan settings, press [Start]. The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to complete the scanning job.

Option 2-sided Scan: Long Edge

Description

2-sided Scan: Short Edge

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Email Attachment
Scan to Email Attachment
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.

· Use the Scan button on the machine to make temporary changes to the scan settings. To make permanent changes, use either ControlCenter4 (Windows®) or Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) software.
· The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services. Use the Scan to Image or Scan to File feature to scan a document or a picture, and then attach the scanned file to an email message.

The machine scans to your default email application.

>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

1. Load your document.

2. Press

(Scan).

3. Press a or b to select the [to PC] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [E-mail] option, and then press OK. 5. If the machine is connected over the network, press a or b to select the destination computer. 6. Press OK.

https://manual-hub.com/

· [File Type] · [Document Size] · [Auto Deskew] (available for certain models) · [Remove Bkg Clr]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options.)
9. Press Mono Start or Colour Start. The machine scans the document and saves it as a file attachment. It then launches your email application and opens a new, blank email message with the scanned file attached.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document. 2. Press [Scan] > [to PC] > [to E-mail] . 3. If the machine is connected over the network, select the computer name you want to send data.

If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN for the computer, enter the four-digit PIN on the LCD, and then press [OK].
4. Do one of the following: · To change the scan settings, press [Options], and then go to the next step. · To use the default scan settings, press [Start]. The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to complete the scanning job.
To change scan settings, a computer with Brother's ControlCenter software installed must be connected to the machine.
5. To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW): · Press [2-sided Scan], and then select the document type.

Option 2-sided Scan: Long Edge

Description

2-sided Scan: Short Edge

6. Select the scan settings you want to change: · [Resolution] · [File Type] · [Scan Type] · [Document Size] · [Scan Settings] 97
https://manual-hub.com/

· [Brightness] · [Contrast]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options) · [Auto Deskew] · [Skip Blank Page] · [Remove Background Colour]
(available only for the [Colour] and [Grey] options)
· If your machine displays the [OK] button, press [OK]. · To save the settings as a shortcut, press [Save as Shortcut]. 7. Press [Start]. The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to complete the scanning job.
Related Information
· Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine · Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®) · Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to FTP
Scan to FTP
Scan documents directly to an FTP server when you need to share the scanned information. For added convenience, configure different profiles to save your favourite Scan to FTP destinations.
· Set up a Scan to FTP Profile · Upload Scanned Data to an FTP Server

https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to FTP > Set up a Scan to FTP Profile
Set up a Scan to FTP Profile
Set up a Scan to FTP Profile to scan and upload the scanned data directly to an FTP location.
We recommend Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows® and Safari 10/11 for Mac. Make sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2 If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Scan tab. 3. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint menu in the left navigation bar. 4. Select the FTP option, and then click Submit.

https://manual-hub.com/

100

5. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint Profile menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
7. In the Profile Name field, type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric characters). The machine will display this name on the LCD.
8. In the Host Address field, type the Host Address (for example: ftp.example.com; up to 64 characters) or the IP address (for example: 192.23.56.189).
9. Change the Port Number setting used to access the FTP server. The default for this setting is port 21. In most cases this setting does not need to be changed.
10. In the Username field, type a user name (up to 32 characters) that has permission to write data to the FTP server.
11. In the Password field, type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user name you entered in the Username field. Type the password again in the Retype password field.
12. In the Store Directory field, type the path to the folder on the FTP server where you want to send your scanned data. Do not type a slash mark at the beginning of the path (see example).

https://manual-hub.com/

101

13. Click the File Name drop-down list, and then select a file name prefix from the preset names provided, or from user-defined names. The file name used for the scanned document will be the file name prefix you select, followed by the last six digits of the flatbed/ADF scanner counter and the file extension (for example: "Estimate_098765.pdf").
14. Click the Quality drop-down list, and then select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
15. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
16. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size from the list. This is necessary to make sure the scanned file is the correct size.
17. Click the File Size drop-down list, and then select your file size from the list. 18. Click the Remove Background Color drop-down list, and then select the level from the list. You can use this
feature to remove the background colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible. 19. Set the Passive Mode option to off or on depending on your FTP server and network firewall configuration.
The default setting is on. In most cases this setting does not need to be changed. 20. Click Submit.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, ", :, <, >, | or * may cause a sending error.
Related Information
· Scan to FTP

https://manual-hub.com/

102

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to FTP > Upload Scanned Data to an FTP Server
Upload Scanned Data to an FTP Server

Share scanned information by saving it to your FTP server.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

1. Load your document.

2. Press

(Scan).

3. Press a or b to select the [to FTP] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select one of the profiles listed, and then press OK.
If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing or if the quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The LCD shows the message [Connecting]. When the connection to the FTP server is successful, the machine starts scanning. If you are using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.

DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to FTP] .
3. The server profiles you have set up using Web Based Management are listed. Select the profile you want. If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to complete the scanning job.

Related Information
· Scan to FTP

https://manual-hub.com/

103

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network (Windows®)
Scan to Network (Windows®)
Scan documents directly to a CIFS server on your local network. For added convenience, you can configure different profiles to save your favourite Scan to Network destinations.
· Set up a Scan to Network Profile
· Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server

https://manual-hub.com/

104

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network (Windows®) > Set up a Scan to Network Profile
Set up a Scan to Network Profile
Set up a Scan to Network Profile to scan and upload scanned data directly to a folder on a CIFS server.
We recommend Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows® and Safari 10/11 for Mac. Make sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use. 1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Scan tab. 3. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint menu in the left navigation bar. 4. Select the Network option, and then click Submit.

https://manual-hub.com/

105

5. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint Profile menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the profile you want to set up or change.
7. In the Profile Name field, type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric characters). The machine will display this name on the LCD.
8. In the Network Folder Path field, type the path to the folder on the CIFS server where you want to send your scanned data.
9. Click the File Name drop-down list, and then select a file name prefix from the preset names provided, or from user-defined names. The file name used for the scanned document will be the file name prefix you select, followed by the last six digits of the flatbed/ADF scanner counter and the file extension (for example: "Estimate_098765.pdf").
10. Click the Quality drop-down list, and then select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
11. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.

https://manual-hub.com/

106

12. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size from the list. This is necessary to make sure the scanned file is the correct size.
13. Click the File Size drop-down list, and then select your file size from the list. 14. Click the Remove Background Color drop-down list, and then select the level from the list. You can use this
feature to remove the background colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible. 15. To PIN-protect this profile, in the Use PIN for Authentication field, select On. 16. If you selected On for the Use PIN for Authentication field, type a four-digit PIN in the PIN Code field. 17. To set your authentication method, select Auto, Kerberos, or NTLMv2 from the Auth. Method menu. 18. In the Username field, type a user name (up to 96 characters) that has permission to write data to the folder
specified in the Network Folder Path field. If the user name is part of a domain, enter the user name in one of the following styles: user@domain domain\user
19. In the Password field, type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user name you entered in the Username field. Type the password again in the Retype password field.
20. To set the Kerberos Server Address manually, in the Kerberos Server Address field, type the Kerberos Server Address (for example: kerberos.example.com; up to 64 characters).
21. Click Submit.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, ", :, <, >, | or * may cause a sending error.
22. You must configure the SNTP protocol (network time server) or you must set the date, time and time zone correctly on the control panel for all authentication methods. The time must match the time used by the Kerberos Server and CIFS Server.
Related Information
· Scan to Network (Windows®) · Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

107

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network (Windows®) > Set up a Scan to Network Profile > Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Set the Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Make sure the date and time and the time zone settings are set correctly using Web Based Management or the control panel, so the machine's time matches the time being used by the server providing authentication.
Ignore step 1, if you already have a Web Based Management window open.
1. Start your web browser. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Administrator tab. 3. Click the Date&Time menu in the left navigation bar.

4. In the Date fields, enter the date. 5. Select the clock type from the Clock Type field. 6. In the Time fields, enter the time. 7. Select the time difference between your location and UTC from the Time Zone drop-down list, for example,
the time zone for Eastern time in the USA and Canada is UTC-05:00. 8. In the Auto Daylight field, click On to set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time. It
will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and back one hour in the autumn (available only for some countries). 9. Click Submit.
Related Information
· Set up a Scan to Network Profile

https://manual-hub.com/

108

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to Network (Windows®) > Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server
Upload Scanned Data to a CIFS Server

>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

1. Load your document.

2. Press

(Scan).

3. Press a or b to select the [to Network] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select one of the profiles listed, and then press OK.
If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing or if the quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.

DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to Network] .
3. The server profiles you have set up using Web Based Management are listed. Select the profile you want. If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to complete the scanning job.

Related Information
· Scan to Network (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

109

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to SharePoint®
Scan to SharePoint®
Scan documents directly to a SharePoint® server when you need to share the scanned information. For added convenience, configure different profiles to save your favourite Scan to SharePoint® destinations.
· Set up a Scan to SharePoint® Profile
· Upload Scanned Data to a SharePoint® Server

https://manual-hub.com/

110

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to SharePoint® > Set up a Scan to SharePoint® Profile
Set up a Scan to SharePoint® Profile
Set up a Scan to SharePoint® Profile to scan and upload the scanned data directly to a SharePoint® location.
We recommend Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows® and Safari 10/11 for Mac. Make sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2 If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Scan tab. 3. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint menu in the left navigation bar. 4. Select the SharePoint option, and then click Submit.

https://manual-hub.com/

111

5. Click the Scan to FTP/Network/SharePoint Profile menu in the left navigation bar. 6. Select the profile you want to set up or change. 7. In the Profile Name field, type a name for this server profile (up to 15 alphanumeric characters). The
machine will display this name on the LCD. 8. In the SharePoint Site Address field, Copy and Paste the full destination address shown in the address bar
of your browser (for example: http://SharePointSiteAddress/Shared%20Documents/Forms/AllItems.aspx) or the IP address (for example: http://192.168.0.1/Shared%20Documents/Forms/AllItems.aspx). 9. Click the File Name drop-down list, and then select a file name prefix from the preset names provided, or from user-defined names. The file name used for the scanned document will be the file name prefix you select, followed by the last six digits of the flatbed/ADF scanner counter and the file extension (for example: "Estimate_098765.pdf"). 10. Click the Quality drop-down list, and then select a quality setting. If you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile. 11. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select the file type you want to use for the scanned document. If you choose the User Select option, the machine will prompt users to select a setting each time they use the scan profile.
112
https://manual-hub.com/

12. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size from the list. This is necessary to make sure the scanned file is the correct size.
13. Click the File Size drop-down list, and then select your file size from the list. 14. Click the Remove Background Color drop-down list, and then select the level from the list. You can use this
feature to remove the background colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible. 15. To PIN-protect this profile, in the Use PIN for Authentication field, select On. 16. If you selected On for the Use PIN for Authentication field, type a four-digit PIN in the PIN Code field. 17. To set your authentication method, select Auto, NTLMv2, Kerberos, or Basic from the Auth. Method menu.
If you choose Auto, the authentication method will be detected automatically. 18. In the Username field, type the user name (up to 96 characters) that has permission to write data to the
folder specified in the SharePoint Site Address field. If the user name is part of a domain, enter the user name in one of the following styles: user@domain domain\user
19. In the Password field, type the password (up to 32 characters) associated with the user name you entered in the Username field. Type the password again in the Retype password field.
20. To set the Kerberos Server Address manually, in the Kerberos Server Address field, type the Kerberos Server Address (for example: kerberos.example.com; up to 64 characters).
21. Click Submit.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, ", :, <, >, | or * may cause a sending error.
Related Information
· Scan to SharePoint®

https://manual-hub.com/

113

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Scan to SharePoint® > Upload Scanned Data to a SharePoint® Server
Upload Scanned Data to a SharePoint® Server

>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

1. Load your document.

2. Press

(Scan).

3. Press a or b to select the [to SharePoint] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select one of the profiles listed, and then press OK.
If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing or if the quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
5. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the LCD instructions to complete the scanning job.

DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Load your document.
2. Press [Scan] > [to SharePoint].
3. The server profiles you have set up using Web Based Management are listed. Select the profile you want. If the profile is not complete (for example, if the logon account name and password are missing, or if the quality or file type is not specified), you will be prompted to enter any missing information.
4. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning. If using the machine's scanner glass, follow the touchscreen instructions to complete the scanning job.

Related Information
· Scan to SharePoint®

https://manual-hub.com/

114

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
The Web Services protocol enables Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10 users to scan using a Brother machine on the network. You must install the driver via Web Services.
· Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
· Scan Using Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
· Configure Scan Settings for Web Services

https://manual-hub.com/

115

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10) > Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
Use Web Services to Install Drivers Used for Scanning (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
Use Web Services to monitor printers on the network.
· Make sure you have installed the Brother software and drivers. · Verify that the host computer and the Brother machine are on the same subnet, or that the router is
correctly configured to pass data between the two devices. · You must configure the IP address on your Brother machine before you configure this setting.
1. Do one of the following: · Windows® 7
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Network and Internet > View network computers and devices.
The machine's Web Services Name appears with the printer icon. Right-click the machine you want to install. · Windows® 8 Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Change PC settings > Devices > Add a device. The machine's Web Services Name appears. · Windows® 8.1 Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Change PC settings > PC and devices > Devices > Add a device. The machine's Web Services Name appears. · Windows® 10
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
· The Web Services Name for the Brother machine is your model name and the MAC Address (Ethernet Address) of your machine (for example, Brother MFC-XXXX (model name) [XXXXXXXXXXXX] (MAC Address / Ethernet Address)).
· Windows® 8/Windows® 10 Move your mouse over the machine name to display the machine's information.
2. Do one of the following: · Windows® 7 Click Install in the displayed menu. · Windows® 8/Windows® 10 Select the machine you want to install, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
To uninstall drivers, click Uninstall or (Remove device).
Related Information
· Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)

https://manual-hub.com/

116

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10) > Scan Using Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
Scan Using Web Services from the Brother Machine (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)

If you have installed the driver for scanning via Web Services, you can access the Web Services scanning menu on your Brother machine's LCD.

Certain characters in the messages displayed on the LCD may be replaced with spaces if the language settings of your OS and your Brother machine are different.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

1. Load your document.

2. Press

(Scan).

3. Press a or b to select the [Web Service] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the type of scan you want to do, and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to select the destination computer where you want to send the scan, and then press OK. 6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine starts scanning.

DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Load your document. 2. Press [Scan] > [WS Scan]. 3. Select the type of scan. 4. Select the computer name you want to send data. 5. Press [Start].
The machine starts scanning.

If you are requested to select a scanning application, select Windows® Fax and Scan or Windows® Photo Gallery from the list.

Related Information
· Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)

https://manual-hub.com/

117

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10) > Configure Scan Settings for Web Services
Configure Scan Settings for Web Services

1. Do one of the following: · Windows® 7

Click

(Start) > Devices and Printers.

· Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings, and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
· Windows® 10

Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers. 2. Right-click the machine icon, and then select Scan profiles.... The Scan Profiles dialog box appears. 3. Select the scan profile you want to use. 4. Make sure the scanner selected in the Scanner list is a Brother machine that supports Web Services for scanning, and then click the Set as Default button. 5. Click Edit.... The Edit Default Profile dialog box appears. 6. Select the Source, Paper size, Color format, File type, Resolution (DPI), Brightness and Contrast settings. 7. Click the Save Profile button. These settings will be applied when you scan using the Web Services protocol.

If you are requested to select a scanning application, select Windows® Fax and Scan from the list.

Related Information
· Web Services for Scanning on Your Network (Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)

https://manual-hub.com/

118

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
Change Scan Button Settings from ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 2. Click the Device Settings tab. 3. Click the Device Scan Settings button.
The Device Scan Settings dialog box appears.

4. Click the tab for the Scan to action you want to change (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File). 5. Change the settings as needed. 6. Click OK.

https://manual-hub.com/

119

Each tab represents one of the scanning destinations, as outlined in the table below. Change your Scan to settings by clicking on the corresponding tab and customising the setting you want.

Tab Name Image OCR E-mail File

Corresponding Feature Scan to Image Scan to OCR Scan to Email Scan to File

Settings
File Type Target Application OCR Language File Name Destination Folder or Scan Location Show Save As Window Show Folder File Size Priority Resolution Scan Type Document Size Brightness Contrast ID Card Scan Advanced Settings Default

Applicable Features

Image

OCR

E-mail

File

Yes

File Type Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data.
Target Application Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language Set the OCR language to match the language of the scanned document's text.
File Name Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Destination Folder Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Scan Location Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned documents.
Show Save As Window Select this option to specify the scanned image's destination every time you scan.

https://manual-hub.com/

120

Show Folder Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
File Size Priority Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority slider to the right or left.
Resolution Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type Select from a range of scan colour depths. · Auto Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the document. · Black & White Use for text or line art images. · Grey (Error Diffusion) Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.) · True Grey Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256 shades of grey. · 24bit Colour Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size drop-down list. · If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the Brightness level.
Contrast Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value into the field to set the Contrast level.
ID Card Scan Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box. · Remove Bleed-through / Pattern
Remove Background Colour Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible.
· Rotate Image Rotate the scanned image.
· Skip Blank Page Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results.
121
https://manual-hub.com/

· Display Scanning Results Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped.
· Auto Deskew Set the machine to automatically correct a skewed document.
Default Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.
Related Information
· Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine · Scan Photos and Graphics · Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File · Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) · Scan to Email Attachment

https://manual-hub.com/

122

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon. The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to select your Brother machine.
3. Click the Machine Scan Settings button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to change the scan settings.
Related Information
· Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine · Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac) · Scan Photos and Graphics · Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File · Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) · Scan to Email Attachment

https://manual-hub.com/

123

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Configure Certificate for Signed PDF
Configure Certificate for Signed PDF
If you select Signed PDF for Scan features, you must configure a certificate on your machine using Web Based Management.
To use Signed PDF, you must install a certificate on your machine and your computer.
1. Start your web browser. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Administrator tab. 3. Click the Signed PDF menu in the left navigation bar.
The Signed PDF configuration dialog box appears.

4. Click the Select the Certificate drop-down list, and then select the certificate. 5. Click Submit.
Related Information
· Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

124

Home > Scan > Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine > Disable Scanning from Your Computer
Disable Scanning from Your Computer
You can disable the ability to scan from your computer. Set the pull scan setting using Web Based Management. 1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Scan tab. 3. Click the Scan from PC menu in the left navigation bar. 4. In the Pull Scan field, click Disabled. 5. Click Submit.
Related Information
· Scan Using the Scan Button on Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

125

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®)
Scan from Your Computer (Windows®)
There are several ways you can use your computer to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine. Use the software applications provided by Brother, or use your favourite scanning application.
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Using NuanceTM PaperPortTM 14SE or Other Windows® Applications
· Scan Using Windows® Fax and Scan

https://manual-hub.com/

126

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
· Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

127

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4. 1. Load your document. 2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 3. Click the Scan tab.

4. Select the Document Type. 5. Change the document's Scan Size, if needed.

6. Click

(Scan).

The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer. 7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page. 8. Crop the scanned image, if needed. 9. Do one of the following:
· Click (Save) to save scanned data.

· Click (Print) to print scanned data.

· Click

(Open with an Application) to open scanned data in another application.

· Click

(Send E-mail) to attach scanned data to an email.

· Click (OCR) to convert your scanned document to an editable text file. (available only for certain models)

https://manual-hub.com/

128

Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) · Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) · Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) · Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) · Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) · Scan to an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

129

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
· Select the Document Type option that matches the type of original you want to scan.

Option

Description

Photo

600 x 600 dpi 24bit Colour

Text and Graph 300 x 300 dpi 24bit Colour

Monochrome Text 200 x 200 dpi Black & White

Custom

300 x 300 dpi (24bit Colour as default) Select the scan settings you want from the Custom Settings button.

Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) · Custom Scan Settings (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

130

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Custom Scan Settings (Windows®)
Custom Scan Settings (Windows®)
Select Custom in the Document Type list to change advanced scan settings. · Select Custom, and then click the Custom Settings button.
The Custom Scan Settings dialog box appears.

You can change the following settings:
Resolution Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type Select from a range of scan colour depths. - Auto Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the document. - Black & White Use for text or line art images. - Grey (Error Diffusion) Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.) - True Grey Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256 shades of grey. - 24bit Colour Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.

https://manual-hub.com/

131

Brightness Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the Brightness level.
Contrast Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value into the field to set the Contrast level.
Continuous Scanning Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or finish.
2-sided Scanning (MFC-L3770CDW) Select this check box to scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan feature, you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the layout of your original, to make sure the data file you create appears correctly.
ID Card Scan Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box. - Remove Bleed-through / Pattern · Remove Background Colour Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible. - Rotate Image Rotate the scanned image. - Skip Blank Page Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results. - Display Scanning Results Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped. - Auto Deskew Set the machine to automatically correct a skewed document.
Related Information
· Select Document Type Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

132

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Change Scan Size Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
For faster scan speeds, select the exact size of your document from the Scan Size drop-down menu.

Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

133

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Crop a Scanned Image Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
The crop tool on the Image Editing Toolbar lets you trim unwanted areas from your scanned image. Use the Zoom In and Zoom Out tools to help view the image to be cropped.
Image Editing Toolbar

1. Restart Cancels all the edits applied to the selected image. The edited image returns to its original state.
2. Fit to Window Displays the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window.
3. Zoom In Zooms in on the scanned image.
4. Zoom Out Zooms out of the scanned image.
5. Crop and Edit Removes the outer parts of the image. Click the Crop and Edit button, and then change the frame to contain the area you want to keep after cropping.
6. Page Counter Indicates the page number of the scanned page currently shown in the image viewer. To display a different page, select the desired page number from the drop-down page number list.

If you have scanned multiple pages, you can see the next or previous scanned page by clicking the left or right arrow buttons in the preview window.

1. Scan a document.

2. Click

(Crop and Edit) to edit the scanned image.

The Crop and Edit - ControlCenter4 window appears.

https://manual-hub.com/

134

a. Expands the scanned image so that the entire image fits in the window. b. Zooms in on the image. c. Zooms out of the image. d. Rotates the image counter-clockwise 90 degrees. e. Rotates the image clockwise 90 degrees. f. Click and drag the frame to adjust the area to be cropped. 3. Click OK. The edited image appears in the image viewer.
Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

135

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Print Scanned Data Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Scan a document on your Brother machine, and then print copies using the printer driver features that are available in ControlCenter4. 1. Scan a document. 2. Click Print.
a
b
c
a. Shows which images are currently selected. b. Click the Properties button to change specific printer settings. c. Select the Paper Size, Media Type and Layout options. The current settings are enclosed in a blue
square. 3. Configure the print settings, and then click the Start Printing button.
Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

136

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Scan to an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Scan to an Application Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
The Open with an Application button lets you scan an image directly into your graphics application for editing.
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4. 1. Load your document. 2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 3. Click the Scan tab.

4. Select the Document Type. 5. Change the size of your document, if needed.

6. Click

(Scan).

The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer. 7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page. 8. Crop the scanned image, if needed. 9. Click the Open with an Application button. 10. Select the application from the drop-down list, and then click OK.
The image opens in the application you have selected.

Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

137

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4. 1. Load your document. 2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 3. Click the Scan tab.

4. Select the Document Type. 5. Change the size of your document, if needed.

6. Click

(Scan).

The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer. 7. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page. 8. Click Save.
The Save dialog box appears. 9. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.

https://manual-hub.com/

138

To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) or Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) from the File Type drop-down list, click , and then type the password.
10. To change the file name, click the Change button, if needed. 11. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents. 12. Click OK.
The scanned document is saved to the destination folder as a PDF.
Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

139

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
Select Home Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4. 1. Load documents in the ADF.
To scan both sides of a document automatically, you must use the ADF, not the flatbed scanner glass. 2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 3. Click the Scan tab.

4. Under Document Type, select Custom, and then click the Custom Settings button. The Custom Scan Settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the 2-sided Scanning check box. 6. Select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the Original layout. 7. Configure other Custom Scan Settings, if needed. 8. Click OK.

9. Click

(Scan).

The machine starts scanning, and the scanned image appears in the image viewer. 10. Click the left or right arrow buttons to preview each scanned page. 11. Do one of the following:

https://manual-hub.com/

140

· Click (Save) to save scanned data.

· Click (Print) to print scanned data.

· Click

(Open with an Application) to open scanned data in another application.

· Click

(Send E-mail) to attach scanned data to an email.

· Click (OCR) to convert your scanned document to an editable text file. (available only for certain models)

Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

141

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) > Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

Settings

Applicable Features

Open with an Application OCR Send E-mail Save

File Type

Yes Yes

Yes

Target Application Yes

Yes -

OCR Language -

Yes -

File Name

Yes

Scan Location

Yes

Show Folder

Yes

File Size Priority -

Yes

File Type Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data. For Send E-mail and Save · Windows Bitmap (*.bmp) · JPEG (*.jpg) (recommended for most users when scanning pictures) · TIFF Single-Page (*.tif) · TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif) · Portable Network Graphics (*.png) · PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents) · PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents) · PDF/A Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents) · PDF/A Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents) · High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) · High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) · Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) · Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) · Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) · Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) · XML Paper Specification (*.xps) (the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10, and when using applications that support XML Paper Specification files) · Microsoft Office Word (*.docx) (Available only for certain models) · Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx) (Available only for certain models) · Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx)(Available only for certain models) For OCR · HTML 3.2 (*.htm) · HTML 4.0 (*.htm) · Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls) · RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf) · WordPad (*.rtf) · WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd) · Text (*.txt) · Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf)

142

https://manual-hub.com/

· Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
Target Application Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language Set the optical character recognition (OCR) language to match the language of the scanned document's text.
File Name Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Scan Location Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned documents.
Show Folder Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
File Size Priority Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority slider to the right or left.
Custom Settings Select the Custom option, click the Custom Settings button, and then change settings.
Scan Size Select the exact size of your document from the Scan Size drop-down menu.
Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

143

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows you to customise one-button scan actions.
· Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

144

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®) > Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Send scanned photos or graphics directly to your computer.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4. 1. Load your document. 2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 3. Click the Scan tab.

4. Click the Image button. The scan settings dialog box appears.

https://manual-hub.com/

145

5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
· To change the file name, click Change. · To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon. · To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box. 6. Click Scan. The machine starts scanning. The image opens in the application you have selected.
Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

146

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®) > Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer as PDF files.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4. 1. Load your document. 2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 3. Click the Scan tab.

https://manual-hub.com/

147

4. Click the File button. The scan settings dialog box appears.

5. Click the File Type drop-down list, and then select a PDF file.
To save the document as a password-protected PDF, select Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) or Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) from the File Type drop-down list, click , and then type the password. 6. Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents. 7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, resolution and colour, if needed.
To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box. 8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning. The file is saved in the folder you selected.
Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

148

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®) > Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4. 1. Load documents in the ADF.
To scan both sides of a document automatically, you must use the ADF, not the flatbed scanner glass. 2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 3. Click the Scan tab.
4. Click the button for the setting you want to change (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File). The scan settings dialog box appears.
5. Select the 2-sided Scanning check box. 6. Select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the Original layout. 7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
· To change the file name, click Change. · To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon. 8. Click Scan. The machine starts scanning. You have now changed the default settings for your selected Scan to action. These settings will be used the next time one of the scan options (Image, OCR, E-mail, or File) is selected for this action.
Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®) 149
https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®) > Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4. 1. Place an ID card on the scanner glass. 2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 3. Click the Scan tab.

https://manual-hub.com/

150

4. Click the File button. The scan settings dialog box appears.

5. Select the ID Card Scan check box. The instruction dialog box appears.
6. Read the instructions on the screen, and then click OK. 7. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, scan location, resolution and colour, if needed. 8. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning one side of the identification card. 9. After the machine has scanned one side, turn over the identification card, and then click Continue to scan
the other side. 10. Click Finish.
Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

151

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®) > Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
· Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4. · The Scan to Email feature does not support Webmail services. Use the Scan to Image or Scan to File
feature to scan a document or a picture, and then attach the scanned file to an email message. The machine scans to your default email application.
1. Load your document. 2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 3. Click the Scan tab.

4. Click the E-mail button. The scan settings dialog box appears.

https://manual-hub.com/

152

5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
· To change the file name, click Change. · To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon. · To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box. 6. Click Scan. The machine starts scanning. Your default email application opens and the scanned image is attached to a new, blank email message.
Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

153

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®) > Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Your machine can convert characters in a scanned document to text using optical character recognition (OCR) technology. You can edit this text using your preferred text-editing application.
· Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4. 1. Load your document. 2. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 3. Click the Scan tab.

4. Click the OCR button. The scan settings dialog box appears.

https://manual-hub.com/

154

5. Change the scan settings, such as file format, file name, destination folder, resolution and colour, if needed.
· To change the file name, click Change. · To change Destination Folder, click the folder icon. · To preview and configure the scanned image, select the PreScan check box. 6. Click Scan. The machine scans the document, converts it to editable text, and then sends it to your default word processing application.
Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

155

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®) > Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)

Settings
File Type Target Application OCR Language File Name Scan Location or Destination Folder Show Folder Show Save As Window File Size Priority PreScan Resolution Scan Type Document Size Brightness Contrast Continuous Scanning 2-sided Scanning ID Card Scan Advanced Settings Default

Applicable Features

Image

OCR

Yes

E-mail

File

Yes

File Type Select the file type you want to use for the scanned data. For Image, Email and File · Windows Bitmap (*.bmp) · JPEG (*.jpg) (recommended for most users when scanning pictures) · TIFF Single-Page (*.tif) · TIFF Multi-Page (*.tif) · Portable Network Graphics (*.png) · PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents) · PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents) · PDF/A Single-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents) · PDF/A Multi-Page (*.pdf) (recommended for scanning and sharing documents) · High Compression PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) · High Compression PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) · Secure PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) · Secure PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf) · Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) · Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)

https://manual-hub.com/

156

· XML Paper Specification (*.xps) (the XML Paper Specification is available for Windows® 7, Windows® 8 and Windows® 10, and when using applications that support XML Paper Specification files)
For Email and File · Microsoft Office Word (*.docx) (Available only for certain models) · Microsoft Office PowerPoint (*.pptx) (Available only for certain models) · Microsoft Office Excel (*.xlsx)(Available only for certain models) For OCR · HTML 3.2 (*.htm) · HTML 4.0 (*.htm) · Microsoft Excel 2003, XP (*.xls) · RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf) · WordPad (*.rtf) · WordPerfect 9, 10 (*.wpd) · Text (*.txt) · Searchable PDF Single-Page (*.pdf) · Searchable PDF Multi-Page (*.pdf)
Target Application Select the destination application from the drop-down list.
OCR Language Set the OCR language to match the language of the scanned document's text.
File Name Click Change to change the file name's prefix.
Scan Location Select the Folder or SharePoint radio button to specify the destination where you want to save your scanned documents.
Destination Folder Click the folder icon to browse and select the folder where you want to save your scanned documents.
Show Folder Select this option to automatically display the destination folder after scanning.
Show Save As Window Select this option to specify the scanned image's destination every time you scan.
File Size Priority Adjust the data compression ratio of the scanned image. Change the file size by moving the File Size Priority slider to the right or left.
PreScan Select PreScan to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
Resolution Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
Scan Type Select from a range of scan colour depths. · Auto Use for any type of document. This mode automatically picks an appropriate colour depth for the document.

https://manual-hub.com/

157

· Black & White Use for text or line art images.
· Grey (Error Diffusion) Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.)
· True Grey Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256 shades of grey.
· 24bit Colour Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
Document Size Select the exact size of your document from the Document Size drop-down list. · If you select the 1 to 2 (A4) option, the scanned image will be divided into two A5-size documents.
Brightness Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value into the field to set the Brightness level.
Contrast Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value into the field to set the Contrast level.
Continuous Scanning Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or finish.
2-sided Scanning (MFC-L3770CDW) Select this check box to scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan feature, you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the layout of your original, to make sure the data file you create appears correctly.
ID Card Scan Select this check box to scan both sides of an identification card onto one page.
Advanced Settings Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings button in the Scan Settings dialog box. · Remove Bleed-through / Pattern - Remove Background Colour Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible. · Rotate Image Rotate the scanned image. · Skip Blank Page Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results. · Display Scanning Results Show on your computer screen the number of total pages saved, and blank pages skipped. · Auto Deskew Set the machine to automatically correct a skewed document.
Default Select this option to restore all settings to their factory setting values.

https://manual-hub.com/

158

Related Information
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

159

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using NuanceTM PaperPortTM 14SE or Other Windows® Applications
Scan Using NuanceTM PaperPortTM 14SE or Other Windows® Applications
You can use the NuanceTM PaperPortTM 14SE application for scanning.

· To download the NuanceTM PaperPortTM 14SE application, click

(Brother Utilities), select Do More in

the left navigation bar, and then click PaperPort.

· NuanceTM PaperPortTM 14SE supports Windows® 7, Windows® 8, Windows® 8.1 and Windows® 10.

· For detailed instructions on using each application, click the application's Help menu, and then click Getting Started Guide in the Help ribbon.

The instructions for scanning in these steps are for PaperPortTM 14SE. For other Windows® applications, the steps will be similar. PaperPortTM 14SE supports both TWAIN and WIA drivers; the TWAIN driver (recommended) is used in these steps.

1. Load your document. 2. Start PaperPortTM 14SE.
Do one of the following: · Windows® 7

Using your computer, click

(Start) > All Programs > Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort.

· Windows® 8

Click

(PaperPort).

· Windows® 10

Click > Nuance PaperPort 14 > PaperPort.

3. Click the Desktop menu, and then click Scan Settings in the Desktop ribbon.
The Scan or Get Photo panel appears on the left side of the screen.
4. Click Select.
5. From the available Scanners list, select TWAIN: TW-Brother MFC-XXXX or TWAIN: TW-Brother MFCXXXX LAN (where XXX-XXXX is the model name of your machine). To use the WIA driver, select the Brother driver that has "WIA" as the prefix.
6. Select the Display scanner dialog box check box in the Scan or Get Photo panel.
7. Click Scan.
The Scanner Setup dialog box appears.

https://manual-hub.com/

160

8. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed. 9. Click the Document Size drop-down list, and then select your document size.
To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW): Automatic 2-sided scan is available only when using the ADF. You cannot use PreScan to preview an image. 10. Click PreScan if you want to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning. 11. Click Start. The machine starts scanning.
Related Information
· Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) · TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

161

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using NuanceTM PaperPortTM 14SE or Other Windows® Applications > TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows®)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Windows®)

· Note that the item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine.
· The Contrast option is available only when selecting the Grey (Error Diffusion), True Grey, or 24bit Colour options from the Scan Type settings.

1. Scan Select the Photo, Web, or Text option depending on the type of document you want to scan.

Scan (Image Type)

Resolution

Scan Type

Photo

Use for scanning photo images. 300 x 300 dpi

24bit Colour

Web

Use for attaching the scanned image to web pages.

100 x 100 dpi

24bit Colour

Text

Use for scanning text documents.

200 x 200 dpi

Black & White

2. Resolution
Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution drop-down list. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
3. Scan Type
Select from a range of scan colour depths.
· Black & White
Use for text or line art images.
· Grey (Error Diffusion)
Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.)
· True Grey
Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256 shades of grey.
· 24bit Colour
Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.

162

https://manual-hub.com/

4. Document Size Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes. If you select Custom..., the Custom Document Size dialog box appears and you can specify the document size.
5. Brightness Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the field to set the brightness level.
6. Contrast Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value in the field to set the contrast level.
7. 2-sided Scanning Scan both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2-sided Scan feature, you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option from the 2-sided Scanning drop-down list, so when you turn the pages, they are facing the way you want. (MFC-L3770CDW)
8. Advanced Settings... Configure advanced settings by clicking the Advanced Settings... button in the Scan Settings dialog box. · Document Correction - Auto Deskew Set the machine to correct document skewing automatically as the pages are scanned. - Rotate Image Rotate the scanned image. - Edge Fill Fill in the edges on four sides of the scanned image using the selected colour and range. - Skip Blank Page Remove the document's blank pages from the scanning results. · Image Quality - Background Processing · Remove Bleed-through / Pattern Prevent bleed-through. · Remove Background Colour
163
https://manual-hub.com/

Remove the base colour of documents to make the scanned data more legible. - Colour Drop
Select a colour to remove from the scanned image. - Edge Emphasis
Make the characters of the original sharper. - Reduce Noise
Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise option is available when selecting the 24bit Colour option and the 300 x 300 dpi, 400 x 400 dpi, or 600 x 600 dpi scan resolution. · B&W Image Quality - Character Correction · Blurred Character Correction
Correct the broken or incomplete characters of the original to make them easier to read. · Boldface Formatting
Emphasise the characters of the original by making them bold. · Feed Control
- Continuous Scan Select this option to scan multiple pages. After a page is scanned, select either continue scanning or finish.
Related Information
· Scan Using NuanceTM PaperPortTM 14SE or Other Windows® Applications

https://manual-hub.com/

164

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using Windows® Fax and Scan
Scan Using Windows® Fax and Scan
Windows® Fax and Scan application is another option that you can use for scanning.
· Windows® Fax and Scan uses the WIA scanner driver. · If you want to crop a portion of a page after pre-scanning the document, you must scan using the scanner
glass (also called the flatbed).
1. Load your document. 2. Launch Windows® Fax and Scan. 3. Click File > New > Scan. 4. Select the scanner you want to use. 5. Click OK.
The New Scan dialog box appears.

6. Adjust the settings in the Scanner Setup dialog box, if needed.
The scanner resolution can be set to a maximum of 1200 dpi. If you want to scan at higher resolutions, use the Scanner Utility software from Brother Utilities.
If your machine supports 2-sided Scan and you want to scan both sides of your document, select Feeder (Scan both sides) as Source.
7. Click Scan.
The machine starts scanning the document.

https://manual-hub.com/

165

Related Information
· Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) · WIA Driver Settings (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

166

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Windows®) > Scan Using Windows® Fax and Scan > WIA Driver Settings (Windows®)
WIA Driver Settings (Windows®)

Paper source Select the Document Feeder or Flatbed option from the drop-down list.
Picture Type (Image Type) Select Color picture, Grayscale picture, Black and white picture or text , or Custom Settings for the type of document you want to scan. To change advanced settings, click the Adjust the quality of the scanned picture link.
Page size The Page size option is available if you select the Document Feeder as the Paper source option.

https://manual-hub.com/

167

https://manual-hub.com/

168

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
Scan from Your Computer (Mac)
There are several ways you can use your Mac to scan photos and documents on your Brother machine. Use the software applications provided by Brother or your favourite scanning application.
· Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
· Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
· TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
· Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)

https://manual-hub.com/

169

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then double-click the iPrint&Scan icon. The Brother iPrint&Scan screen appears.
2. If your Brother machine is not selected, click the Select your Machine button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to select your Brother machine.
3. Click the Scan icon, and then follow the on-screen instructions to scan your documents.
Related Information
· Scan from Your Computer (Mac) · Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows® and Mac · Change Scan Button Settings from Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

170

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
Scan Using TWAIN-Compliant Applications (Mac)
You can also scan using TWAIN-compliant applications. For more information about the scanning procedure, see the manual for your application.
To use Brother TWAIN Driver, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com and download Scanner Driver (TWAIN).
1. Start your graphics application, and then select the scan operation. The scanner setup dialog box appears.

2. Change the scan settings, such as Resolution, Scan Type, or Adjust Image, if needed. 3. Click the Document Size pop-up menu, and then select your document size. 4. Click the PreScan option to preview your image and crop unwanted portions before scanning.
· After you select a document size, adjust the scanning area by holding down the mouse button and dragging your mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan.
· To scan both sides of the document (MFC-L3770CDW): Automatic 2-sided scan is available only when using the ADF. You cannot adjust the scanning area. You cannot use PreScan to preview an image.
5. Click Start. The machine starts scanning.

https://manual-hub.com/

171

Related Information
· Scan from Your Computer (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

172

Home > Scan > Scan from Your Computer (Mac) > TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)
TWAIN Driver Settings (Mac)

· Item names and assignable values will vary depending on the machine. · The Contrast setting is available only when selecting Gray (Error Diffusion), True Gray, or 24bit
Color from the Scan Type options.
1. Resolution Select a scanning resolution from the Resolution pop-up menu. Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time, but produce a finer scanned image.
2. Scan Type Select from a range of scan colour depths. · Black & White Use for text or line art images. · Gray (Error Diffusion) Use for photographic images or graphics. (Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated grey images without using true grey dots. Black dots are put in a specific pattern to give a grey appearance.) · True Gray Use for photographic images or graphics. This mode is more accurate because it uses up to 256 shades of grey.

https://manual-hub.com/

173

· 24bit Color Use to create an image with the most accurate colour reproduction. This mode uses up to 16.8 million colours to scan the image, but it requires the most memory and has the longest transfer time.
3. Document Size Select the exact size of your document from a selection of preset scan sizes. · If you select Custom, you can specify the document size.
4. Adjust Image Click the Adjust Image button to adjust other image qualities.
Brightness Set the Brightness level by dragging the slider to the right or left to lighten or darken the image. If the scanned image is too light, set a lower brightness level and scan the document again. If the image is too dark, set a higher brightness level and scan the document again. You can also type a value in the box to set the brightness.
Contrast Increase or decrease the Contrast level by moving the slider to the right or left. An increase emphasises dark and light areas of the image, while a decrease reveals more details in grey areas. You can also type a value in the box to set the contrast.
Reduce Noise Improve and enhance the quality of your scanned images with this selection. The Reduce Noise option is available when selecting the 24bit Color option and the 300 x 300 dpi, 400 x 400 dpi, or 600 x 600 dpi scan resolutions.
5. 2-sided Scanning If you select this check box, the machine scans both sides of the document. When using the Automatic 2sided Scan feature, you must select the Long-edge binding or Short-edge binding option, depending on the layout of your original, to make sure the created data file appears correctly. (Available only for certain models) 174
https://manual-hub.com/

6. Rotate Image Rotate the scanned image.
Related Information
· Scan from Your Computer (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

175

Home > Scan > Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management
· Set the Scan File Name Using Web Based Management · Set the Scan Job Email Report Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

176

Home > Scan > Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management > Set the Scan File Name Using Web Based Management
Set the Scan File Name Using Web Based Management
Set up a file name for scanned data using Web Based Management. 1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2 If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click . 2. Click the Scan tab. 3. Click the Scan File Name menu in the left navigation bar. 4. Select the File Name Style from the drop-down list. 5. If you selected the option to include the date in File Name Style field, select the Date format from the dropdown list. 6. In the Time fields, select On to include the time information in the file name. 7. In the Counter field, select Continuous or Reset after each job.
When you select Reset after each job, duplication of file names may occur. 8. If you want to create a user-defined file name prefix, type a file name in the user-defined fields of each scan
function.
Using the following characters: ?, /, \, or * may cause a sending error. 9. Click Submit.
Related Information
· Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

177

Home > Scan > Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management > Set the Scan Job Email Report Using Web Based Management
Set the Scan Job Email Report Using Web Based Management
When you scan a document, the machine will send a scan job email report automatically to the registered email address. 1. Start your web browser.
Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the IP address of the machine or the print server name). For example: https://192.168.1.2
If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
2. Click the Scan tab. 3. Click the Scan Job e-mail report menu in the left navigation bar. 4. In the Administrator Address field, type the email address. 5. For the scan functions you want, select On to send a scan job email report. 6. Click Submit.
Related Information
· Configure Scan Settings Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

178

Home > Copy
Copy
· Copy a Document · Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images · Make N in 1 Copies Using the Page Layout Feature · Sort Copies · Copy an ID Card · Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy) · Copy Options

https://manual-hub.com/

179

Home > Copy > Copy a Document
Copy a Document
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray. 2. Do one of the following:
· Place the document face up in the ADF. (available only for certain models) (If you are copying multiple pages, we recommend using the ADF.)

· Place the document face down on the scanner glass.

3. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want. The LCD displays:
1S0t0a%ckCopieAsu:t0o1
4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.

https://manual-hub.com/

180

2. Do one of the following: · Place the document face up in the ADF. (If you are copying multiple pages, we recommend using the ADF.)
· Place the document face down on the scanner glass.
3. Press [Copy]. The LCD displays:

4. Change the copy settings, if needed.

(Number of copies)

Enter the number of copies in one of the following ways:

- Press or on the LCD.

- Press the numbers on the control panel. · [Options]

Press

to change the copy settings for the next copy only.

181

https://manual-hub.com/

- When finished, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.)
- After you have finished choosing new options, you can save them by pressing the [Save as Shortcut] button.
· Quick Copy
Press > to access the preset copy settings.
· Current setting
Press the following icons or display area to change these settings for the next copy only. The icon displayed varies depending on the model.

[Enlarge/Reduce]

[Density]

[Tray Use]

[2-sided Copy]

[Quality]

[Contrast]

5. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].

To stop copying, press .

Related Information
· Copy

https://manual-hub.com/

182

Home > Copy > Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Enlarge or Reduce Copied Images
Select an enlargement or reduction ratio to resize your copied data.

>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document. 2. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want. 3. Press Copy/Scan Options. 4. Press a or b to select [Enlarge/Reduce], and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to select the enlargement or reduction ratio you want, and then press OK.
· If you select [Custom(25-400%)], press a or b to enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25%] to [400%] and then press OK.
6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy]. 3. Enter the number of copies. 4. Press [Options] > [Enlarge/Reduce]. 5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the available options, and then press the option you want. 6. Do one of the following:
· If you select [Enlarge] or [Reduce], press the enlargement or reduction ratio you want to use.
· If you select [Custom(25-400%)], press (backspace) to erase the displayed percentage, or press d to move the cursor, and then enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from [25] to [400]. Press [OK].
· If you selected [100%], go to the next step. 7. When finished, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.) 8. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].
Related Information
· Copy

https://manual-hub.com/

183

Home > Copy > Make N in 1 Copies Using the Page Layout Feature
Make N in 1 Copies Using the Page Layout Feature
The N in 1 copy feature saves paper by copying two or four pages of your document onto one page of the copy.

>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document. 2. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want. 3. Press Copy/Scan Options. 4. Press a or b to select [Page Layout], and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to select [Off(1 in 1)], [2 in 1 (P)], [2 in 1 (L)], [4 in 1 (P)] or [4 in 1
(L)], and then press OK. 6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing. If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step. 7. After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to select the [Yes] option. 8. After scanning all the pages, press b to select the [No] option.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy].
3. Enter the number of copies. 4. Press [Options] > [Page Layout]. 5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the options, and then press the option you want.

Option 2in1(Portrait)

Description

2in1(Landscape)

https://manual-hub.com/

184

Option 4in1(Portrait)

Description

4in1(Landscape)
6. When finished, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.) 7. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing. 8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
· Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page. · After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
· Copy

https://manual-hub.com/

185

Home > Copy > Sort Copies
Sort Copies
Sort multiple copies. Pages will be stacked in the order they are fed, that is: 1, 2, 3, and so on. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document. 2. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want. 3. Press Copy/Scan Options. 4. Press a or b to select [Stack/Sort], and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to select [Sort], and then press OK. 6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing. If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step. 7. After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to select the [Yes] option. 8. After scanning all the pages, press b to select the [No] option.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
2. Press [Copy]. 3. Enter the number of copies. 4. Press [Options] > [Stack/Sort] > [Sort]. 5. When finished, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.) 6. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing. 7. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
· Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page. · After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
· Copy

https://manual-hub.com/

186

Home > Copy > Copy an ID Card
Copy an ID Card
You may copy an identification card only to the extent permitted under applicable laws. For more detailed information, see the Product Safety Guide. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Place an identification card face down near the upper left corner of the scanner glass. 1
1 4.0 mm or greater (top, left) 2. Press 2 in 1 (ID) Copy. 3. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want. 4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine scans one side of the identification card. 5. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card.
6. Press Mono Start or Colour Start to scan the other side.

https://manual-hub.com/

187

DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Place your identification card face down near the upper left corner of the scanner glass.
1
1: Distance 4.0 mm or greater (top, left) 2. Press [Copy]. 3. Press > on the touchscreen, and then select [2in1(ID)]. 4. Enter the number of copies. 5. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].
The machine scans one side of the identification card. 6. After the machine has scanned the first side, turn over the identification card.
7. Press [Continue] to scan the other side.
Related Information
· Copy

https://manual-hub.com/

188

Home > Copy > Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)
Copy on Both Sides of the Paper (2-sided Copy)

Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
Reduce the amount of paper you use by copying onto both sides of the paper.

· You must choose a 2-sided copy layout from the following options before you can start 2-sided copying. · The layout of your original document determines which 2-sided copy layout you should choose. · To use the automatic 2-sided copy feature, you must load your document in the ADF. · When you manually make 2 sided copies from a 2-sided document, use the scanner glass. · Select A4 sized paper when using the 2sided copy option.

Portrait 2sided to 2sided

1sided to 2sided (Long Edge Flip)

1 2 2
1sided to 2sided (Short Edge Flip)
1

1 2

2 2

Landscape 2sided to 2sided

1sided to 2sided (Long Edge Flip)

1 1
2

1sided to 2sided (Short Edge Flip)

>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

189

https://manual-hub.com/

DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Load your document. 2. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want. 3. Press Copy/Scan Options. 4. Press a or b to select [2-sided], and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to display [Layout Long] or [Layout Short], and then press OK. 6. Select flip on long edge or flip on short edge, and then press OK. 7. Press a or b to display [2sided 2sided] or [1sided 2sided], and then press OK. 8. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing. If you are using the scanner glass, go to the next step. 9. After the machine scans the page, place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press a to select the [Yes] option. 10. After scanning all the pages, press b to select the [No] option.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Load your document.
NOTE
· For 2-sided scan models: Load your 2-sided document in the ADF. If you use the scanner glass for your 2-sided document, select the [1-sided2-sided] option.
· For 1-sided scan models: Load your 2-sided document to the scanner glass.
2. Press [Copy]. 3. Enter the number of copies. 4. Press [Options] > [2-sided Copy]. 5. Do one of the following:
· To make 2-sided copies of a 2-sided document, press [2-sided2-sided]. · To make 2-sided copies from a 1-sided document, follow these steps:
a. To change the layout options, press [Layout], and then press [Long Edge Flip] or [Short Edge Flip].
b. Press [1-sided2-sided]. 6. When finished, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.) 7. Press [Colour Start] or [Mono Start].
If you placed the document in the ADF, the machine scans the pages and starts printing. 8. If you are using the scanner glass, repeat the following steps for each page of the document:
· For a 2-sided document, turn the sheet over along the long edge to scan the other side.
· Place the next page on the scanner glass, and then press [Continue] to scan the page. · After scanning all the pages, press [Finish].
Related Information
· Copy

https://manual-hub.com/

190

Home > Copy > Copy Options
Copy Options

DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

To change Copy settings, press the Options or Copy/Scan Options button.

Menu selections Enlarge/Reduce
Density
2-sided (available only for certain models)

Options
Select an enlargement or reduction ratio for the next copy. · If you select Custom(25-400%), use the dial pad, or press a or b to
enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Increase the density to make the text darker. Decrease the density to make the text lighter.
Select to copy on both sides of the paper. 1-sided 2-sided
1

2-sided 2-sided

Quality Contrast
Stack/Sort

Select the copy quality for your type of document. Increase the contrast to make an image clearer. Decrease the contrast to make an image more subdued. Select to stack or sort multiple copies. Stack

Sort

1 2

https://manual-hub.com/

191

Menu selections Page Layout

Options Make N in 1 copies. 4 in1

Auto Deskew Colour Adjust Remove Bkg Clr

Set the machine to automatically correct skewed copies. Change the default setting for colour saturation. Select to remove the background colour of the document when copying.

DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

To change the Copy settings, press [Options].

Menu selections Enlarge/Reduce
Density Tray Use 2-sided Copy

Options

100%

Enlarge

Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.

Reduce

Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.

Custom(25-400%)

Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.

Increase the density to make the text darker. Decrease the density to make the text lighter.

Select a paper tray for the next copy.

Select to copy on both sides of the paper.

1-sided 2-sided
1

2-sided 2-sided

2-sided Copy Page Layout (available for certain settings)
Quality

The available options will vary depending on your model.

Select long edge binding or short edge binding.

Select the copy quality for your type of document.

https://manual-hub.com/

192

Menu selections Contrast Stack/Sort
Page Layout

Options Increase the contrast to make an image clearer. Decrease the contrast to make an image more subdued. Select to stack or sort multiple copies. Stack

1 1
Sort

2 2

1 2

Make N in 1 copies. 4 in1

Auto Deskew Colour Adjust Remove Background Colour
Related Information
· Copy

Set the machine to automatically correct skewed copies. Change the default setting for colour saturation. Select to remove the background colour of the document when copying.

https://manual-hub.com/

193

Home > Fax
Fax
· Send a Fax · Receive a Fax · Voice Operations and Fax Numbers · Telephone Services and External Devices · Fax Reports · PC-FAX

https://manual-hub.com/

194

Home > Fax > Send a Fax
Send a Fax
· Send a Fax · Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF · Send a Fax Manually · Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation · Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) · Send a Fax in Real Time · Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax) · Add a Cover Page to Your Fax · Cancel a Fax in Progress · Check and Cancel a Pending Fax · Fax Options

https://manual-hub.com/

195

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax
Send a Fax
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Do one of the following: · Place the document face up in the ADF. (If you are faxing multiple pages, we recommend using the ADF.)

· Place the document face down on the scanner glass.

2. Press

[Fax].

3. Enter the fax number. · Using the dial pad Press the digits to enter the fax number.

· Using the Address Book

Press

[Address Book], and then do one of the following:

- Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want, and then press it.

196

https://manual-hub.com/

- Press [Search], and then enter the name and press [OK]. Press the name you want to dial.

When finished, press [Apply]. · Using the call history

Press

[Call History], and then press the [Outgoing Call] option.

Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the fax number you want, and then press it. To send a fax, press [Apply]. 4. Press [Fax Start]. The machine scans and sends the document. If you placed the document on the scanner glass, follow the instructions in the table.

Option Description

Yes To scan the next page, press the Yes option, and then place the next page on the scanner glass. Press OK to scan the page.

After you have scanned the last page, press the No option.

The machine sends the document.

To stop faxing, press , and then press .

Related Information
· Send a Fax

https://manual-hub.com/

197

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF
Send a 2-sided Fax from the ADF

Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW

You must select a 2-sided scanning format before sending a 2-sided fax. Select either Long Edge or Short Edge, depending on the layout of your document.

1. Load your document.

2. Press

[Fax] > [Options] > [2-sided Fax].

3. Do one of the following: · If your document is flipped on the Long edge, press the [2-sided Scan: Long Edge] option. · If your document is flipped on the Short edge, press the [2-sided Scan: Short Edge] option.
4. Press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.) 5. Enter the fax number. 6. Press [Fax Start].

Related Information
· Send a Fax

https://manual-hub.com/

198

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax Manually
Send a Fax Manually

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Manual fax transmission lets you hear the dialling, ringing and fax-receiving tones while sending a fax.

1. Load your document.

2. Press

[Fax].

3. Pick up the handset of the external telephone. 4. Dial the fax number you want to call. 5. When you hear the fax tone, press [Fax Start].
· If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send]. 6. Pick up the handset of the external telephone and listen for a dial tone.

Related Information
· Send a Fax

https://manual-hub.com/

199

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Send a Fax at the End of a Conversation
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
At the end of a conversation, you can send a fax to the other party before you both hang up. 1. Ask the other party to wait for fax tones (beeps) and then to press the Start key before hanging up. 2. Load your document. 3. Press [Fax Start].
· If you are using the scanner glass, press [Send]. 4. Replace the handset of an external telephone.
Related Information
· Send a Fax

https://manual-hub.com/

200

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)
Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use the Broadcasting feature to send the same fax to multiple fax numbers at the same time.
· The same broadcast can include Groups, Address Book numbers and up to 50 manually dialled numbers. · Address Book numbers must be stored in the machine's memory before they can be used in a broadcast. · Group numbers must also be stored in the machine's memory before they can be used in a broadcast.
Group numbers include many stored Address Book numbers for easier dialling.

If you did not use any of the Address Book numbers for Groups, you can broadcast faxes to as many as 250 different numbers.

1. Load your document.

2. Press

[Fax] > [Options] > [Broadcasting].

3. Press [Add Number].
You can add numbers to the broadcast in the following ways:
· Press [Add Number] and enter a number using the LCD.
Press [OK].
· Press [Add from Address book]. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want to add to the broadcast. Select the check boxes of the broadcast. After you select all the numbers you want, press [OK].
· Press [Search in Address book]. Press the name and press [OK]. Press the name, and then press the number you want to add.
4. When finished, press [OK].
5. Press [Fax Start]. After the broadcast is finished, the machine will print a broadcast report to let you know the results.

· The machine's available memory will vary depending on the types of jobs in the memory and the numbers used for broadcasting. If you broadcast to the maximum number available, you will not be able to use dual access and delayed fax.
· If the [Out of Memory] message appears, press or [Quit] to stop the job. If more than one page has been scanned, press [Send Now] to send the portion that is in the machine's memory.

Related Information
· Send a Fax · Cancel a Broadcast in Progress

https://manual-hub.com/

201

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting) > Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
Cancel a Broadcast in Progress
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
While broadcasting you can cancel the fax currently being sent or the whole broadcast job.
1. Press . 2. Press . 3. Do one of the following:
· To cancel the entire broadcast, press [Entire Broadcast]. · To cancel the current job, press the name or number being dialled on the LCD. · To exit without cancelling, press .
Related Information
· Send the Same Fax to More than One Recipient (Broadcasting)

https://manual-hub.com/

202

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax in Real Time
Send a Fax in Real Time

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
When sending a fax, the machine scans the document into the memory before sending it. As soon as the telephone line is free, the machine starts dialling and sending. If you want to send an important document immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory, turn on [Real Time TX].

· If the memory is full and you are sending a fax from the ADF, the machine sends the document in real time (even if [Real Time TX] is set to [Off]). If the memory is full, faxes from the scanner glass cannot be sent until you clear some of the memory.
· In Real Time Transmission, the automatic redial feature does not work when using the scanner glass.
· If [Real Time TX] is set to on, the option to scan 2-sided documents is not available.

1. Load your document.

2. Press

[Fax] > [Options] > [Real Time TX].

3. Press [On] or [Off]. 4. Press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.) 5. Enter the fax number. 6. Press [Fax Start].

Related Information
· Send a Fax

https://manual-hub.com/

203

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)
Send a Fax at a Specified Time (Delayed Fax)

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

You can store up to 50 faxes in the machine's memory to be sent within the next twenty-four hour period.

1. Load your document.

2. Press

[Fax] > [Options] > [Delayed Fax] > [Delayed Fax].

3. Press [On]. 4. Press [Set Time]. 5. Enter the time you want the fax to be sent (in 24-hour format), and then press [OK].
(For example, enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.) 6. Press [OK]. 7. Enter the fax number. 8. Press [Fax Start].

9. Press .

Related Information
· Send a Fax

https://manual-hub.com/

204

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Add a Cover Page to Your Fax
Add a Cover Page to Your Fax

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW You can add a cover page to the next fax or every outgoing fax.

· This feature will not work unless you have programmed your Station ID. · Your cover page includes your Station ID, a comment, and the name stored in the Address Book.

1. Load your document.

2. Press

[Fax] > [Options] > [Coverpage Setup] > [Coverpage Setup].

3. Press [On]. 4. Press [Coverpage Note]. 5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to choose the comment you want to use, and then press the comment.

Press

6. Press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.) 7. Enter the fax number. 8. Press [Fax Start].

The cover page will be added to the next fax. If you want to add the cover page to every outgoing fax, set the settings as the new default.

Related Information
· Send a Fax · Create a Cover Page Message

https://manual-hub.com/

205

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Add a Cover Page to Your Fax > Create a Cover Page Message
Create a Cover Page Message

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

You can create one or two custom cover page messages to add to outgoing faxes.

1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Send] > [Coverpage Note].

2. Press [5] or [6] to store your customised message. 3. Enter the cover page message using the LCD. Press [OK].

Press

to choose numbers, letters or special characters.

4. Press .

Related Information
· Add a Cover Page to Your Fax

https://manual-hub.com/

206

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Cancel a Fax in Progress
Cancel a Fax in Progress
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Press .
2. Press while the machine is dialling or sending a fax. The LCD will display [Cancel Job?].
3. Press an option in the table to cancel or continue the fax job in progress.

Option Description

Yes The machine cancels sending the fax job.

The machine exits from the process without cancelling the fax job.

Related Information
· Send a Fax

https://manual-hub.com/

207

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Check and Cancel a Pending Fax
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can cancel a fax job before it is sent, by cancelling the fax job while it is stored and waiting in the memory.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remaining Jobs]. 2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to scroll through the waiting jobs, and then press the job you want to
cancel. 3. Press [Cancel]. 4. Press [Yes] to confirm or press [No] to exit without cancelling. 5. When finished cancelling jobs, press .
Related Information
· Send a Fax

https://manual-hub.com/

208

Home > Fax > Send a Fax > Fax Options
Fax Options

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

To change fax-sending settings, press the [Options] button.

Option Fax Resolution
Contrast
2-sided Fax (For automatic 2-sided scanning models) Glass Scan Size Broadcasting Delayed Fax Real Time TX Coverpage Setup Overseas Mode Set New Default Factory Reset

Description
Set the resolution for outgoing faxes. The fax quality often can be improved by changing the Fax Resolution.
Adjust the contrast. If your document is very light or very dark, changing the contrast may improve the fax quality.
Set the 2-sided scanning format.
Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to the size of the document.
Send the same fax message to more than one fax number at the same time.
Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.
Send a fax immediately without waiting for the machine to retrieve the scan from its memory.
Set the machine to automatically send a pre-programmed cover page.
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas.
Save your settings as the default.
Restore all settings back to the factory settings.

You can save the current settings by pressing [Save as Shortcut].

Related Information
· Send a Fax

https://manual-hub.com/

209

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax
Receive a Fax
· Receive Mode Settings · Memory Receive Options · Remote Fax Retrieval

https://manual-hub.com/

210

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings
Receive Mode Settings
· Receive Modes Overview · Choose the Correct Receive Mode · Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay) · Set the F/T Ring Time (Fast Double-ring) · Set Fax Detect · Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax · Set the 2-sided Printing for Received Faxes · Set the Fax Receive Stamp · Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation

https://manual-hub.com/

211

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Receive Modes Overview
Receive Modes Overview

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Some receive modes answer automatically (Fax Only Mode and Fax/Tel Mode). You may want to change the Ring Delay before using these modes.
Fax Only Mode ([Fax Only] in the machine's menu) Fax Only Mode automatically answers every call as a fax.
Fax/Tel Mode ([Fax/Tel] in the machine's menu) Fax/Tel Mode helps you manage incoming calls, by recognising whether they are fax or voice calls and handling them in the following ways: · Faxes will be received automatically. · Voice calls will start the F/T ring to tell you to pick up the call. The F/T ring is a fast pseudo/double-ring made by your machine.
Manual Mode ([Manual] in the machine's menu) Manual Mode turns off all automatic answering operations unless you are using the BT Call Sign feature. To receive a fax in Manual Mode lift the handset of the external telephone connected to the machine. When you hear fax tones (short repeating beeps), press the buttons in the table to receive a fax. Use the Fax Detect feature to receive faxes when you have lifted a handset on the same line as the machine.

Applicable Models Touchscreen LCD models

To receive the fax > Fax Start > Receive

External TAD Mode ([External TAD] in the machine's menu) External TAD Mode lets an external answering device manage your incoming calls. Incoming calls will be handled in the following ways: · Faxes will be received automatically. · Voice callers can record a message on the external TAD.

Related Information
· Receive Mode Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

212

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Choose the Correct Receive Mode
Choose the Correct Receive Mode

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

You must choose a Receive Mode depending on the external devices and telephone services you have on your line.
By default, your machine will automatically receive any faxes that are sent to it. The diagram below will help you select the correct mode.

Do you want to use the telephone feature of your machine (if available), an external telephone or external telephone answering device connected on the same line as the machine?
Yes
Are you using the voice message function of an external telephone answering device?
No

Fax Only Mode No
External TAD Mode Yes

Do you want the machine to answer fax and telephone calls automatically? No

Fax/Tel Mode Yes
Manual Mode

1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Receive Mode].

· (U.K. only) If you cannot change the [Receive Mode], make sure the BT Call Sign feature is set to Off.
2. Press [Fax Only], [Fax/Tel], [External TAD], or [Manual].
3. Press .

Related Information
· Receive Mode Settings · Telephone and Fax Problems

https://manual-hub.com/

213

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
When somebody calls your machine, you will hear the normal telephone ring sound. The number of rings is set in the Ring Delay option.
· The Ring Delay setting sets the number of times the machine rings before it answers in the Fax Only and Fax/Tel Modes.
· If you have external or extension telephones on the same line as the machine, choose the maximum number of rings.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Ring Delay]. 2. Press the number of rings you want.
If you select [0], the machine will answer immediately and the line will not ring at all (available only for some countries).
3. Press .
Related Information
· Receive Mode Settings · Telephone and Fax Problems

https://manual-hub.com/

214

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the F/T Ring Time (Fast Double-ring)
Set the F/T Ring Time (Fast Double-ring)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
When you set the Receive Mode to Fax/Tel Mode, if the call is a fax, your machine will automatically receive it. However, if it is a voice call, the machine will sound the F/T ring (fast double-ring) for the time you set in the F/T Ring Time option. When you hear the F/T ring, it means that a voice caller is on the line.
· The F/T Ring Time feature works when you set Fax/Tel Mode as the Receive Mode.
Because the F/T ring is made by the machine, extension and external telephones will not ring; however, you can still answer the call on any telephone.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [F/T Ring Time]. 2. Press how long you want the machine to ring to alert you that you have a voice call. 3. Press .
Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo/double-ringing, the machine will continue to ring for the set time.
Related Information
· Receive Mode Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

215

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set Fax Detect
Set Fax Detect
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

If Fax Detect is On: The machine receives a fax call automatically, even if you answer the call. When you see [Receiving] on the LCD or when you hear "chirps" through the handset you are using, just replace the handset. Your machine will do the rest.
If Fax Detect is Off: If you are at the machine and answer a fax call by lifting the handset, press the buttons in the following table to receive the fax. If you answered at an extension or external telephone, press *51.

Applicable Models
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW

To receive the fax > Fax Start > Receive

· If this feature is set to [On], but your machine does not connect a fax call when you lift an extension or external telephone handset, press the remote activation code *51.
· If you send faxes from a computer on the same telephone line and the machine intercepts them, set Fax Detect to [Off].

1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Fax Detect]. 2. Press [On] or [Off]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· Receive Mode Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

216

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Shrink Page Size of an Oversized Incoming Fax
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you enable the auto reduction function, the machine reduces each page of an incoming fax to fit on your paper. The machine calculates the reduction ratio by using the page size of the fax and your Paper Size setting.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Auto Reduction]. 2. Press [On] or [Off]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· Receive Mode Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

217

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the 2-sided Printing for Received Faxes
Set the 2-sided Printing for Received Faxes
Related Models: MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Your machine prints received faxes on both sides of the paper when [2-sided] is set to [On].
· Use A4 size paper (60 to 105 g/m2) for this function. · When 2-sided printing is enabled, incoming faxes are automatically reduced to fit the paper in the paper
tray.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [2-sided]. 2. Press [On] or [Off]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· Receive Mode Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

218

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Set the Fax Receive Stamp
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW You can set the machine to print the received date and time at the top centre of each received fax page.
· Make sure you have set the current date and time on the machine.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Fax Rx Stamp]. 2. Press [On] or [Off]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· Receive Mode Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

219

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Receive Mode Settings > Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Receive a Fax at the End of a Telephone Conversation
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you are speaking on the telephone connected to your Brother machine and the other party is also speaking on a telephone connected to his fax machine, at the end of the conversation, the other party can send you a fax before you both hang up.
Your machine's ADF must be empty.
1. Ask the other party to place the document in their machine and to press the Start or Send key. 2. When you hear the CNG tones (slowly repeating beeps), press [Fax Start].
If the machine is in Automatic Redial, wait until it is finished and try again. 3. Press [Receive] to receive a fax. 4. Replace the external handset.
Related Information
· Receive Mode Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

220

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options
Memory Receive Options
Use Memory Receive options to direct incoming faxes while you are away from the machine. You can use only one Memory Receive option at a time. Memory Receive can be set to: · Fax Forwarding · Fax Storage · PC-Fax Receive · Forward to Cloud
The machine forwards your received faxes to online services. · Off
· Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
· Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
· Change Memory Receive Options
· Turn Off Memory Receive
· Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
· Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows® only)

https://manual-hub.com/

221

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Forward Incoming Faxes to Another Machine
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use the Fax Forwarding feature to automatically forward your incoming faxes to another machine.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive]. 2. Press [Fax Forward]. 3. Do one of the following:
· Press [Manual] to enter the forwarding fax number (up to 20 characters) using the LCD. Press [OK].
· Press [Address Book]. Swipe up or down or press a or b to scroll until you find the fax number or email address where you want your faxes to be forwarded. Press the fax number or email address you want.
· Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off]. If you select [Backup Print: On], the machine also prints a copy of received faxes at your machine.
4. Press .
Related Information
· Memory Receive Options

https://manual-hub.com/

222

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Store Incoming Faxes in the Machine's Memory
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use the Fax Storage feature to store incoming faxes in the machine's memory. Retrieve your stored fax messages from your fax machine when you are at another location using the Remote Retrieval commands. Your machine will print a backup copy of each stored fax.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive]. 2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Fax Storage] option, and then press [Fax Storage].
Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off]. If you select [Backup Print: On], the machine also prints a copy of received faxes at your machine. 3. Press .
Related Information
· Memory Receive Options

https://manual-hub.com/

223

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Change Memory Receive Options
Change Memory Receive Options
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If received faxes are in your machine's memory when you change the Remote Fax operations, the LCD will ask you one of the following questions: If received faxes have been printed automatically, the LCD displays [Erase all documents?] · Do one of the following:
- If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be erased before the setting changes. - If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged. If unprinted faxes are in the machine's memory, the LCD displays [Print all faxes?] · Do one of the following: - If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be printed before the setting changes. - If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be printed and the setting will be unchanged. If received faxes are left in the machine's memory when you change to [PC Fax Receive] from another option ([Fax Forward] or [Fax Storage]). · Press [<USB>] or the name of the computer if you are on a network, and then press [OK]. You will be asked if you want to turn on Backup Print. The LCD displays: [Send Fax to PC?] - If you press [Yes], faxes in the memory will be sent to your computer before the setting changes. - If you press [No], faxes in the memory will not be erased and the setting will be unchanged.
Related Information
· Memory Receive Options

https://manual-hub.com/

224

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Turn Off Memory Receive
Turn Off Memory Receive
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW Turn off Memory Receive if you do not want the machine to save or transfer incoming faxes. 1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Memory Receive]. 2. Press [Off]. The LCD displays options if there are received faxes still in your machine's memory. 3. Press .
Related Information
· Memory Receive Options

https://manual-hub.com/

225

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you select [Fax Storage], you can still print a fax from the memory when you are at your machine.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Print Document]. 2. Press [Yes].
Related Information
· Memory Receive Options · Error and Maintenance Messages

https://manual-hub.com/

226

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Memory Receive Options > Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows® only)
Use PC-Fax Receive to Transfer Received Faxes to Your Computer (Windows® only)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Turn on the PC-Fax Receive feature, automatically store incoming faxes to your machine's memory, and then send them to your computer. Use your computer to view and store these faxes.
To transfer the received faxes to your computer you must have the PC-FAX Receiving software running on your computer.
Even if you have turned off your computer (at night or on the weekend, for example), your machine will receive and store your faxes in its memory. When you start your computer and the PC-FAX Receiving software runs, your machine transfers your faxes to your computer automatically. If you selected [Backup Print: On], the machine will also print the fax.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [PC Fax Receive]. 2. Press [On]. 3. Press [OK], and then follow the instructions on the LCD.
· PC-Fax Receive is not available for the Mac operating systems. · If you get an error message and the machine cannot print the faxes in the memory, you can use this
setting to transfer your faxes to your computer. 4. Press [<USB>] or the name of the computer you want to receive faxes if you are on a network, and then
press [OK]. 5. Press [Backup Print: On] or [Backup Print: Off]. 6. Press .
Related Information
· Memory Receive Options

https://manual-hub.com/

227

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval
Remote Fax Retrieval
Use Remote Retrieval to call your machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine, and use a remote access code and remote commands to retrieve fax messages.
· Set a Remote Access Code · Use Your Remote Access Code · Remote Retrieval Commands · Forward Faxes Remotely · Change the Fax Forwarding Number

https://manual-hub.com/

228

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Set a Remote Access Code
Set a Remote Access Code

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Set a Remote Access Code to access and control your Brother machine even when you are away from it.
Before you can use the remote access and retrieval features, you must set up your own code. The factory default code is the inactive code (---*).

1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Remote Access].
2. Enter a three-digit code using the numbers [0] to [9], [*] or [#] using the LCD (the preset '*' cannot be changed), and then press [OK].

· DO NOT use the same code used for your Remote Activation Code (*51) or Remote Deactivation Code (#51).

· To make your code inactive, press and hold [OK].

to restore the inactive setting (---*), and then press

3. Press .

Related Information
· Remote Fax Retrieval

https://manual-hub.com/

229

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Use Your Remote Access Code
Use Your Remote Access Code
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Dial your fax number from a telephone or another fax machine using touch tone. 2. When your machine answers, immediately enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). 3. The machine signals if it has received messages:
· One long beep -- Fax messages · No beeps -- No messages 4. When the machine gives two short beeps, enter a command. · The machine will hang up if you wait longer than 30 seconds to enter a command. · The machine will beep three times if you enter an invalid command. 5. Press 9 0 to reset the machine when you are finished. 6. Hang up. · This function may not be available in some countries or supported by your local telephone company.
Related Information
· Remote Fax Retrieval

https://manual-hub.com/

230

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Remote Retrieval Commands
Remote Retrieval Commands

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Use the Remote Commands in this table to access fax commands and options when you are away from your Brother machine. When you call the machine and enter your remote access code (three digits followed by *), the system will sound two short beeps and you must enter a Remote Command (column 1), followed by one of the options (column 2) for that command.

Remote commands
95

Options
Change the Fax Forwarding, or Fax Storage settings 1 OFF
2 Fax Forwarding 4 Fax Forwarding number 6 Fax Storage

Retrieve a fax

2 Retrieve all faxes

3 Erase faxes from memory

Check the receiving status

1 Fax

Change the Receive Mode

1 External TAD

2 Fax/Tel

3 Fax Only

Exit

Operation details
You can select Off after you retrieve or erase all your messages. One long beep means the change is accepted. If you hear three short beeps, you cannot make a change because something has not been set up (for example, a Fax Forwarding number has not been registered). You can register your Fax Forwarding number by entering 4. After you register the number, Fax Forwarding will work.
Enter the fax number of a remote fax machine to receive stored fax messages. If you hear one long beep, fax messages have been erased from memory.
Check whether your machine has received any faxes. If yes, you will hear one long beep. If not, you will hear three short beeps.
One long beep means the change has been accepted.
Press 9 0 to stop remote retrieval. Wait for the long beep, then hang up.

Related Information
· Remote Fax Retrieval

https://manual-hub.com/

231

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Forward Faxes Remotely
Forward Faxes Remotely
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Call your Brother machine from any touch-tone telephone or fax machine to forward incoming faxes to another machine.
You must turn on Fax Storage to use this feature. 1. Dial your fax number. 2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages. 3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 6 2. 4. Wait for the long beep, and then use the dial pad to enter the number of the remote fax machine where you
want your fax messages sent, followed by # # (up to 20 digits).
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers. However, press # if you want to create a pause. 5. Hang up after you hear your machine beep. Your machine will call the other fax machine, which will then print
your fax messages.
Related Information
· Remote Fax Retrieval

https://manual-hub.com/

232

Home > Fax > Receive a Fax > Remote Fax Retrieval > Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Change the Fax Forwarding Number
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can change your fax forwarding number from another touch-tone telephone or fax machine. 1. Dial your fax number. 2. When your machine answers, enter your Remote Access Code (three digits followed by *). If you hear one
long beep, you have messages. 3. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 5 4. 4. Wait for the long beep, enter the new number (up to 20 digits) of the remote fax machine you want your fax
messages forwarded to using the dial pad, then enter # #. You will hear one long beep.
You cannot use * and # as dial numbers. However, press # if you want to create a pause. 5. When you hear two short beeps, press 9 0 to stop Remote Access when you have finished. 6. Hang up after you hear your machine beep.
Related Information
· Remote Fax Retrieval

https://manual-hub.com/

233

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
Voice Operations and Fax Numbers
· Voice Operations · Store Fax Numbers · Set up Groups for Broadcasting · Combine Address Book Numbers

https://manual-hub.com/

234

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations
Voice Operations
· Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode

https://manual-hub.com/

235

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Voice Operations > Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode
Pick up a Voice Call in Fax/Tel Receive Mode

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

When the machine is in Fax/Tel mode, it will use the F/T Ring (fast double-ring) to alert you to pick up a voice call.
If you are at the machine, lift the external telephone's handset, and then press the button in the following table to answer:

Applicable Models
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW

To pick up voice call Pickup

If you are at an extension telephone, lift the handset during the F/T Ring, and then press #51 between the fast double-rings. If no one is on the line, or if someone wants to send you a fax, send the call back to the machine by pressing *51.

Related Information
· Voice Operations

https://manual-hub.com/

236

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers
Store Fax Numbers
· Store Address Book Numbers · Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers

https://manual-hub.com/

237

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers
Store Address Book Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Press

[Fax] > [Address Book].

2. Do the following steps: a. Press [Edit]. b. Press [Add New Address]. c. Press [Name]. d. Enter the name using the LCD (up to 16 characters), and then press [OK]. e. Press [Address]. f. Enter the fax or telephone number using the LCD (up to 20 digits), and then press [OK]. g. Press [OK]. To store another Address Book number, repeat these steps.

3. Press .

Related Information
· Store Fax Numbers · Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls

https://manual-hub.com/

238

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers > Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls
Store Address Book Numbers from Outgoing Calls

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

You can store Address Book numbers from the Outgoing Call history.

1. Press

[Fax] > [Call History] > [Outgoing Call].

2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want, and then press it. 3. Press [Edit] > [Add to Address Book] > [Name].

To delete the number, press [Edit] > [Delete]. Press [Yes] to confirm. 4. Enter the name using the LCD (up to 16 characters). 5. Press [OK]. 6. Press [OK] to confirm the fax or telephone number you want to store.
7. Press .

Related Information
· Store Address Book Numbers

https://manual-hub.com/

239

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Store Fax Numbers > Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
Change or Delete Address Book Names or Numbers
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Press

[Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit].

2. Do one of the following:
· Press [Change] to edit the names or fax or telephone numbers.
Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want to change, and then press it.
- To change the name, press [Name]. Enter the new name (up to 16 characters) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
- To change the fax or telephone number, press [Address]. Enter the new fax or telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
Press [OK] to finish.

How to enter text: To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the incorrect character, and then press .
Enter the new character.

· To delete numbers, press [Delete]. - Select the fax or telephone numbers you want to delete by pressing them to display a red check mark, and then press [OK].
3. Press .

Related Information
· Store Fax Numbers

https://manual-hub.com/

240

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting
Set up Groups for Broadcasting

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
A Group, which can be stored in the Address Book allows you to send the same fax message to many fax numbers.

First, you must store each fax number in the Address Book. Then you can include them as numbers in the Group. Each Group uses up an Address Book number.

Applicable Models
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Maximum number of Group 20 groups

Maximum numbers in a large Group
199 numbers

1. Press

[Fax] > [Address Book].

2. Do the following steps:
a. Press [Edit] > [Setup Groups] > [Name].
b. Enter the Group name (up to 16 characters) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
c. Press [Add/Delete].
d. Add Address Book numbers to the Group by pressing them to display a red checkmark, and then press [OK].
e. Read and confirm the displayed list of names and numbers you have chosen, and then press [OK] to save your Group.
To store another Group for broadcasting, repeat these steps.

3. Press .

Related Information
· Voice Operations and Fax Numbers · Change a Broadcasting Group Name · Delete a Broadcasting Group · Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member

https://manual-hub.com/

241

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Change a Broadcasting Group Name
Change a Broadcasting Group Name

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Press

[Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].

2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press the Group name. 3. Press [Name]. 4. Enter the new Group name (up to 16 characters) using the LCD, and then press [OK].

How to change the stored name: To change a character, press d or c to position the cursor to highlight the incorrect character, and then press . Enter the new character. 5. Press [OK]. 6. Press .

Related Information
· Set up Groups for Broadcasting

https://manual-hub.com/

242

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Delete a Broadcasting Group
Delete a Broadcasting Group

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Press

[Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Delete].

2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press the Group name. 3. Press [OK].

4. Press .

Related Information
· Set up Groups for Broadcasting

https://manual-hub.com/

243

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Set up Groups for Broadcasting > Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member
Add or Delete a Broadcasting Group Member

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Press

[Fax] > [Address Book] > [Edit] > [Change].

2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the Group you want, and then press the Group name. 3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Add/Delete] option, and then press [Add/Delete]. 4. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number you want to add or delete. 5. Do the following for each number you want to change:
· To add a number to the Group, press the check box of the number to add a check mark. · To delete a number from the Group, press the check box of the number to remove the check mark. 6. Press [OK]. 7. Press [OK].

8. Press .

Related Information
· Set up Groups for Broadcasting

https://manual-hub.com/

244

Home > Fax > Voice Operations and Fax Numbers > Combine Address Book Numbers
Combine Address Book Numbers

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Sometimes you may want to choose from several long-distance carriers when you send a fax. Rates may vary depending on the time and destination. To take advantage of low rates, you can store the access codes of longdistance carriers and credit card numbers as Address Book numbers.

You can store these long dialling sequences by dividing them and setting them up as separate Address Book numbers in any combination. You can even include manual dialling using the dial pad.
For example: You might have stored '01632' and '960555' in your machine as shown in the following table.

Applicable Models
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

'01632' stored in Address Book: Brother 1

'960555' stored in Address Book: Brother 2

You can use them both to dial '01632-960555' by using the following procedure.

1. Press

[Fax] > [Address Book].

2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number of Brother 1. 3. Press the number. 4. Press [Apply]. 5. Press [Address Book]. 6. Press [OK]. 7. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the number of Brother 2. 8. Press the number. 9. Press [Apply]. 10. Press [Fax Start].
The machine will dial '01632-960555'.

To temporarily change a number, you can substitute part of the number by pressing it using the LCD. For example, to change the number to '01632-960556', you could enter the number (Brother 1: 01632) using Address Book, press [Apply], and then press 960556 using the LCD.

If you must wait for another dial tone or signal at any point in the dialling sequence, create a pause in the number by pressing [Pause].

Related Information
· Voice Operations and Fax Numbers

https://manual-hub.com/

245

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices
Telephone Services and External Devices
· Use BT Call Sign · Set the Telephone Line Type · External TAD (Telephone Answering Device) · External and Extension Telephones · Multi-line Connections (PBX)

https://manual-hub.com/

246

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Use BT Call Sign
Use BT Call Sign
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
This feature of the machine lets you use the BT Call Sign subscriber service which allows you to have at least two separate telephone numbers on one telephone line. Each telephone number has its own distinctive ringing pattern, so you know which telephone number is ringing. This is one way you can have a separate telephone number for your machine. Your machine has a BT Call Sign compatible distinctive ringing function, allowing you to dedicate a second telephone number (on the same telephone line) just for receiving faxes.
· This feature is available only in the U.K. · You can switch BT Call Sign Off temporarily, then turn it back on. When you get a new fax number,
make sure you reset this function. This machine will automatically answer incoming calls that use your new fax number. · When you set the BT Call Sign feature to On, the receive mode is set to [Manual] automatically. [Manual] mode will not respond to incoming telephone calls, since the number you use for telephone calls will use the normal ring pattern.
Related Information
· Telephone Services and External Devices · Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign

https://manual-hub.com/

247

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Use BT Call Sign > Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign
Enable the Machine to Work with BT Call Sign
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
· This feature is available only in the U.K. · This feature will only work with your external phone.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Miscellaneous] > [BT Call Sign]. 2. Press [On] or [Off]. 3. Press .
If you turn off BT Call Sign, the receive mode stays in Manual mode. You will need to set the receive mode again.
Related Information
· Use BT Call Sign

https://manual-hub.com/

248

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Set the Telephone Line Type
Set the Telephone Line Type
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you are connecting the machine to a line that features PBX or ISDN to send and receive faxes, you must select a Telephone Line Type that matches your line's features.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Phone Line Set]. 2. Press [Normal], [PBX], or [ISDN]. 3. If you selected [PBX], do the following steps:
a. Press [On] or [Always].
· If you select [On], the machine dials a prefix number before the fax number only when [R] is pressed. · If you select [Always], the machine always dials a prefix number before the fax number. b. Press [Dial Prefix]. c. Enter the prefix number using the LCD, and then press [OK].
· Use the numbers 0 to 9, #, * and !. You cannot use ! with any other numbers or characters. 4. Press .
Related Information
· Telephone Services and External Devices · PBX and TRANSFER

https://manual-hub.com/

249

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Set the Telephone Line Type > PBX and TRANSFER
PBX and TRANSFER

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

The machine's [Phone Line Set] default setting is [Normal], which lets the machine connect to a standard Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) line. However, many offices use a central telephone system or Private Branch Exchange (PBX). Your machine can be connected to most types of PBX. The machine's recall feature supports timed break recall only (TBR). TBR will work with most PBX systems allowing you to gain access to an outside line, or transfer calls to another extension. To use this feature, press the button in the table.

Applicable Models
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW

To use the machine's recall feature R

Program a press of the button in the table as part of a number stored in the Address Book (One Touch Dial and Speed Dial in some models). When programming the Address Book number (One Touch Dial number and Speed Dial number in some models), press the button first (the LCD displays `!'), then enter the telephone number. This avoids having to press the button each time before you dial from the Address Book (One Touch Dial or Speed Dial). Your Telephone Line Type must be set to PBX on the machine to use this programming.

Related Information
· Set the Telephone Line Type

https://manual-hub.com/

250

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can connect an external Telephone Answering Device (TAD) to the same line as your machine. When the TAD answers a call, your machine will "listen" for the CNG (fax calling) tones sent by a sending fax machine. If it hears them it will take over the call and receive the fax. If it does not hear them, it will let your TAD take a voice message and the LCD will show [Telephone]. The external TAD must answer within four rings (we recommend setting it to two rings). This is because your machine cannot hear the CNG tones until the external TAD has picked up the call. The sending machine will send CNG tones for only eight to ten seconds longer. We do not recommend using the toll saver feature on your external TAD if it needs more than four rings to activate it.

1
1 TAD

(Example for U.K.)

IMPORTANT

DO NOT connect a TAD elsewhere on the same telephone line.

If you have problems receiving faxes, reduce the Ring Delay setting on your external TAD.
Related Information
· Telephone Services and External Devices · Connect an External TAD · Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD

https://manual-hub.com/

251

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering Device) > Connect an External TAD
Connect an External TAD
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Set your external TAD to the minimum number of rings allowed. For more information, contact your telephone provider. (The machine's Ring Delay setting does not apply.)
2. Record an outgoing message on your external TAD. 3. Set the TAD to answer calls. 4. Set the Receive Mode on your machine to [External TAD].
Related Information
· External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)

https://manual-hub.com/

252

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External TAD (Telephone Answering Device) > Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Record an Outgoing Message (OGM) on the External TAD
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Record 5 seconds of silence at the beginning of your message. This allows your machine time to listen for fax tones.
2. Limit your speaking to 20 seconds. 3. End your 20-second message by giving your Remote Activation Code for people sending manual faxes. For
example: "After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax."
NOTE
We recommend beginning your OGM with an initial 5 second silence because the machine cannot hear fax tones over a loud voice. You may try leaving out this pause, but if your machine has trouble receiving faxes, then you should re-record the OGM to include it.
Related Information
· External TAD (Telephone Answering Device)

https://manual-hub.com/

253

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones
External and Extension Telephones
· Connect an External or Extension Telephone · Operation from External and Extension Telephones · Use Extension Telephones · If You Use a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset · Use the Remote Codes

https://manual-hub.com/

254

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Connect an External or Extension Telephone
Connect an External or Extension Telephone
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW You can connect a separate telephone to your machine as shown in the diagram below.
1

1 Extension telephone 2 External telephone

(Example for U.K.)

Please make sure you use an external telephone with a cable no more than three metres long.

Related Information
· External and Extension Telephones

https://manual-hub.com/

255

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Operation from External and Extension Telephones
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you answer a fax call at an extension or an external telephone, you can make your machine take the call by using the Remote Activation Code. When you press the Remote Activation Code *51, the machine starts to receive the fax. If the machine answers a voice call and pseudo/double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at an extension telephone by pressing the Remote Deactivation Code #51.
If you answer a call and no one is on the line:
You should assume that you're receiving a manual fax. Press *51 and wait for the chirp or until the LCD displays [Receiving], and then hang up.
You can also use the Fax Detect feature to make your machine automatically take the call.
Related Information
· External and Extension Telephones

https://manual-hub.com/

256

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use Extension Telephones
Use Extension Telephones

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Your premises may already be wired with parallel extension telephones, or you may plan to add extension telephones to your line, as well as your machine. While the simplest arrangement is a straightforward parallel connection, there are some problems with this. The most obvious is inadvertent interruption of a fax transmission caused by someone picking up an extension telephone to make an outgoing call. Also, the remote activation code feature may not operate reliably in such a simple configuration.

This machine may also be set to make a delayed transmission (i.e. a transmission at a preset time). This preset job may coincide with someone picking up an extension handset.

These problems can easily be eliminated, if you arrange modification of your extension wiring circuit, such that extension devices are connected "downstream" of your machine in a master/slave configuration (see figure 2). In this configuration the machine can always detect whether a telephone is in use. Thus it will not attempt to seize the line during that time. This is known as "telephone off-hook detection."

The inadvisable configuration is shown in figure 1, and the recommended master/slave configuration is shown in figure 2.

This new connection configuration can be arranged by contacting BT, Kingston upon Hull Telecommunications, your PBX maintainer or a qualified telephone installation company as appropriate. Simply explained, the extension telephone circuit should be terminated on a normal modular plug (BT 431A style), which in turn should be put into the modular socket of the white "T"-shaped connector provided as part of the line cord assembly.

Inadvisable connection of extension sockets (Figure 1.)

FAX

1. Extension socket 2. Master socket 3. Incoming line Recommended connection of extension sockets (Figure 2.)

FAX
1. Extension socket 2. Master socket 3. Incoming line The fax machine must be plugged into the master socket.
These telephones are now connected as external devices, because they are connected to the fax machine via the T-connector.
Related Information
· External and Extension Telephones

https://manual-hub.com/

257

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > If You Use a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
If You Use a Non-Brother Cordless External Handset
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your non-Brother cordless telephone is connected to the telephone line cord and you typically carry the cordless handset elsewhere, it is easier to answer calls during the Ring Delay. If you let the machine answer first, you must go to the machine so you can press [Pickup] or Tel/R to transfer the call to the cordless handset.
Related Information
· External and Extension Telephones

https://manual-hub.com/

258

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use the Remote Codes
Use the Remote Codes

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Remote Activation Code
If you answer a fax call on an extension or external telephone, you can tell your machine to receive it by pressing the Remote Activation Code *51. Wait for the chirping sounds, and then replace the handset.
If you answer a fax call at the external telephone, you can make the machine receive the fax by pressing the buttons in the following table:

Applicable Models
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW

To make the machine receive the fax Fax Start and then Receive

Remote Deactivation Code
If you receive a voice call and the machine is in F/T mode, it will start to sound the F/T ring (fast double-ring) after the initial ring delay. If you pick up the call on an extension telephone you can turn the F/T ring off by pressing #51 (make sure you press this between the rings).
If the machine answers a voice call and fast double-rings for you to take over, you can take the call at the external telephone by pressing the button in the following table:

Applicable Models
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW

To pick up voice call Pickup

Related Information
· External and Extension Telephones · Change the Remote Codes

https://manual-hub.com/

259

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > External and Extension Telephones > Use the Remote Codes > Change the Remote Codes
Change the Remote Codes
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
The preset Remote Activation Code is *51. The preset Remote Deactivation Code is #51. If you are always disconnected when accessing your External TAD remotely, try changing the three-digit remote codes using the numbers 0-9, *, #.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Setup Receive] > [Remote Codes]. 2. Do one of the following:
· To change the Remote Activation Code, press [Act.Code]. Enter the new code, and then press [OK]. · To change the Remote Deactivation Code, press [Deact.Code]. Enter the new code, and then press
[OK]. · If you do not want to change the Codes, go to the next step. · To turn off (or turn on) the Remote Codes, press [Remote Codes], and then press [Off] (or [On]). 3. Press .
Related Information
· Use the Remote Codes

https://manual-hub.com/

260

Home > Fax > Telephone Services and External Devices > Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Multi-line Connections (PBX)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
We suggest you ask the company that installed your PBX to connect your machine. If you have a multi line system we suggest you ask the installer to connect the unit to the last line on the system. This prevents the machine being activated each time the system receives telephone calls. If all incoming calls will be answered by a switchboard operator we recommend setting the Receive Mode to [Manual]. We cannot guarantee that your machine will operate correctly under all circumstances when connected to a PBX. Any difficulties with sending or receiving faxes should be reported first to the company that handles your PBX.
Related Information
· Telephone Services and External Devices

https://manual-hub.com/

261

Home > Fax > Fax Reports
Fax Reports
· Print a Transmission Verification Report · Print a Fax Journal

https://manual-hub.com/

262

Home > Fax > Fax Reports > Print a Transmission Verification Report
Print a Transmission Verification Report

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can use the Transmission Verification Report as proof that you sent a fax. This report lists the receiving party's name or fax number, the time and date of transmission, duration of transmission, number of pages sent, and whether or not the transmission was successful.

There are several settings available for the Transmission Verification Report:

Prints a report after every fax you send.

On (+Image)

Prints a report after every fax you send. A portion of the fax's first page appears on the report.

Error only

Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error.

Error only (+Image) Prints a report if your fax is unsuccessful due to a transmission error. A portion of the fax's first page appears on the report.

Off

Your Brother machine does not print any reports after sending faxes.

1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [XMIT Report]. 2. Press the option you want.
If you select [On (+Image)] or [Error only (+Image)], the image will not appear on the Transmission Verification Report if Real Time Transmission is set to [On]. 3. Press . If the transmission is successful, OK appears next to RESULT on the Transmission Verification Report. If the transmission is not successful, NG appears next to RESULT.
Related Information
· Fax Reports

https://manual-hub.com/

263

Home > Fax > Fax Reports > Print a Fax Journal
Print a Fax Journal
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can set the machine to print a Fax Journal at specific intervals (every 50 faxes, 6, 12 or 24 hours, 2 or 7 days).
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Report Setting] > [Journal Period] > [Journal Period].
2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to select an interval, and then press it. · Every 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days The machine will print the report at the selected time and then erase all reception and transmission log data from its memory. If the machine's memory becomes full with 200 log data before the time you selected has passed, the machine will print the Journal early and then erase all jobs from the memory. If you want an extra report before it is due to print, you can print it without erasing the log data from the memory. · Every 50 Faxes The machine will print the Journal when the machine has stored 50 reception and transmission log data.
3. If you selected every 6, 12, 24 hours, 2 or 7 days, press [Time] and enter the time to start printing (in 24hour format) using the LCD, and then press [OK]. (For example: enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
4. If you selected [Every 7 Days], press [Day]. 5. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the [Every Monday], [Every Tuesday], [Every
Wednesday], [Every Thursday], [Every Friday], [Every Saturday] or [Every Sunday] option, and then press the first day of the 7-day countdown.
6. Press .
Related Information
· Fax Reports

https://manual-hub.com/

264

Home > Fax > PC-FAX
PC-FAX
· PC-FAX for Windows® · PC-FAX for Mac

https://manual-hub.com/

265

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows®
PC-FAX for Windows®
· PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) · Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows®) · Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

266

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®)
PC-FAX Overview (Windows®)
Reduce paper consumption and save time by using Brother's PC-FAX software to send faxes directly from your machine.
· Configure PC-FAX (Windows®) · Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

267

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure PC-FAX (Windows®)
Configure PC-FAX (Windows®)

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Before sending faxes using PC-FAX, personalise the send options in each tab of the PC-FAX Setup dialog box. 1. Do one of the following:
· Windows® 7

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending.
· Windows® 8 and Windows® 10

Launch

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not

already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Setup Sending.

The PC-FAX Setup dialog box appears.

2. Do one of the following: · Click the User Information tab, and then type your user information in the fields.
Each Microsoft® account can have its own customised User Information screen for custom fax headers and cover pages.
· Click the Sending tab, and then type the number needed to access an outside line (if needed) in the Outside line access field. Select the Include header check box to include the header information.
· Click the Address Book tab, and then select the address book you want to use for PC-FAX from the Select Address Book drop-down list.
3. Click OK.

https://manual-hub.com/

268

Related Information
· PC-FAX Overview (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

269

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PCFax Address Book (Windows®)
Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)
Add, edit and delete members and groups to personalise your Brother Address Book.
· Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®) · Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®) · Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®) · Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®) · Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®) · Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

270

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PCFax Address Book (Windows®) > Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Add a Member to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Add new people and their fax information to the PC-Fax Address Book if you want to send a fax using Brother PC-Fax software.
1. Do one of the following:
· Windows® 7

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
· Windows® 8 and Windows® 10

Launch

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not

already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).

The Address Book dialog box appears.

2. Click . The Address Book Member Setup dialog box appears.
3. Type the member's information in the corresponding fields. Only the Name field is required. 4. Click OK.
Related Information
· Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

271

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PCFax Address Book (Windows®) > Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Create a Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Create a group to broadcast the same PC-FAX to several recipients at one time. 1. Do one of the following:
· Windows® 7

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
· Windows® 8 and Windows® 10

Launch

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not

already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).

The Address Book dialog box appears.

2. Click . The Address Book Group Setup dialog box appears.
3. Type the name of the new group in the Group Name field. 4. In the Available Names field, select each name you want to include in the group, and then click Add >>.
Members added to the group appear in the Group Members box. 5. When finished, click OK.
Each group can contain up to 50 members.
Related Information
· Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

272

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PCFax Address Book (Windows®) > Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Edit Member or Group Information in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Do one of the following: · Windows® 7

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
· Windows® 8 and Windows® 10

Launch

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not

already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).

The Address Book dialog box appears.

2. Select the member or group you want to edit.

3. Click

(Properties).

4. Change the member or group information. 5. Click OK.

Related Information
· Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

273

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PCFax Address Book (Windows®) > Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Delete a Member or Group in your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Do one of the following: · Windows® 7

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
· Windows® 8 and Windows® 10

Launch

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not

already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).

The Address Book dialog box appears.

2. Select the member or group you want to delete. 3. Click (Delete). 4. When the confirmation dialog box appears, click OK.
Related Information
· Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

274

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PCFax Address Book (Windows®) > Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Export your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

You can export the Address Book as an ASCII text file (*.csv), a vCard (an electronic business card), or Remote Setup Dial Data and save it on your computer.

· You cannot export the group settings when you export the Address Book data.

1. Do one of the following: · Windows® 7

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
· Windows® 8 and Windows® 10

Launch

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not

already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).

The Address Book dialog box appears.

2. Click the File menu, and then select Export. 3. Select one of the following:
· Text The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
· vCard You must select the member you want to export from your address book before selecting this option. Browse to the folder where you want to save the vCard, type the vCard name in the File name field, and then click Save.

https://manual-hub.com/

275

· Remote Setup Dial Data Browse to the folder where you want to save the data, type the file name in the File name field, and then click Save.
4. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to export, and then click Add >>.
Select and add the items in the order you want them listed.
5. If you are exporting to an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to separate the data fields.
6. Click OK. 7. Browse to the folder on your computer where you want to save the data, type the file name, and then click
Save.
Related Information
· Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

276

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > PC-FAX Overview (Windows®) > Configure your PCFax Address Book (Windows®) > Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)
Import Information to your PC-FAX Address Book (Windows®)

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

You can import ASCII text files (*.csv), vCards (electronic business cards), or Remote Setup Dial Data into your Address Book.
1. Do one of the following:
· Windows® 7

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).
· Windows® 8 and Windows® 10

Launch

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not

already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Address Book (Send).

The Address Book dialog box appears.

2. Click the File menu, and then select Import. 3. Select one of the following:
· Text The Select Items dialog box appears. Go to step 4.
· vCard Go to step 7.
· Remote Setup Dial Data Go to step 7.
4. In the Available Items field, select the data you want to import, and then click Add >>.
You must select and add fields from the Available Items list in the same order they are listed in the import text file.
277
https://manual-hub.com/

5. If you are importing an ASCII file, under the Divide Character section, select the Tab or Comma option to separate the data fields.
6. Click OK. 7. Browse to the folder where you want to import the data, type the file name, and then click Open.
Related Information
· Configure your PC-Fax Address Book (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

278

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows®)
Send a Fax Using PC-FAX (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
PC-FAX supports only monochrome faxes. A monochrome fax will be sent even if the original data is colour and the receiving fax machine supports colour faxes. 1. Create a file in any application on your computer. 2. Select the print command in your application. 3. Select Brother PC-FAX as your printer, and then complete your print operation.
The Brother PC-FAX dialog box appears.

4. Type a fax number using one of the following methods: · Click the numbers on the dial pad to type the number, and then click Add Send Address.

If you select the Dial Restriction check box, a confirmation dialog box will appear for you to re-type the fax number using the keyboard. This feature helps to prevent transmissions to the wrong destination.
· Click the Address Book button, and then select a member or group from the Address Book.

If you make a mistake, click All Clear to delete all entries.
5. To include a cover page, select the Add Cover Page check box. You can also click cover page.
6. Click Start to send the fax.

to create or edit a

· To cancel the fax, click Cancel. · To redial a number, click Redial to show the last five fax numbers, select a number, and then click Start.

Related Information
· PC-FAX for Windows®

https://manual-hub.com/

279

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®)
Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®)
Use Brother's PC-FAX software to receive faxes on your computer, screen them and print only those faxes you want.
· Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

280

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®) > Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®)
Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Brother's PC-FAX Receive software lets you view and store faxes on your computer. It is automatically installed when you install the Brother software and drivers and works on locally- or network-connected machines.
· PC-FAX Receive supports only monochrome faxes.
When you turn off your computer, your machine will continue to receive and store faxes in your Brother machine's memory. The machine's LCD will display the number of stored faxes received. When you start this application, the software will transfer all received faxes to your computer at once. You can enable the Backup Print option if you want the machine to print a copy of the fax before the fax is sent to your computer, or before the computer is switched off. You can configure the Backup Print settings from your Brother machine.
Related Information
· Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®) · Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows®) · View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

281

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

We recommend selecting the Start PC-FAX Receive on computer startup check box so that the software runs automatically and can transfer any faxes upon computer startup.

1. Do one of the following: · Windows® 7

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
· Windows® 8 and Windows® 10

Launch

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not

already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.

2. Confirm the message and click Yes.

The PC-FAX Receive window appears. The tray.

(PC-FAX Receive) icon also appears in your computer task

Related Information
· Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®) · Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows®) · Add Your Brother Machine to PC-FAX Receiving (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

282

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®) > Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®) > Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows®) > Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows®)
Set Up Your Computer for PC-FAX Receiving (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Double-click the (PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray. The PC-FAX Receive window appears.
2. Click Settings. 3. Configure these options as needed:
Preferences Configure to start PC-FAX Receive automatically when you start Windows®.
Save Configure the path to save PC-FAX files and select the received document format.
Upload to Configure the path to the SharePoint® server and select the option to upload automatically or manually (available only for Administrators).
Device Select the Brother machine that you want to receive PC-FAX.
Lock (available only for Administrators) Restrict users who do not have administrator privileges from configuring the settings options shown above.

4. Click OK.

https://manual-hub.com/

283

Related Information
· Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

284

4. Select the appropriate connection method.
Select your machine from the automatic search results below. Connected Brother machines will be displayed. Select a device from the list. Click OK.
Specify your machine by IP address Type the machine's IP address in the IP Address field, and then click OK.
5. To change the computer name that will appear on the machine's LCD, type the new name in the Enter your PC display name (Max 15 Characters) field.
6. Click OK.
Related Information
· Run Brother's PC-FAX Receive on Your Computer (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

285

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Windows® > Receive Faxes on Your Computer (Windows®) > Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®) > View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows®)
View Received PC-FAX Messages (Windows®)

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Receiving Status

Icon

Indicated Status Standby mode No unread messages

Receiving messages

Messages received Unread messages

1. Double-click the (PC-FAX Receive) icon in your computer task tray. The PC-FAX Receive window appears.

2. Click any faxes in the list to view them.

3. When finished, click

in the right top corner of the window to close it.

286

https://manual-hub.com/

Even after closing the window, PC-FAX Receive is active and the (PC-FAX Receive) icon will remain in your computer task tray. To close PC-FAX Receive, click the icon in the computer task tray and click Close.
Related Information
· Receive Faxes Using PC-FAX Receive (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

287

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Mac
PC-FAX for Mac
Use Brother's PC-FAX software to send faxes directly from your Mac without printing them. This feature helps reduce your paper consumption and save time.
· Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

288

Home > Fax > PC-FAX > PC-FAX for Mac > Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
Send Faxes from Your Application (Mac)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW PC-FAX supports only monochrome faxes. A monochrome fax will be sent even if the original data is colour and the receiving fax machine supports colour faxes. 1. Create a document in a Mac application. 2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print. 3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the Send Fax option.
4. Click the Output pop-up menu, and then select the Facsimile option.
5. Type a fax number in the Input Fax Number field, and then click Add. The fax number is displayed in the Destination Fax Numbers field. 289
https://manual-hub.com/

To send a fax to more than one number, click the Add button after entering the first fax number and type the next fax number. The destination fax numbers will be listed in the Destination Fax Numbers field.
6. Click Print to send the fax.
Related Information
· PC-FAX for Mac

https://manual-hub.com/

290

Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
You can print photos directly from digital camera media or a USB flash drive. Supported file types are PDF, JPEG, TIFF, XPS, and PRN.
· Compatible USB Flash Drives
· Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital Camera Supporting Mass Storage
· Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

291

Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Compatible USB Flash Drives
Compatible USB Flash Drives
Related Models: MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage standard. Other USB devices are not supported.

Compatible USB Flash Drives USB Class USB Mass Storage Sub Class Transfer protocol Format 1 Sector size Encryption

USB Mass Storage Class SCSI or SFF-8070i Bulk transfer Only FAT12/FAT16/FAT32/exFAT Max. 4096 Byte Encrypted devices are not supported.

Related Information
· Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive

1 NTFS format is not supported.

https://manual-hub.com/

292

Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital Camera Supporting Mass Storage
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital Camera Supporting Mass Storage
Related Models: MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
· Make sure your digital camera is turned on. · Your digital camera must be switched from PictBridge mode to mass storage mode.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to your machine, DO NOT connect any device other than a digital camera or USB flash drive to the USB direct interface. USB port location (Front View)
1. Connect your USB flash drive or digital camera to the USB direct interface. The touchscreen will automatically display the USB menu to confirm the USB flash drive or digital camera is correctly connected. · If an error occurs, the USB menu will not appear on the touchscreen. · When the machine is in Deep Sleep mode, the touchscreen does not display any information even if you connect a USB flash drive to the USB direct interface. Press the touchscreen to wake up the machine. · If your machine has been set to Secure Function Lock On, you may not be able to access Direct Print.
2. Press [Direct Print]. 3. Swipe up or down, or press a or b to display the file you want to print, and then select the file.
To print an index of the files, press [Index Print] on the touchscreen. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start] to print the data. 4. Do one of the following: · To change the settings, press [Print Settings]. Go to the next step. · If you want to use the default settings, enter the number of copies, and then press [Mono Start] or
[Colour Start]. 5. Select the print settings you want to change:
· [Paper Type] · [Paper Size] · [Multiple Page]
293
https://manual-hub.com/

· [Orientation] · [2-sided] · [Collate] · [Tray Use] · [Print Quality] · [PDF Option]
Depending on the file type, some of these settings may not appear. 6. Press [OK]. 7. Enter the number of copies you want. 8. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start] to print the data. 9. Press .
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the USB flash drive or digital camera from the USB direct interface until the machine has finished printing.
Related Information
· Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive

https://manual-hub.com/

294

Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows®)
Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
These instructions may vary depending on your print application and operating system. 1. Select the print command in your application. 2. Select your model, and then select the print to file option. 3. Complete your print operation. 4. Enter the required information to save the file.
If the computer prompts you to enter a file name only, you can also specify the folder where you want to save the file by typing the directory name (for example: C:\Temp\FileName.prn). If a USB flash drive is connected to your computer, you can save the file directly to the USB flash drive.
Related Information
· Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive

https://manual-hub.com/

295

Home > Network
Network
· Configure Network Details Using the Control Panel · Supported Basic Network Features · Network Management Software and Utilities · Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network · Advanced Network Features · Technical Information for Advanced Users

https://manual-hub.com/

296

Home > Network > Configure Network Details Using the Control Panel
Configure Network Details Using the Control Panel
To configure the machine for your network, use the control panel's [Network] menu selections.
· For information about the network settings you can configure using the control panel, see Related Information: Settings Tables.
· You can also use management utilities, such as BRAdmin Light (Windows®), BRAdmin Professional (Windows®), Web Based Management and Remote Setup, to configure and change your Brother machine's network settings. Remote Setup is not available for DCP models. See Related Information: Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the network option you want, and then press OK. Repeat this step until you access the
menu you want to configure, and then follow the LCD instructions.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network]. 2. Press a or b to display the network option you want, and then press it. Repeat this step until you access the
menu you want to configure, and then follow the touchscreen LCD instructions.
Related Information
· Network · Settings Tables (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW) · Settings Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW) · Settings Tables (DCP-L3550CDW) · Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities · Supported Basic Network Features

https://manual-hub.com/

297

Home > Network > Supported Basic Network Features
Supported Basic Network Features

The print server supports various features depending on the operating system. Use this table to see which network features and connections are supported by each operating system.

Operating Systems
Printing Scanning PC Fax Send (Available only for certain models) PC Fax Receive (Available only for certain models) BRAdmin Light 1 BRAdmin Professional 1 Web Based Management 1 Remote Setup 1 (Available only for certain models) Status Monitor Driver Deployment Wizard

Windows® 7 Windows® 8 Windows® 10
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Yes Yes

Windows Server® 2008/2008 R2/2012/2012 R2/2016
Yes

macOS v10.11.6 macOS v10.12.x macOS v10.13.x
Yes Yes Yes

Yes

Yes Yes

· Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download the latest version of BRAdmin Light.
· Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download the latest version of BRAdmin Professional.

Related Information
· Network

1 The default login password to manage machine settings is initpass. We recommend you change it to protect your machine from unauthorised access.
https://manual-hub.com/

298

Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities
Network Management Software and Utilities
Configure and change your Brother machine's network settings using a management utility.
· Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities · Change Machine Settings from Your Computer · Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

299

Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities > Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS). Type your machine's IP address into your web browser to access and change your print server settings.
BRAdmin Light (Windows®)
BRAdmin Light is a utility for the initial setup of Brother network-connected devices. This utility can search for Brother products on your network, view the status and configure the basic network settings, such as IP address. Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download BRAdmin Light.
· If using Windows® Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application, temporarily disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the instructions.
BRAdmin Professional (Windows®)
BRAdmin Professional is a utility for more advanced management of network-connected Brother devices. This utility can search for Brother products on your network and view the device status from an easy-to-read Windows® Explorer-style screen that changes colour to identify the status of each device. You can configure network and device settings, and update device firmware from a Windows® computer on your LAN. BRAdmin Professional can also log activity of Brother devices on your network and export the log data. For users who want to monitor locally-connected machines, install the Print Auditor Client software on the client computer. This utility allows you to use BRAdmin Professional to monitor machines that are connected to a client computer via the USB interface.
· Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download the latest version of BRAdmin Professional.
· Node name: The node name appears in the current BRAdmin Professional window. The default node name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where "xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet address).
· If using Windows® Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application, temporarily disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the instructions.
Remote Setup (Windows® and Mac) (Available only for certain models)
Remote Setup is a program for configuring many machine and network settings from either a Windows® or a Mac application. When you start this application, the settings on your machine are automatically downloaded to your computer and displayed on your computer screen. If you change the settings, you can upload them directly to the machine.
Windows® This utility can be used with either a USB or a network connection. Mac · Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the Remote Setup. · This utility can be used with a USB connection.

https://manual-hub.com/

300

Related Information
· Network Management Software and Utilities · Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

301

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
To connect your machine to your wireless network, we recommend using the Brother installation disc.
· Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
· Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
· Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
· Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
· Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
· Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
· Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
· Use Wi-Fi Direct®

https://manual-hub.com/

302

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
Before attempting to configure a wireless network, confirm the following: · If you are using an enterprise wireless network, you must know the User ID and Password. · To achieve optimum results with normal everyday document printing, place the Brother machine as close to
the wireless LAN access point/router as possible with minimal obstructions. Large objects and walls between the two devices and interference from other electronic devices can affect the data transfer speed of your documents. Due to these factors, wireless may not be the best method of connection for all types of documents and applications. If you are printing large files, such as multi-page documents with mixed text and large graphics, you may want to consider selecting wired Ethernet for faster data transfer (supported models only), or USB for the fastest throughput speed. · Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network (supported models only), only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct connection, or a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used at the same time.
If you do not know the security information (for example, Network Name (SSID) and Network Key), consult the router manufacturer, your system administrator, or your Internet provider.
Related Information
· Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network

https://manual-hub.com/

303

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
1. Turn on your computer and insert the Brother installation disc into your computer. · For Windows®, follow these instructions: · For Mac, click Driver Download to go to the Brother Solutions Center. Follow the on-screen instructions to install printer drivers.
2. The opening screen appears automatically. Choose your language, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
If the Brother screen does not appear, do the following: · (Windows® 7)
Go to Computer. Double-click the CD/DVD icon, and then double-click start.exe. · (Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
Click the (File Explorer) icon on the taskbar, and then go to Computer (This PC). Double-click the CD/DVD icon, and then double-click start.exe. · If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes. 3. Choose Wireless Network Connection (Wi-Fi), and then click Next. 4. Follow the on-screen instructions.
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
· Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network

https://manual-hub.com/

304

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
If your wireless access point/router supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), you can use WPS from your machine's control panel menu to configure your wireless network settings.
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:

>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [WPS] option, and then press OK. 5. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard. 6. When the LCD displays [Press Key on rtr], press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router.
Then follow the LCD instructions on your machine. Your machine will automatically detect your wireless access point/router and try to connect to your wireless network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [WPS].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes]. This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
3. When the touchscreen displays [Start WPS on your wireless access point/router, then press [OK].], press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router. Then press [OK] on your machine. Your machine will automatically detect your wireless access point/router and try to connect to your wireless network.

https://manual-hub.com/

305

If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
· Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network · Wireless LAN Report Error Codes

https://manual-hub.com/

306

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
If your wireless LAN access point/router supports WPS, you can use the Personal Identification Number (PIN) Method to configure your wireless network settings. The PIN Method is one of the connection methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance®. By submitting a PIN created by an Enrollee (your machine) to the Registrar (a device that manages the wireless LAN), you can set up the wireless network and security settings. For more information on how to access WPS mode, see the instructions provided with your wireless access point/router.
Type A Connection when the wireless LAN access point/router (1) doubles as the Registrar:
1

Type B Connection when another device (2), such as a computer, is used as the Registrar:

https://manual-hub.com/

307

2
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [WPS w/PIN Code] option, and then press OK. 5. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard. 6. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router. 7. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2) 8. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
· The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router. · The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router. If you are using a Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the following steps: 9. Do one of the following:
· Windows® 7 308
https://manual-hub.com/

Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
· Windows® 8 Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
· Windows® 10
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
· To use a Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
· If you use Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
10. Select your machine and click Next. 11. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next. 12. (Windows® 7) Select your network, and then click Next. 13. Click Close.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [WPS w/ PIN Code].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes]. This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
3. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router. 4. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2) 5. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
· The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router. · The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the following steps: 6. Do one of the following:
· Windows® 7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
· Windows® 8 Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
· Windows® 10
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
309
https://manual-hub.com/

· To use a Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
· If you use Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
7. Select your machine and click Next. 8. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next. 9. (Windows® 7) Select your network, and then click Next. 10. Click Close.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
· Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network · Wireless LAN Report Error Codes

https://manual-hub.com/

310

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration. 1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key
For example:
Network Name (SSID) HELLO
Network Key 12345
· Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
· If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother customer service, make sure you have your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this information.
· If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup. How can I find this information? - Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router. - The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name. - If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system administrator, or your Internet provider.
2. Press Menu. 3. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to select the [Setup Wizard] option, and then press OK. 6. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard. 7. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. When a list of SSIDs appears,
press a or b to select the SSID you want. 8. Press OK.
311
https://manual-hub.com/

9. Do one of the following: · If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network Key you wrote down in the first step. Enter the WEP key, and then press OK to apply your settings. To apply the settings, select [Yes]. To cancel, select [No]. · If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step. · If your WLAN access point/router supports WPS, [WPS is available] appears. To connect your machine using the automatic wireless mode, press a. (If you choose [No], enter the Network Key you wrote down in the first step.) When [Press WPS on rtr] appears, press the WPS button on your WLAN access point/router, and then press a twice.
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration. 1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key
For example:
Network Name (SSID) HELLO
Network Key 12345
· Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
· If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother customer service, make sure you have your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this information.
· If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup. How can I find this information? a. Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router. b. The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name. c. If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system administrator, or your Interner provider.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard]. 3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
312
https://manual-hub.com/

4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. If a list of SSIDs is displayed, swipe up or down or press a or b to display the SSID to which you want to connect, and then press the SSID.
5. Press [OK]. 6. Do one of the following:
· If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network Key you wrote down in the first step. When you have entered all the characters, press [OK].
· If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step. 7. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
· Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network · How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine · Wireless LAN Report Error Codes

https://manual-hub.com/

313

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration. 1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)

Communication Mode Infrastructure
For example: Network Name (SSID) HELLO Communication Mode Infrastructure

Authentication Method Open System
Shared Key WPA/WPA2-PSK

Encryption Mode NONE WEP WEP AES TKIP

Authentication Method WPA2-PSK

Encryption Mode AES

Network Key -
Network Key 12345678

If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press Menu. 3. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to select the [Setup Wizard] option, and then press OK. 6. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network.
This will start the wireless setup wizard. 7. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press OK. 8. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK. 9. Select the [Infrastructure] option, and then press OK. 10. Press a or b to select the Authentication Method you want, and then press OK. 11. Do one of the following:

314

https://manual-hub.com/

· If you selected the [Open System] option, press a or b to select the Encryption Type [None] or [WEP], and then press OK. If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption Type, enter the WEP key, and then press OK.
· If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press OK. · If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press a or b to select the Encryption Type [TKIP+AES] or
[AES], and then press OK. Enter the WPATM key, and then press OK.
Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only. 12. To apply the settings, select [Yes]. To cancel, select [No]. 13. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install the Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your machine, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer, or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)

Communication Mode Infrastructure
For example: Network Name (SSID) HELLO Communication Mode Infrastructure

Authentication Method Open System
Shared Key WPA/WPA2-PSK

Encryption Mode NONE WEP WEP AES TKIP

Authentication Method WPA2-PSK

Encryption Mode AES

Network Key -
Network Key 12345678

If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes]. This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display [<New SSID>]. Press [<New SSID>], and then press [OK].
5. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].

315

https://manual-hub.com/

6. Press [Infrastructure] when instructed. 7. Select the Authentication Method. 8. Do one of the following:
· If you selected the [Open System] option, press the Encryption type [None] or [WEP]. If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, select and enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
· If you selected the [Shared Key] option, select and enter the WEP key, and then press [OK]. · If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press the Encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Enter the WPATM key, and then press [OK].
· Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only. 9. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
· Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network · I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration · How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine · Wireless LAN Report Error Codes

https://manual-hub.com/

316

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration. 1. Check and record the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)

Communication Mode Infrastructure
For example:

Authentication Method LEAP EAP-FAST/NONE
EAP-FAST/MSCHAPv2 EAP-FAST/GTC
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2
PEAP/GTC
EAP-TTLS/CHAP
EAP-TTLS/MSCHAP EAP-TTLS/MSCHAPv2 EAP-TTLS/PAP
EAP-TLS

Encryption Mode
CKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP

Network Name (SSID) HELLO

User ID

Password
-

https://manual-hub.com/

317

Communication Mode
Infrastructure

Authentication Method
EAP-FAST/MSCHAPv2

Encryption Mode User ID

AES

Brother

Password 12345678

· If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate issued by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client certificate. If you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate name you want to use.
· If you verify your machine using the common name of the server certificate, we recommend writing down the common name before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the common name of the server certificate.
2. Press Menu. 3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK. b. Select [WLAN]. Press OK. c. Select [Setup Wizard]. Press OK. 4. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, enable the wireless network. This will start the wireless setup wizard. 5. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the [<New SSID>] option, and then press OK. 6. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK. 7. Select the [Infrastructure] option, and then press OK. 8. Press a or b to select the Authentication Method you want, and then press OK. 9. Do one of the following: · If you selected the [LEAP] option, enter the user ID, and then press OK.
Enter the Password, and then press OK. · If you selected the [EAP-FAST], [PEAP] or [EAP-TTLS] option, press a or b to select the Inner
Authentication Method [NONE], [CHAP], [MS-CHAP], [MS-CHAPv2], [GTC] or [PAP], and then press OK.
Depending on your Authentication Method, the Inner Authentication Method selections differ.
Press a or b to select the Encryption Type [TKIP+AES] or [AES], and then press OK. Press a or b to select the Verification Method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA+Server ID], and then press OK. - If you selected the [CA+Server ID] option, enter the server ID, user ID and password (if required),
and then press OK for each option. - For other selections, enter the user ID and the Password, and then press OK for each option.
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine will display the message [No Verification].
· If you selected the [EAP-TLS] option, press a or b to select the Encryption Type [TKIP+AES] or [AES], and then press OK. When the machine displays a list of available Client Certificates, select the certificate you want. Press a or b to select the Verification Method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA+Server ID], and then press OK. - If you selected the [CA+Server ID] option, enter the server ID and user ID, and then press OK for each option. - For other selections, enter the user ID, and then press OK.

318

https://manual-hub.com/

10. To apply the settings, select [Yes]. To cancel, select [No]. 11. The machine will attempt to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need this information before you continue with the configuration. 1. Check and record the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)

Communication Mode Infrastructure
For example:

Authentication Method LEAP EAP-FAST/NONE
EAP-FAST/MSCHAPv2 EAP-FAST/GTC
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2
PEAP/GTC
EAP-TTLS/CHAP
EAP-TTLS/MSCHAP EAP-TTLS/MSCHAPv2 EAP-TTLS/PAP
EAP-TLS

Encryption Mode
CKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP AES TKIP

Network Name (SSID) HELLO

User ID

Password
-

https://manual-hub.com/

319

Communication Mode
Infrastructure

Authentication Method
EAP-FAST/MSCHAPv2

Encryption Mode User ID

AES

Brother

Password 12345678

· If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate issued by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client certificate. If you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate name you want to use.
· If you verify your machine using the common name of the server certificate, we recommend writing down the common name before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the common name of the server certificate.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes]. This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display [<New SSID>]. Press [<New SSID>], and then press [OK].
5. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK]. 6. Press [Infrastructure] when instructed. 7. Select the Authentication Method. 8. Do one of the following:
· If you selected the [LEAP] option, enter the user ID, and then press [OK]. Enter the Password, and then press [OK].
· If you selected the [EAP-FAST], [PEAP] or [EAP-TTLS] option, select the Inner Authentication method [NONE], [CHAP], [MS-CHAP], [MS-CHAPv2], [GTC] or [PAP].
Depending on your Authentication method, the Inner Authentication method selections differ.
Select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES]. Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID]. - If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID, user ID and password (if
required), and then press [OK] for each option. - For other selections, enter the user ID and Password, and then press [OK] for each option.
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine displays [No Verification].
· If you selected the [EAP-TLS] option, select the encryption type [TKIP+AES] or [AES]. The machine will display a list of available Client Certificates, and then select the certificate. Select the verification method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID]. - If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID and user ID, and then press [OK] for each option. - For other selections, enter the user ID, and then press [OK].
9. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install Full Driver & Software Package necessary for operating your device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.

https://manual-hub.com/

320

Related Information
· Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network · Wireless LAN Report Error Codes

https://manual-hub.com/

321

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use Wi-Fi Direct®
Use Wi-Fi Direct®
· Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
· I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration

https://manual-hub.com/

322

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use Wi-Fi Direct® > Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Print or Scan from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
Wi-Fi Direct is one of the wireless configuration methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance®. It allows you to configure a secured wireless network between your Brother machine and a mobile device, such as an AndroidTM device, Windows® device, iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad, without using an access point. Wi-Fi Direct supports wireless network configuration using the one-push or PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS). You can also configure a wireless network by manually setting an SSID and password. Your Brother machine's Wi-Fi Direct feature supports WPA2TM security with AES encryption.
1
2

1. Mobile device 2. Your Brother machine
· Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network, only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct connection, or a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used at the same time.
· The Wi-Fi Direct-supported device can become a Group Owner (G/O). When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network, the G/O serves as an access point.
Related Information
· Use Wi-Fi Direct®

https://manual-hub.com/

323

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings from your machine's control panel.
· Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually

https://manual-hub.com/

324

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview

Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW

The following instructions offer five methods for configuring your Brother machine in a wireless network environment. Select the method you prefer for your environment:
Check your mobile device for configuration. 1. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Direct?

Option Yes

Description Go to Step 2

Go to Step 3

2. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Direct?

Option Yes
No

Description
See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the OnePush Method.
See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method.

3. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)?

Option Yes

Description Go to Step 4

See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually.

4. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)?

Option Yes
No

Description
See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the OnePush Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS).
See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS).

To use Brother iPrint&Scan functionality in a Wi-Fi Direct network configured by one-push configuration using WiFi Direct or by PIN Method configuration using Wi-Fi Direct, the device you use to configure Wi-Fi Direct must be running AndroidTM 4.0 or greater.

Related Information
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network · Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method · Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS) · Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method

325

https://manual-hub.com/

· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS) · Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually

https://manual-hub.com/

326

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the OnePush Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network: 1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [Push Button] option, and then press OK. 5. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network. 6. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the machine's LCD. Press OK on your machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. 7. Do one of the following: · When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine
directly. · When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it will display available device names with which to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network. Press a or b to select the mobile device you want to connect to and press OK. To search for available devices again, select [<Rescan>], and then press OK. 8. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD. Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Push Button].
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on the machine's LCD. Press [OK] on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press .
3. Do one of the following: · When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine directly. · When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it displays available device names with which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device you want to connect to. Search for available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
327
https://manual-hub.com/

4. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
Related Information
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network · Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview

https://manual-hub.com/

328

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the OnePush Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of WiFi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network: 1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [Group Owner] option, and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to select the [On] option, and then press OK. 6. Press a or b to select the [Push Button] option, and then press OK. 7. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network. 8. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the machine's LCD. Press OK on your machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. 9. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD. Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner].
2. Press [On]. 3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to select the [Push Button] option. Press [Push Button]. 4. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on the machine's LCD. Press [OK] on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press .
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.

https://manual-hub.com/

329

Related Information
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network · Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview

https://manual-hub.com/

330

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network: 1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option, and then press OK. 5. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network. 6. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the machine's LCD. Press OK on your machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. 7. Do one of the following: · When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your
mobile device. When [Input PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in your Brother machine. Press OK to complete the setup. If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device. · When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it will display available device names with which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Press a or b to select the mobile device you want to connect to and press OK. To search for available devices again, select [<Rescan>], and then press OK. 8. Do one of the following: · Follow the machine's instruction to display the PIN on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device, and then go to the next step. · Follow the machine's instruction to enter the PIN displayed by your mobile device in your Brother machine. Press OK, and then go to the next step. If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press Stop/Exit on your Brother machine. Go back to the first step and try again. 9. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD. Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [PIN Code].
331
https://manual-hub.com/

2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on the machine's LCD. Press [OK] on your machine.

This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press .

3. Do one of the following:
· When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine. Press [OK] to complete the setup.
If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
· When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it displays available device names with which to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device you want to connect to. Search for available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
4. Do one of the following:
· Press [Display PIN Code] to display the PIN on your machine and enter the PIN in your mobile device. Go to the next step.
· Press [Input PIN Code] to enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine, and then press [OK]. Go to the next step.

If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press

on your Brother machine. Go back to the first

step and try again.

5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.

Related Information
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network · Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview

https://manual-hub.com/

332

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS)
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network: 1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [Group Owner] option, and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to select the [On] option, and then press OK. 6. Press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option, and then press OK. 7. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network. 8. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the machine's LCD. Press OK on your machine. This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. 9. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [Input PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine. 10. Press OK. 11. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD. Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner].
2. Press [On]. 3. Swipe up or down or press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option. Press [PIN Code]. 4. When [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears, activate your
mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) and then press [OK] on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press .

https://manual-hub.com/

333

5. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in to the machine. Press [OK].
6. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
Related Information
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network · Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview

https://manual-hub.com/

334

Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually. 1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [Manual] option, and then press OK. 5. When [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, enable the Wi-Fi Direct network. 6. The machine will display the SSID name and Password. Go to your mobile device's wireless network settings
screen, select the SSID name, and then enter the password. 7. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD. Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Manual]. 2. The machine will display the SSID name and Password. Go to your mobile device's wireless network settings
screen, select the SSID name, and then enter the password. 3. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup.
Related Information
· Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network · Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview

https://manual-hub.com/

335

Home > Network > Advanced Network Features
Advanced Network Features
· Print the Network Configuration Report · Print the WLAN Report · Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

336

Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the Network Configuration Report
The Network Configuration Report lists the network configuration, including the network print server settings.
· Node Name: The Node Name appears on the current Network Configuration Report. The default Node Name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where "xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet Address.)
· If the [IP Address] on the Network Configuration Report shows 0.0.0.0, wait for one minute and try printing it again.
· You can find your machine's settings, such as the IP address, subnet mask, node name, and MAC Address on the report, for example: - IP address: 192.168.0.5 - Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0 - Node name: BRN000ca0000499 - MAC Address: 00-0c-a0-00-04-99
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the [Network Config] option, and then press OK. 4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [Network Configuration]. 2. Press [Yes]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· Advanced Network Features · Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings? · Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®) · I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly · Access Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

337

Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the WLAN Report
Print the WLAN Report
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
The WLAN Report reflects your machine's wireless status. If the wireless connection fails, check the error code on the printed report. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN Report] option, and then press OK. 4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start.
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [WLAN Report]. 2. Press [Yes].
The machine will print the WLAN Report. 3. Press .
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one minute and then try to print the report again.
Related Information
· Advanced Network Features · Wireless LAN Report Error Codes · My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network · I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly

https://manual-hub.com/

338

Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the WLAN Report > Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes

Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW

If the Wireless LAN Report shows that the connection failed, check the error code on the printed report and see the corresponding instructions in the table:

Error Code TS-01 TS-02
TS-03 TS-04
TS-05 TS-06

Problem and Recommended Solutions
The wireless setting is not activated, change the wireless setting to ON. If a network cable is connected to your machine, disconnect it and change the wireless setting of your machine to ON.
The wireless access point/router cannot be detected. 1. Check the following two points:
· Unplug the power to your wireless access point/router, wait for 10 seconds, and then plug it back in.
· If your WLAN access point/router is using MAC address filtering, confirm that the MAC address of the Brother machine is allowed in the filter.
2. If you manually entered the SSID and security information (SSID/authentication method/ encryption method/Network Key), the information may be incorrect. Reconfirm the SSID and security information and re-enter the correct information as necessary. This device does not support a 5 GHz SSID/ESSID and you must select a 2.4 GHz SSID/ ESSID. Make sure the access point/router is set to 2.4 GHz or 2.4 GHz/5 GHz mixed mode.
The wireless network and security setting you entered may be incorrect. Reconfirm the wireless network settings. If you do not know this information, ask your network administrator.
The Authentication/Encryption methods used by the selected wireless access point/router are not supported by your machine. Change the authentication and encryption method of the wireless access point/router. Your machine supports the following authentication methods: · WPA-Personal
TKIP or AES · WPA2-Personal
TKIP or AES · Open
WEP or None (without encryption) · Shared key
WEP If your problem is not solved, the SSID or network settings you entered may be incorrect. Confirm the wireless network settings.
The security information (SSID/Network Key) is incorrect. Confirm the wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network Key).
The machine cannot detect a WLAN access point/router that has WPS enabled. Confirm the wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network Key).

https://manual-hub.com/

339

Error Code TS-07
TS-08

Problem and Recommended Solutions
The machine cannot detect a WLAN access point/router that has WPS enabled.
If you want to connect with WPS, you must operate both your machine and the WLAN access point/router. Confirm the connection method for WPS on WLAN access point/router and try starting again.
If you do not know how to operate your WLAN access point/router using WPS, see the documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the manufacturer of your WLAN access point/router or ask your network administrator.
Two or more WLAN access points that have WPS enabled are detected.
· Confirm that only one WLAN access point/router within range has the WPS method active and try again.
· Try starting again after few minutes in order to avoid effects from other access points.

Related Information
· Print the WLAN Report · My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network · I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly · Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM
(WPS) · Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS) · Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard · Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast · Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network

https://manual-hub.com/

340

Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management
The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) is used to synchronize the time used by the machine for authentication with the SNTP time server. (This is not the time displayed on the machine's LCD.) You can automatically or manually synchronize the machine's time with the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) provided by the SNTP time server.
· Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
· Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

341

Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management > Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Configure Date and Time Using Web Based Management
Configure date and time to synchronize the time used by the machine with the SNTP time server.
This feature is not available in some countries.
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2 3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click . 4. Click the Administrator tab. 5. Click Date&Time in the left navigation bar.

Select the time difference between your location and UTC from the Time Zone drop-down list. For example, the time zone for Eastern Time in the USA and Canada is UTC-05:00. 6. Verify the Time Zone settings. 7. Select the Synchronize with SNTP server check box. 8. Click Submit.
Related Information
· Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

342

Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management > Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management

Configure the SNTP protocol to synchronize the time the machine uses for authentication with the time kept by the SNTP time server. 1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab. 5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar. 6. Select the SNTP check box to activate the settings. 7. Click Submit. 8. Restart your Brother machine to activate the configuration. 9. Next to the SNTP check box, click Advanced Settings. 10. Select the profile you want to set up or change.

Option Status Synchronization Status SNTP Server Method
Primary SNTP Server Address Secondary SNTP Server Address
Primary SNTP Server Port Secondary SNTP Server Port
Synchronization Interval 11. Click Submit.

Description
Displays whether the SNTP protocol is enabled or disabled.
Confirm the latest synchronization status.
Select AUTO or STATIC. · AUTO
If you have a DHCP server in your network, the SNTP server will obtain the address from that server automatically. · STATIC Type the address you want to use.
Type the server address (up to 64 characters). The secondary SNTP server address is used as a backup to the primary SNTP server address. If the primary server is unavailable, the machine will contact the secondary SNTP server.
Type the port number (1-65535). The secondary SNTP server port is used as a backup to the primary SNTP server port. If the primary port is unavailable, the machine will contact the secondary SNTP port.
Type the number of hours between server synchronization attempts (1-168 hours).

Related Information
· Synchronize Time with the SNTP Server Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

343

Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users
Technical Information for Advanced Users
· Reset the Network Settings to the Factory Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

344

Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Reset the Network Settings to the Factory Settings
Reset the Network Settings to the Factory Settings
You can use your machine's control panel to reset the print server to its default factory settings. This resets all information, such as the password and IP address.
· This feature restores all wired (supported models only) and wireless network settings to the factory settings.
· You can also reset the print server to its factory settings using BRAdmin Light, BRAdmin Professional, or Web Based Management.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [Network] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Network Reset] option, and then press OK. 4. Follow the machine's instruction to reset the network settings.
The machine will restart.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Network Reset]. 2. [Machine will reboot after resetting. Press [OK] for 2 seconds to confirm.]
appears. Press [OK] for two seconds to confirm. The machine will restart.
Related Information
· Technical Information for Advanced Users

https://manual-hub.com/

345

Home > Security
Security
· Lock the Machine Settings · Network Security Features

https://manual-hub.com/

346

Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings
Lock the Machine Settings
Before turning on the machine's Access Lock, make a careful note of your password. If you forget the password, you must reset all passwords stored in the machine by contacting your administrator or Brother customer service.
· Setting Lock Overview

https://manual-hub.com/

347

Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview
Setting Lock Overview
Use the Setting Lock feature to block unauthorised access to machine settings. When Setting Lock is set to On, you cannot access the machine settings without entering the password.
· Set the Setting Lock Password
· Change the Setting Lock Password
· Turn Setting Lock On

https://manual-hub.com/

348

Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Set the Setting Lock Password
Set the Setting Lock Password
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Setting Lock] option, and then press OK. 4. Enter a four-digit number for the password. 5. Press OK. 6. When the LCD displays [Verify:], re-enter the password. 7. Press OK. 8. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock]. 2. Enter a four-digit number for the password. 3. Press [OK]. 4. When the LCD displays [Verify], re-enter the password. 5. Press [OK]. 6. Press .
Related Information
· Setting Lock Overview

https://manual-hub.com/

349

Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Change the Setting Lock Password
Change the Setting Lock Password
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Setting Lock] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to select the [Set Password] option, and then press OK. 5. Enter the current four-digit password. 6. Press OK. 7. Enter a new four-digit password. 8. Press OK. 9. When the LCD displays [Verify:], re-enter the password. 10. Press OK. 11. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock] > [Set Password].
2. Enter the current four-digit password. 3. Press [OK]. 4. Enter a new four-digit password. 5. Press [OK]. 6. When the LCD displays [Verify], re-enter the password. 7. Press [OK]. 8. Press .
Related Information
· Setting Lock Overview

https://manual-hub.com/

350

Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Turn Setting Lock On
Turn Setting Lock On
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Setting Lock] option, and then press OK. 4. Press OK when the LCD displays [On]. 5. Enter the current four-digit password. 6. Press OK.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock] > [Lock OffOn].
2. Enter the current four-digit password. 3. Press [OK].
Related Information
· Setting Lock Overview

https://manual-hub.com/

351

Home > Security > Network Security Features
Network Security Features
· Before Using Network Security Features · Secure Function Lock 3.0 · Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS · Send an Email Securely · Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network · Store Print Log to Network

https://manual-hub.com/

352

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Before Using Network Security Features
Before Using Network Security Features
Your Brother machine employs some of the latest network security and encryption protocols available today. These network features can be integrated into your overall network security plan to help protect your data and prevent unauthorised access to the machine.
We recommend disabling the Telnet, FTP server and TFTP protocols. Accessing the machine using these protocols is not secure.
Related Information
· Network Security Features

https://manual-hub.com/

353

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0
Secure Function Lock 3.0
Brother's Secure Function Lock 3.0 increases security by restricting the functions available on your Brother machine.
· Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0 · Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management · Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0 · Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0 · Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features

https://manual-hub.com/

354

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use Secure Function Lock to configure passwords, set specific user page limits, and grant access to some or all of the functions listed here. You can configure and change the following Secure Function Lock 3.0 settings using Web Based Management or BRAdmin Professional (Windows®): · Print
Print includes print jobs sent via AirPrint, Google Cloud PrintTM and Brother iPrint&Scan. If you register users' login names in advance, the users do not need to enter their passwords when they use the print function. · Color Print · Copy · Scan Scan includes scan jobs sent via Brother iPrint&Scan. · Send (supported models only) · Receive (supported models only) · USB Direct Print · Scan to USB (supported models only) · Web Connect (supported models only) · Apps (supported models only) · Page Limits · Page Counters
Related Information
· Secure Function Lock 3.0

https://manual-hub.com/

355

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab. 5. Click the Restriction Management or User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar. 6. Select Secure Function Lock. 7. Click Submit. 8. Click the Restricted Functions menu in the left navigation bar. 9. In the User List / Restricted Functions field, type a group name or user name. 10. In the Print and the other columns, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function
listed. 11. To configure the maximum page count, select the On check box in the Page Limits column, and then type
the maximum number in the Max. Pages field. 12. Click Submit. 13. Click the User List menu in the left navigation bar. 14. In the User List field, type the user name. 15. In the PIN Number field, type a four-digit password. 16. Select User List / Restricted Functions from the drop-down list for each user. 17. Click Submit.
Related Information
· Secure Function Lock 3.0

https://manual-hub.com/

356

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Scan Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Setting Scan restrictions (for administrators)
Secure Function Lock 3.0 allows an administrator to restrict which users are allowed to scan. When the Scan feature is set to Off for the public user setting, only users who have the Scan check box selected will be able to scan.
Using the Scan feature (for restricted users)
· To scan using the machine's control panel: Restricted users must enter their PINs on the machine's control panel to access Scan mode.
· To scan from a computer: Restricted users must enter their PINs on the machine's control panel before scanning from their computers. If the PIN is not entered on the machine's control panel, an error message will appear on the user's computer.
Related Information
· Secure Function Lock 3.0

https://manual-hub.com/

357

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use the Secure Function Lock screen to set up Public Mode, which limits the functions available to public users. Public users will not need to enter a password to access the features made available through Public Mode settings.
Public Mode includes print jobs sent via Google Cloud PrintTM, Brother iPrint&Scan, and CUPS driver (Mac).
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab. 5. Click the Restriction Management or User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar. 6. Select Secure Function Lock. 7. Click Submit. 8. Click the Restricted Functions menu. 9. In the Public Mode row, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function listed. 10. Click Submit.
Related Information
· Secure Function Lock 3.0 · Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

358

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
Configure the following features in the Secure Function Lock screen:
All Counter Reset Click All Counter Reset, in the Page Counters column, to reset the page counter.
Export to CSV file Click Export to CSV file, to export the current page counter including User List / Restricted Functions information as a CSV file.
Last Counter Record Click Last Counter Record if you want the machine to retain the page count after the counter has been reset.
Counter Auto Reset Click Counter Auto Reset to configure the time interval you want between page counter reset. Choose a daily, weekly, or monthly interval.
Related Information
· Secure Function Lock 3.0

https://manual-hub.com/

359

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
· Introduction to SSL/TLS · Certificates and Web Based Management · Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management · Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional (Windows®) · Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS

https://manual-hub.com/

360

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS
Introduction to SSL/TLS
Secure Socket Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) is an effective method of protecting data sent over a local or wide area network (LAN or WAN). It works by encrypting data, such as a print job, sent over a network, so anyone trying to capture it will not be able to read it. SSL/TLS can be configured on both wired and wireless networks and will work with other forms of security such as WPA keys and firewalls.
Related Information
· Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS · Brief History of SSL/TLS · Benefits of Using SSL/TLS

https://manual-hub.com/

361

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS > Brief History of SSL/TLS
Brief History of SSL/TLS
SSL/TLS was originally created to secure web traffic information, particularly data sent between web browsers and servers. For example, when you use Internet Explorer® for Internet Banking and you see https:// and the little padlock icon in the web browser, you are using SSL. SSL grew to work with additional applications, such as Telnet, printer, and FTP software, in order to become a universal solution for online security. Its original design intentions are still being used today by many online retailers and banks to secure sensitive data, such as credit card numbers, customer records, etc. SSL/TLS uses extremely high levels of encryption and is trusted by banks all over the world.
Related Information
· Introduction to SSL/TLS

https://manual-hub.com/

362

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS > Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
The primary benefit of using SSL/TLS on Brother machines is to guarantee secure printing over an IP network by restricting unauthorised users from reading data sent to the machine. SSL's key selling point is that it can be used to print confidential data securely. For example, an HR department in a large company may be printing wage slips on a regular basis. Without encryption, the data contained on these wages slips can be read by other network users. However, with SSL/TLS, anyone trying to capture the data will see a confusing page of code and not the actual wage slip.
Related Information
· Introduction to SSL/TLS

https://manual-hub.com/

363

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management
Certificates and Web Based Management
You must configure a certificate to manage your networked Brother machine securely using SSL/TLS. You must use Web Based Management to configure a certificate.
· Supported Security Certificate Features
· Create and Install a Certificate
· Manage Multiple Certificates

https://manual-hub.com/

364

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Supported Security Certificate Features
Supported Security Certificate Features
Your Brother machine supports the use of multiple security certificates, which allows secure management, authentication, and communication with the machine. The following security certificate features can be used with the machine: · SSL/TLS communication · SSL communication for SMTP · IEEE 802.1x authentication The Brother machine supports the following: · Pre-installed certificate
Your machine has a pre-installed self-signed certificate. This certificate enables you to use SSL/TLS communication without creating or installing a different certificate.
The pre-installed self-signed certificate protects your communication up to a certain level. We recommend using a certificate that is issued by a trusted organisation for better security.
· Self-signed certificate This print server issues its own certificate. Using this certificate, you can easily use the SSL/TLS communication without creating or installing a different certificate from a CA.
· Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) There are two methods for installing a certificate from a CA. If you already have a certificate from a CA or if you want to use a certificate from an external trusted CA: - When using a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) from this print server. - When importing a certificate and a private key.
· Certificate Authority (CA) Certificate To use a CA certificate that identifies the CA and owns its private key, you must import that CA certificate from the CA before configuring the security features of the Network.
· If you are going to use SSL/TLS communication, we recommend contacting your system administrator first.
· When you reset the print server back to its default factory settings, the certificate and the private key that are installed will be deleted. If you want to keep the same certificate and the private key after resetting the print server, export them before resetting, and then reinstall them.
Related Information
· Certificates and Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

365

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate
Create and Install a Certificate
· Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
· Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
· Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
· Import and Export a CA Certificate

https://manual-hub.com/

366

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
There are two options when choosing a security certificate: use a self-signed certificate or use a certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA). These are a brief summary of the actions required, based on the option you choose.
Option 1
Self-Signed Certificate
1. Create a self-signed certificate using Web Based Management. 2. Install the self-signed certificate on your computer.
Option 2
Certificate from a CA
1. Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) using Web Based Management. 2. Install the certificate issued by the CA on your Brother machine using Web Based Management. 3. Install the certificate on your computer.
Related Information
· Create and Install a Certificate

https://manual-hub.com/

367

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Selfsigned Certificate
Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
· Create a Self-signed Certificate
· Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows® users with Administrator Rights
· Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

368

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Selfsigned Certificate > Create a Self-signed Certificate
Create a Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
· If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address. - For example: https://SharedPrinter If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name. - For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
· For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab. 5. Click the Security tab. 6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar. 7. Click Create Self-Signed Certificate. 8. Enter a Common Name and a Valid Date.
· The length of the Common Name is less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP address, node name, or domain name to use when accessing this machine through SSL/TLS communication. The node name is displayed by default.
· A warning will appear if you use the IPPS or HTTPS protocol and enter a different name in the URL than the Common Name that was used for the self-signed certificate.
9. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit). 10. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256. 11. Click Submit. 12. Click the Network tab. 13. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar. 14. Click HTTP Server Settings. 15. Select the certificate you want to configure from the Select the Certificate drop-down list. 16. Click Submit. 17. Click Yes to restart your print server.
The self-signed certificate is created and saved in your machine's memory.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the self-signed certificate must be installed on your computer.
Related Information
· Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate

https://manual-hub.com/

369

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Selfsigned Certificate > Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows® users with Administrator Rights
Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows® users with Administrator Rights

The following steps are for Microsoft® Internet Explorer®. If you use another web browser, consult the documentation for your web browser to get help with installing certificates.

1. Do one of the following: · (Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008)

Click (Start) > All Programs.

· (Windows® 8 )

Right-click the

(Internet Explorer) icon on the taskbar.

· (Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016)

Click > Windows Accessories.

· (Windows Server® 2012 and Windows Server® 2012 R2)

Click (Internet Explorer), and then right-click the

(Internet Explorer) icon that appears on the

taskbar.

2. Right-click Internet Explorer, and then click Run as administrator.

If the More option appears, click More.

If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
3. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar to access your machine (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address or the node name that you assigned for the certificate).
4. Click Continue to this website (not recommended).
5. Click Certificate error, and then click View certificates.

https://manual-hub.com/

370

6. Click Install Certificate.... 7. When the Certificate Import Wizard appears, click Next. 8. Select Place all certificates in the following store, and then click Browse.... 9. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities, and then click OK. 10. Click Next. 11. Click Finish. 12. Click Yes, if the fingerprint (thumbprint) is correct. 13. Click OK.
The self-signed certificate is now installed on your computer, and SSL/TLS communication is available.
Related Information
· Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate

https://manual-hub.com/

371

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Selfsigned Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
You can store the self-signed certificates on your Brother machine and manage them by importing and exporting.
· Import the Self-signed Certificate
· Export the Self-signed Certificate

https://manual-hub.com/

372

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Selfsigned Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine > Import the Selfsigned Certificate
Import the Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
· If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address. - For example: https://SharedPrinter If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name. - For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
· For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab. 5. Click the Security tab. 6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar. 7. Click Import Certificate and Private Key. 8. Browse to the file you want to import. 9. Type the password if the file is encrypted, and then click Submit.
The self-signed certificate is imported to your machine.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the self-signed certificate must also be installed on your computer. Contact your network administrator.
Related Information
· Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

373

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Selfsigned Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine > Export the Selfsigned Certificate
Export the Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
· If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address. - For example: https://SharedPrinter If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name. - For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
· For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab. 5. Click the Security tab. 6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar. 7. Click Export shown with Certificate List. 8. If you want to encrypt the file, type a password in the Enter password field.
If the Enter password field is blank, your output file will not be encrypted. 9. Type the password again in the Retype password field, and then click Submit. 10. Click Save. 11. Specify the location where you want to save the file.
The self-signed certificate is exported to your computer.
You can also import the self-signed certificate to your computer.
Related Information
· Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

374

https://manual-hub.com/

375

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
A Certificate Signing Request (CSR) is a request sent to a Certificate Authority (CA) to authenticate the credentials contained within the certificate.
We recommend installing a Root Certificate from the CA on your computer before creating the CSR.
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
· If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address. - For example: https://SharedPrinter If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name. - For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
· For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab. 5. Click the Security tab. 6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar. 7. Click Create CSR. 8. Type a Common Name (required) and add other information about your Organization (optional).
· Your company details are required so that a CA can confirm your identity and verify it to the outside world.
· The length of the Common Name must be less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP address, node name, or domain name to use when accessing this printer through SSL/TLS communication. The node name is displayed by default. The Common Name is required.
· A warning will appear if you type a different name in the URL than the Common Name that was used for the certificate.
· The length of the Organization, the Organization Unit, the City/Locality and the State/Province must be less than 64 bytes.
· The Country/Region should be a two character ISO 3166 country code. · If you are configuring an X.509v3 certificate extension, select the Configure extended partition check
box, and then select Auto (Register IPv4) or Manual.
9. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit). 10. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256. 11. Click Submit.
The CSR appears on your screen. Save the CSR as a file or copy and paste it into an online CSR form offered by a Certificate Authority.
376
https://manual-hub.com/

12. Click Save.
· Follow your CA's policy regarding the method to send a CSR to your CA. · If you are using the Enterprise root CA of Windows Server® 2008/2012/2012 R2/2016, we recommend
using the Web Server for the certificate template to securely create the Client Certificate. If you are creating a Client Certificate for an IEEE 802.1x environment with EAP-TLS authentication, we recommend using User for the certificate template. For more detailed information, go to your model's FAQs & Troubleshooting page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com. Search for "SSL".
Related Information
· Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)

https://manual-hub.com/

377

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
When you receive a certificate from a CA, follow the steps below to install it into the print server:
Only a certificate issued with your machine's CSR can be installed onto the machine. When you want to create another CSR, make sure that the certificate is installed before creating another CSR. Create another CSR only after installing the certificate on the machine. If you do not, the CSR you create before installing will be invalid.
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
· If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address. - For example: https://SharedPrinter If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name. - For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
· For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab. 5. Click the Security tab. 6. Click the Certificate menu in the left navigation bar. 7. Click Install Certificate. 8. Browse to the file that contains the certificate issued by the CA, and then click Submit.
The certificate has been created successfully and saved in your machine's memory successfully.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the Root Certificate from the CA must be installed on your computer. Contact your network administrator.
Related Information
· Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)

https://manual-hub.com/

378

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Store the certificate and private key on your machine and manage them by importing and exporting them.
· Import a Certificate and Private Key
· Export the Certificate and Private Key

https://manual-hub.com/

379

https://manual-hub.com/

380

https://manual-hub.com/

381

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA Certificate
Import and Export a CA Certificate
You can import, export and store CA certificates on your Brother machine.
· Import a CA Certificate
· Export a CA Certificate

https://manual-hub.com/

382

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA Certificate > Import a CA Certificate
Import a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
· If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address. - For example: https://SharedPrinter If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name. - For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
· For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab. 5. Click the Security tab. 6. Click CA Certificate. 7. Click Import CA Certificate. 8. Browse to the file you want to import. 9. Click Submit.
Related Information
· Import and Export a CA Certificate

https://manual-hub.com/

383

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA Certificate > Export a CA Certificate
Export a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
· If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address. - For example: https://SharedPrinter If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name. - For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
· For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab. 5. Click the Security tab. 6. Click CA Certificate. 7. Select the certificate you want to export and click Export. 8. Click Submit. 9. Click Save. 10. Specify where on your computer you want to save the exported certificate, and save it.
Related Information
· Import and Export a CA Certificate

https://manual-hub.com/

384

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Manage Multiple Certificates
Manage Multiple Certificates

The multiple certificate feature allows you to use Web Based Management to manage each certificate installed on your machine. In Web Based Management, navigate to the Certificate or CA Certificate screen to view certificate content, delete, or export your certificates.

Self-signed Certificate or Certificate Issued by a CA
CA Certificate

Maximum Number of Certificates Stored UP on Brother Machine 5
5

We recommend storing one less certificate than allowed, reserving an empty spot in case of certificate expiration. When a certificate expires, import a new certificate into the reserved spot, and then delete the expired certificate. This ensures that you avoid configuration failure.

· When you use HTTPS/IPPS, IEEE 802.1x, or Signed PDF, you must select which certificate you are using.
· When you use SSL for SMTP communications, you do not have to choose the certificate. The necessary certificate will be chosen automatically.

Related Information
· Certificates and Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

385

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management
To manage your network machine securely, you must use management utilities with security protocols.
We recommend using the HTTPS protocol for secure management. To use this protocol, HTTPS must be enabled on your machine.
· The HTTPS protocol is enabled by default. · You can change the HTTPS protocol settings using the Web Based Management screen.
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://Common Name" in your browser's address bar (where "Common Name" is the Common Name
that you assigned to the certificate; this could be your IP address, node name, or domain name).
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. You can now access the machine using HTTPS.
· If you use the SNMPv3 protocol, follow the steps below. · You can also change the SNMP settings by using BRAdmin Professional.
5. Click the Network tab. 6. Click Protocol. 7. Make sure the SNMP setting is enabled, and then click Advanced Settings. 8. Configure the SNMP settings.
There are three options for SNMP Mode of Operation. · SNMP v1/v2c read-write access
In this mode, the print server uses version 1 and version 2c of the SNMP protocol. You can use all Brother applications in this mode. However, it is not secure since it will not authenticate the user, and data will not be encrypted. · SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access In this mode, the print server uses the read-write access of version 3 and the read-only access of version 1 and version 2c of the SNMP protocol.
When you use SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access mode, some Brother applications (such as BRAdmin Light) that access the print server do not work correctly since they authorise the read-only access of version 1 and version 2c. If you want to use all applications, we recommend using SNMP v1/v2c read-write access mode.
· SNMPv3 read-write access In this mode, the print server uses version 3 of the SNMP protocol. If you want to manage the print server securely, use this mode.
When you use SNMPv3 read-write access mode, note the following: - You can use only BRAdmin Professional or Web Based Management to manage the print server. - Except for BRAdmin Professional, all applications that use SNMPv1/v2c will be restricted. To allow the
use of SNMPv1/v2c applications, use SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access or SNMP v1/v2c read-write access mode.
9. Click Submit.

https://manual-hub.com/

386

Related Information
· Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS

https://manual-hub.com/

387

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional (Windows®)
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional (Windows®)
To use BRAdmin Professional, you must: · Use the latest version of BRAdmin Professional. Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother
Solutions Center at support.brother.com. · Use Web Based Management with the HTTPS protocol if you use BRAdmin Professional and Web Based
Management together. · Use a different password in each group if you are managing a mixed group of older and newer print servers
with BRAdmin Professional. This will ensure security is maintained on the newer print servers.
· "Older print servers" refer to NC-2000 series, NC-2100p, NC-3100h, NC-3100s, NC-4100h, NC-5100h, NC-5200h, NC-6100h, NC-6200h, NC-6300h, NC-6400h, NC-8000, NC-100h, NC-110h, NC-120w, NC-130h, NC-140w, NC-8100h, NC-9100h, NC-7100w, NC-7200w and NC-2200w.
Related Information
· Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS

https://manual-hub.com/

388

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/ TLS > Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
To print documents securely with IPP protocol, use the IPPS protocol. 1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
· If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address. - For example: https://SharedPrinter If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name. - For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
· For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab. 5. Click Protocol. Make sure the IPP check box is selected.
If the IPP check box is not selected, select the IPP check box, and then click Submit. Restart your machine to activate the configuration. After the machine restarts, return to the machine's web page, click the Network tab, and then click Protocol.
6. Click HTTP Server Settings. 7. Select the HTTPS(Port 443) check box in the IPP, and then click Submit. 8. Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
Communication using IPPS cannot prevent unauthorised access to the print server.
Related Information
· Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS

https://manual-hub.com/

389

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send an Email Securely
Send an Email Securely
· Configure Email Sending Using Web Based Management · Send an Email with User Authentication · Send an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS

https://manual-hub.com/

390

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send an Email Securely > Configure Email Sending Using Web Based Management
Configure Email Sending Using Web Based Management
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure secured email sending with user authentication, or email sending using SSL/TLS.
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab. 5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar. 6. In the SMTP field, click Advanced Setting and make sure the status of SMTP is Enabled.
7. Configure the SMTP settings. · Confirm that the email settings are correct after configuration by sending a test email. · If you do not know the SMTP server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet Service Provider (ISP).
8. When finished, click Submit. The Test Send E-mail Configuration dialog box appears.
9. Follow the instructions in the dialog box to test the current settings.
Related Information
· Send an Email Securely

https://manual-hub.com/

391

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send an Email Securely > Send an Email with User Authentication
Send an Email with User Authentication
Your Brother machine supports the SMTP-AUTH method to send email via an email server that requires user authentication. This method prevents unauthorised users from accessing the email server. You can use the SMTP-AUTH method for email notification and email reports (available for certain models).
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure the SMTP authentication.
Email Server Settings
You must configure your machine's SMTP authentication method to match the method used by your email server. For details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet Service Provider (ISP).
To enable SMTP server authentication: in the Web Based Management SMTP screen, under Server Authentication Method, you must select SMTP-AUTH.
Related Information
· Send an Email Securely

https://manual-hub.com/

392

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send an Email Securely > Send an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS
Send an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS
Your Brother machine supports SSL/TLS communication methods. To use email server that is using SSL/TLS communication, you must configure following settings.

We recommend using Web Based Management to configure SSL/TLS.

Verify Server Certificate
Under SSL/TLS, if you choose SSL or TLS, the Verify Server Certificate check box will be selected automatically.

· Before you verify the server certificate, you must import the CA certificate issued by the CA that signed the server certificate. Contact your network administrator or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) to confirm if importing a CA certificate is necessary.
· If you do not need to verify the server certificate, clear the Verify Server Certificate check box.

Port Number
If you select SSL, or TLS, the Port value will be changed to match the protocol. To change the port number manually, type the port number after you select SSL/TLS settings.
You must configure your machine's communication method to match the method used by your email server. For details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or your ISP.
In most cases, the secured webmail services require the following settings:

SMTP

Port Server Authentication Method SSL/TLS

25 SMTP-AUTH TLS

Related Information
· Send an Email Securely

https://manual-hub.com/

393

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
· What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
· Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based Management (Web Browser)
· IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods

https://manual-hub.com/

394

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network > What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
IEEE 802.1x is an IEEE standard for wired and wireless networks that limits access from unauthorised network devices. Your Brother machine (supplicant) sends an authentication request to a RADIUS server (Authentication server) through your access point or HUB. After your request has been verified by the RADIUS server, your machine can access the network.
Related Information
· Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network

https://manual-hub.com/

395

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network > Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based Management (Web Browser)
Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based Management (Web Browser)

You can also configure IEEE 802.1x authentication using: · BRAdmin Professional (Wired and wireless network) · Wireless setup wizard from the control panel (Wireless network) · Wireless setup wizard on the installation disc (Wireless network)
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
· If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address. - For example: https://SharedPrinter If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name. - For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
· For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab. 5. Do one of the following:

Option

Description

Wired network

Click the Wired tab, and then select Wired 802.1x Authentication in the left navigation bar.

Wireless network Click the Wireless tab, and then select Wireless (Enterprise) in the left navigation bar.

6. Configure the IEEE 802.1x authentication settings.

https://manual-hub.com/

396

· To enable IEEE 802.1x authentication for wired networks, select Enabled for Wired 802.1x status on the Wired 802.1x Authentication page.
· If you are using EAP-TLS authentication, you must select the client certificate that has been installed (shown with certificate name) for verification from the Client Certificate drop-down list.
· If you select EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAP-TTLS, or EAP-TLS authentication, select the verification method from the Server Certificate Verification drop-down list. Verify the server certificate using the CA certificate, imported to the machine in advance, that has been issued by the CA that signed the server certificate.
Select one of the following verification methods from the Server Certificate Verification drop-down list:

Option

Description

No Verification

The server certificate can always be trusted. The verification is not performed.

CA Cert.

The verification method to check the CA reliability of the server certificate, using the CA certificate that has been issued by the CA that signed the server certificate.

CA Cert. + ServerID The verification method to check the common name 1 value of the server certificate, in addition to the CA reliability of the server certificate.

7. When finished with configuration, click Submit.
For wired networks: After configuring, connect your machine to the IEEE 802.1x supported network. After a few minutes, print the Network Configuration Report to check the <Wired IEEE 802.1x> Status.

Option Description

Success The wired IEEE 802.1x function is enabled and the authentication was successful.

Failed The wired IEEE 802.1x function is enabled; however, the authentication failed.

Off

The wired IEEE 802.1x function is not available.

Related Information
· Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network

1 The common name verification compares the common name of the server certificate to the character string configured for the Server ID. Before you use this method, contact your system administrator about the server certificate's common name and then configure Server ID.
397
https://manual-hub.com/

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network > IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
LEAP (Wireless network) Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol (LEAP) is a proprietary EAP method developed by Cisco Systems, Inc., which uses a user ID and password for authentication.
EAP-FAST Extensible Authentication Protocol-Flexible Authentication via Secured Tunneling (EAP-FAST) has been developed by Cisco Systems, Inc., which uses a user ID and password for authentication, and symmetric key algorithms to achieve a tunnelled authentication process. The Brother machine supports the following inner authentication methods: · EAP-FAST/NONE · EAP-FAST/MS-CHAPv2 · EAP-FAST/GTC
EAP-MD5 (Wired network) Extensible Authentication Protocol-Message Digest Algorithm 5 (EAP-MD5) uses a user ID and password for challenge-response authentication.
PEAP Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (PEAP) is a version of EAP method developed by Cisco Systems, Inc., Microsoft® Corporation and RSA Security. PEAP creates an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)/Transport Layer Security (TLS) tunnel between a client and an authentication server, for sending a user ID and password. PEAP provides mutual authentication between the server and the client. The Brother machine supports the following inner authentications: · PEAP/MS-CHAPv2 · PEAP/GTC
EAP-TTLS Extensible Authentication Protocol-Tunneled Transport Layer Security (EAP-TTLS) has been developed by Funk Software and Certicom. EAP-TTLS creates a similar encrypted SSL tunnel to PEAP, between a client and an authentication server, for sending a user ID and password. EAP-TTLS provides mutual authentication between the server and the client. The Brother machine supports the following inner authentications: · EAP-TTLS/CHAP · EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAP · EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAPv2 · EAP-TTLS/PAP
EAP-TLS Extensible Authentication Protocol-Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS) requires digital certificate authentication both at a client and an authentication server.
Related Information
· Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network

https://manual-hub.com/

398

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network
Store Print Log to Network
· Store Log to Network Overview · Configure the Store Print Log to Network Settings Using Web Based Management · Use the Store Print Log to Network's Error Detection Setting · Use Store Print Log to Network with Secure Function Lock 3.0

https://manual-hub.com/

399

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network > Store Log to Network Overview
Store Log to Network Overview
The Store Print Log to Network feature allows you to save the print log file from your Brother machine to a network server using the Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocol. You can record the ID, type of print job, job name, user name, date, time and the number of printed pages for every print job. CIFS is a protocol that runs over TCP/IP, allowing computers on a network to share files over an intranet or the Internet. The following print functions are recorded in the print log: · Print jobs from your computer · USB Direct Print · Copy · Received Fax (supported models only) · Web Connect Print (supported models only)
· The Store Print Log to Network feature supports Kerberos authentication and NTLMv2 authentication. You must configure the SNTP protocol (network time server), or you must set the date, time and time zone correctly on the control panel for authentication.
· You can set the file type to TXT or CSV when storing a file to the server.
Related Information
· Store Print Log to Network

https://manual-hub.com/

400

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network > Configure the Store Print Log to Network Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure the Store Print Log to Network Settings Using Web Based Management
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab. 5. Click the Store Print Log to Network menu. 6. In the Print Log field, click On. 7. Configure the following settings:

Option

Description

Network Folder Type the destination folder where your log will be stored on the CIFS server (i.e., \

Path

\ComputerName\SharedFolder).

File Name

Type the file name you want to use for the print log (up to 32 characters).

File Type

Select the TXT or CSV option for the Print Log file type.

Auth. Method

Select the authentication method required for access to the CIFS server: Auto, Kerberos, or NTLMv2. Kerberos is an authentication protocol which allows devices or individuals to securely prove their identity to network servers using a single sign-on. NTLMv2 is the authentication method used by Windows® to log into servers.
· Auto: If you select Auto, NTLMv2 will be used to the authentication method.
· Kerberos: Select the Kerberos option to use Kerberos authentication only.
· NTLMv2: Select the NTLMv2 option to use NTLMv2 authentication only.

Username

· For the Kerberos and NTLMv2 authentication, you must also configure the Date&Time settings or the SNTP protocol (network time server) and DNS server.
· You can also configure the Date & Time settings from the machine's control panel.
Type the user name for the authentication (up to 96 characters).

If the user name is part of a domain, enter the user name in one of the following styles: user@domain or domain\user.

Password
Kerberos Server Address (if needed)

Type the password for the authentication (up to 32 characters).
Type the KDC host address (for example: kerberos.example.com; up to 64 characters) or the IP address (for example: 192.168.56.189).

Error Detection Choose what action should be taken when the Print Log cannot be stored to the server

Setting

due to a network error.

8. In the Connection Status field, confirm the last log status.

401

https://manual-hub.com/

You can also confirm the error status on the LCD of your machine. 9. Click Submit to display the Test Print Log to Network page.
To test your settings, click Yes and then go to the next step. To skip the test, click No. Your settings will be submitted automatically. 10. The machine will test your settings. 11. If your settings are accepted, Test OK appears on the screen. If Test Error appears, check all settings, and then click Submit to display the Test page again.
Related Information
· Store Print Log to Network

https://manual-hub.com/

402

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network > Use the Store Print Log to Network's Error Detection Setting
Use the Store Print Log to Network's Error Detection Setting
Use Error Detection Settings to determine the action that is taken when the print log cannot be stored to the server due to a network error. 1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab. 5. Click the Store Print Log to Network menu in the left navigation bar. 6. In the Error Detection Setting section, select the Cancel Print or Ignore Log & Print option.

Option
Cancel Print

Description
If you select the Cancel Print option, the print jobs are cancelled when the print log cannot be stored to the server.

Ignore Log & Print

Even if you select the Cancel Print option, your machine will print a received fax.
If you select the Ignore Log & Print option, the machine prints the documentation even if the print log cannot be stored to the server. When the store print log function has recovered, the print log is recorded as follows:

a. If the log cannot be stored at the end of printing, the print log except the number of printed pages will be recorded.
b. If the print log cannot be stored at the beginning and the end of printing, the print log of the job will not be recorded. When the function has recovered, the error is reflected in the log.
7. Click Submit to display the Test Print Log to Network page. To test your settings, click Yes and then go to the next step. To skip the test, click No. Your settings will be submitted automatically.
8. The machine will test your settings. 9. If your settings are accepted, Test OK appears on the screen.
If Test Error appears, check all settings, and then click Submit to display the Test page again.
Related Information
· Store Print Log to Network

https://manual-hub.com/

403

Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network > Use Store Print Log to Network with Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use Store Print Log to Network with Secure Function Lock 3.0
When Secure Function Lock 3.0 is active, the names of the registered users for copy, Fax RX, Web Connect Print and USB Direct Print (if available) are recorded in the Store Print Log to Network report.
Related Information
· Store Print Log to Network

https://manual-hub.com/

404

Home > Mobile/Web Connect
Mobile/Web Connect
· Brother Web Connect · Google Cloud Print · AirPrint · Mobile Printing for Windows® · Mopria® Print Service · Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices · Near-Field Communication (NFC)

https://manual-hub.com/

405

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect
· Brother Web Connect Overview · Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect · Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect · Set Up Brother Web Connect · Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect · Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect · FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail

https://manual-hub.com/

406

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Brother Web Connect Overview
Brother Web Connect Overview
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW Certain websites provide services that allow users to upload and view images and files on the websites. Your Brother machine can scan images and upload them to these services, and also download and print images that are already uploaded to these services.
1. Printing 2. Scanning 3. Photos, images, documents and other files 4. Web Service To use Brother Web Connect, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to the Internet, through either a wired or wireless connection. For network setups that use a proxy server, the machine must also be configured to use a proxy server. If you are unsure of your network configuration, check with your network administrator.
A proxy server is a computer that serves as an intermediary between computers without a direct Internet connection, and the Internet.
Related Information
· Brother Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

407

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect

Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Use Brother Web Connect to access services from your Brother machine:
To use Brother Web Connect, you must have an account with the online service you want to use. If you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
You do not need to create an account to use Brother Creative Center.

Google DriveTM An online document storage, editing, sharing and file synchronization service. URL: drive.google.com
Evernote® An online file storage and management service. URL: www.evernote.com
Dropbox An online file storage, sharing and synchronization service. URL: www.dropbox.com
OneDrive An online file storage, sharing and managing service. URL: onedrive.live.com
Box An online document editing and sharing service. URL: www.box.com
OneNote® An online document editing and sharing service. URL: www.onenote.com
Brother Creative Center A website that offers various templates, such as greeting cards, brochures and calendars that you can print on your Brother machine (available only for certain countries). www.brother.com/creativecenter
For more information about any of these services, refer to the respective service's website. The following table describes which file types can be used with each Brother Web Connect feature:

Accessible Services
Download and print images

Google DriveTM Evernote® Dropbox OneDrive Box OneNote®
JPEG PDF DOCX XLSX PPTX 1

Brother Creative Center (Print only)

408

https://manual-hub.com/

Accessible Services
Upload scanned images
FaxForward to the online services (available only for certain models)

Google DriveTM Evernote® Dropbox OneDrive Box OneNote®
JPEG PDF 2 DOCX XLSX PPTX TIFF XPS
JPEG PDF TIFF

Brother Creative Center -

1 DOC/XLS/PPT formats are also available for downloading and printing images. 2 For upload scanned images, PDF includes Searchable PDF, Signed PDF, Secure PDF and PDF/A.

(For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea)
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not be downloaded.

Related Information
· Brother Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

409

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
· Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect · Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's Control Panel · Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

410

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect > Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
The initial installation of Brother Web Connect requires a computer that has access to the Internet and has the Brother machine's software installed. Windows® To install the Brother Software and configure the machine to be able to print over your wired or wireless network, see the Quick Setup Guide included with your Brother machine. Mac To install the Full Driver & Software Package, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
· Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

411

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect > Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's Control Panel
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's Control Panel
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured on the machine: · Proxy server address · Port number · User Name · Password
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Web Connect Settings] > [Proxy Settings] > [Proxy Connection] > [On].
2. Press the option that you want to set, and then enter the proxy server information. 3. Press .
Related Information
· Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

412

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect > Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured using Web Based Management: · Proxy server address · Port number · User Name · Password
We recommend Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows® and Safari 10/11 for Mac. Make sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2 3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click . 4. Click the Network tab. 5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar. 6. Make sure the Proxy check box is selected, and then click Submit. 7. In the Proxy field, click Advanced Settings. 8. Enter the proxy server information. 9. Click Submit.
Related Information
· Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

413

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect
· Brother Web Connect Setup Overview · Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect · Apply for Brother Web Connect Access · Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect · Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter

https://manual-hub.com/

414

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW Configure the Brother Web Connect settings using the following procedure (when using Brother CreativeCenter, this procedure is not necessary): Step 1: Create an account with the service you want to use. Access the service's website using a computer and create an account. (If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.)
1. User registration 2. Web Service 3. Obtain account Step 2: Apply for Brother Web Connect access. Start Brother Web Connect access using a computer and obtain a temporary ID.
1. Enter account information 2. Brother Web Connect application page 3. Obtain temporary ID Step 3: Register your account information on your machine so you can access the service you want to use. Enter the temporary ID to enable the service on your machine. Specify the account name as you would like it to be displayed on the machine, and enter a PIN if you would like to use one.

1. Enter temporary ID 2. Web Service Your Brother machine can now use the service.

https://manual-hub.com/

415

Related Information
· Set Up Brother Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

416

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
To use Brother Web Connect to access an online service, you must have an account with that online service. If you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account. After creating an account, log on and use the account once with a computer before using the Brother Web Connect feature. Otherwise, you may not be able to access the service using Brother Web Connect. If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account. After you finish creating an account with the online service you want to use, apply for Brother Web Connect access.
You do not need to create an account if you use the service as a guest. You can use only certain services as a guest. If the service you want to use does not have a guest-user option, you must create an account.
Related Information
· Set Up Brother Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

417

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

To use Brother Web Connect to access online services, you must first apply for Brother Web Connect access using a computer that has the Brother Software installed.
1. Access the Brother Web Connect application website:

Option

Description

Windows® 7

Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities, and then click the drop-
down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click Brother Web Connect.

Windows® 8 Windows® 10

Launch

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model

name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click Brother Web Connect.

Windows® 8.1 Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click

(if you are

using a touch-based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).

Click

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model

name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click Brother Web Connect.

Mac

Click Go in the Finder bar, Applications > Brother > Utilities > Brother Web Connect.

You can also access the website directly: Type bwc.brother.com into your web browser's address bar.
The Brother Web Connect page launches. 2. Select the service you want to use.

The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above. 3. Follow the on-screen instructions and apply for access.
When finished, your temporary ID will appear.
418
https://manual-hub.com/

4. Make a note of your temporary ID, as you will need it to register accounts to the machine. The temporary ID is valid for 24 hours.
5. Close the web browser.
Now that you have a Brother Web Connect access ID, you must register this ID on your machine, and then use your machine to access the web service you want to use.
Related Information
· Set Up Brother Web Connect · Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

419

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You must enter your Brother Web Connect account information and configure your machine so that it can use Brother Web Connect to access the service you want.
· You must apply for Brother Web Connect access to register an account on your machine. · Before you register an account, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine.
1. Swipe to display the [Web] option. 2. Press [Web].
· If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
· Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. If the information regarding licence agreement appears, make your selection and follow the on-screen instructions.
4. Select the service with which you want to register. 5. Press the service name. 6. If information regarding Brother Web Connect appears, press [OK]. 7. Press [Register/Delete Account]. 8. Press [Register Account].
The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web Connect access. 9. Press [OK]. 10. Enter the temporary ID using the LCD. 11. Press [OK].
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Enter the temporary ID correctly, or apply for access again to receive a new temporary ID.
The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD. 12. Press [OK]. 13. Enter the name using the LCD. 14. Press [OK]. 15. Do one of the following:
· To set a PIN for the account, press [Yes]. (A PIN prevents unauthorised access to the account.) Enter a four-digit number, and then press [OK].
· If you do not want to set a PIN, press [No]. 16. When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct. 17. Press [Yes] to register your information as entered. 18. Press [OK].
19. Press .

https://manual-hub.com/

420

Registration is complete and your machine can now access the service.
Related Information
· Set Up Brother Web Connect · Apply for Brother Web Connect Access

https://manual-hub.com/

421

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Set Up Brother Web Connect for Brother CreativeCenter
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Brother Web Connect is set up to work with Brother CreativeCenter automatically. No configuration is needed to create the calendars, business cards, posters and greeting cards available at www.brother.com/creativecenter.
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
Related Information
· Set Up Brother Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

422

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Scan and Upload Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Upload your scanned photos and documents directly to a web service without using a computer.
· When scanning and uploading JPEG files, monochrome scanning is not available. · When scanning and uploading Searchable PDF or Microsoft® Office files, monochrome and grey scanning
is not available. · When scanning and uploading JPEG files, each page is uploaded as a separate file. · Uploaded documents are saved in an album named From_BrotherDevice. For information regarding restrictions, such as the size or number of documents that can be uploaded, refer to the respective service's website. If you are a restricted Web Connect user due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain models), you cannot upload the scanned data.
1. Load your document. 2. Swipe to display the [Web] option. 3. Press [Web].
· You can also press [Scan] > [to Web]. · If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes]. · Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK]. 4. Select the service that hosts the account to which you want to upload. 5. Select your account name. 6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
· Brother Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

423

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Documents that have been uploaded to your account can be downloaded directly to your machine and printed. Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also be downloaded to your machine and printed, as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents. Certain services allow guest users to view documents that are public. When accessing a service or an account as a guest user, you can view documents that the owner has made public, that is, documents with no viewing restrictions. To download other users' documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or documents. If you are a restricted user for Web Connect due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain models), you cannot download the data. The Secure Function Lock Page Limit feature applies to the print job using Web Connect.
For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not be downloaded.
Related Information
· Brother Web Connect · Download and Print Using Web Services · Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates

https://manual-hub.com/

424

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Using Web Services
Download and Print Using Web Services
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
For information on Brother CreativeCenter Templates, see Related Information.
1. Swipe to display the [Web] option. 2. Press [Web].
· If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
· Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Select the service that hosts the document you want to download and print. 4. Select your account name. If the PIN entry screen appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
· To access the service as a guest user, select [Use Service as a Guest User]. When the information regarding access as a guest user appears, press [OK]. Type the account name of the user whose documents you want to download, and then press [OK].
· Depending on the service, you may have to select the account name from a list. 5. Press [Download to Print]. 6. Select the album you want. Some services do not require documents to be saved in albums. For documents
not saved in albums, select [Show Unsorted Photos] or [Show Unsorted Files] to select documents. Other users' documents cannot be downloaded if they are not saved in an album.
An album is a collection of images. The actual term may differ depending on the service you use. When using Evernote®, you must select the notebook, and then select the note. 7. Select the thumbnail of the document you want to print. Confirm the document on the LCD and then press [OK]. Select additional documents to print (you can select up to 10 documents). 8. When finished, press [OK]. 9. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
· Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect · Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates

https://manual-hub.com/

425

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Download and Print Brother CreativeCenter Templates
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Brother CreativeCenter is not available in all countries.
1. Swipe to display the [Apps] option. 2. Press [Apps].
· If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
· Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Press [Print "CreativeCenter" Templates]. 4. Select the category you want. 5. Select the category you want again. 6. Select the file you want. Enter the number of copies you want to print and then press [OK]. Repeat this step
until you have chosen all the files that you want to print. 7. After you have selected all of the files you want to print, press [OK].
If information regarding the recommended print settings appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes]. 8. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
· Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect · Download and Print Using Web Services

https://manual-hub.com/

426

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW · Use the FaxForward to Cloud feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to your accounts with the available online services.
1 1. Web Service · Use the FaxForward to E-mail feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to an inbox as email attachments.
Related Information
· Brother Web Connect · Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail · Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail

https://manual-hub.com/

427

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail > Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn On FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Turn on the FaxForward feature to automatically forward incoming faxes to either an online service or an inbox as email attachments.
· If you are a restricted Web Connect user due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain models), you cannot upload the incoming faxes.
· This feature is available only for monochrome faxes. · If you turn on the FaxForward to Cloud feature, you cannot use the following features:
- [Fax Forward] - [Fax Storage] - [PC Fax Receive]
1. Swipe to display the [Apps] option. 2. Press [Apps].
· If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
· Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Select [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK]. 4. Press [On]. 5. Press [Forward to Cloud] or [Forward to E-mail].
· If you selected [Forward to Cloud], choose the online service you want to receive the faxes, and then specify your account name.
· If you selected [Forward to E-mail], enter the email address you want to receive the faxes as email attachments.
6. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
· FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail

https://manual-hub.com/

428

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail > Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Turn Off FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Turn off FaxForward when you want to stop incoming faxes from automatically going to either an online service or an inbox as email attachments.
If there are received faxes still in your machine's memory, you cannot turn off the FaxForward to Cloud feature.
1. Swipe to display the [Apps] option. 2. Press [Apps].
· If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine's LCD, read the information and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
· Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
3. Select [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail].
If information regarding [FaxForward to Cloud/E-mail] appears, read it, and then press [OK]. 4. Press [Off]. 5. Press [OK].
Related Information
· FaxForward to Cloud or E-mail

https://manual-hub.com/

429

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print
Google Cloud Print
· Google Cloud Print Overview · Before Using Google Cloud Print · Print from Google ChromeTM or Chrome OSTM · Print from Google DriveTM for Mobile · Print from GmailTM Webmail Service for Mobile

https://manual-hub.com/

430

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Google Cloud Print Overview
Google Cloud Print Overview
Google Cloud PrintTM is a Google service that allows you to print to a printer registered to your Google account using a network-compatible device (such as a mobile phone or computer) without installing the printer driver on the device. Printing from AndroidTM apps requires installing the Google Cloud PrintTM app from the Google PlayTM Store.
1
2

1. Print request 2. Internet 3. Google Cloud PrintTM 4. Printing

Related Information
· Google Cloud Print

https://manual-hub.com/

431

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print
Before Using Google Cloud Print
· Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print · Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google ChromeTM · Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

432

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
In order to use Google Cloud PrintTM, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to the Internet, either through a wired or wireless connection. To connect and configure your machine correctly, see the Quick Setup Guide or related topics in this guide.
Related Information
· Before Using Google Cloud Print · Google Cloud Print Problems

https://manual-hub.com/

433

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google ChromeTM
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google ChromeTM
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or mobile device to access the Google website (https://accounts.google.com/signup) and create an account. Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process.
The steps in this section are examples for Windows® users. Screens on your computer may vary depending on your operating system and environment.
1. Open Google ChromeTM on your computer. 2. Sign in to your Google Account. 3. Click the Google ChromeTM menu icon, and then Settings > Show advanced settings.... 4. Click Google Cloud Print > Manage. 5. Follow the on-screen instructions to register your machine. 6. When a confirmation message appears on your machine, press the [OK] button.
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps. 7. When your Brother machine is successfully registered, it will appear in the My devices field.
Related Information
· Before Using Google Cloud Print

https://manual-hub.com/

434

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or mobile device to access the Google website (https://accounts.google.com/signup) and create an account. Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process. Before you begin to register your machine, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine.
1. Confirm that your Brother machine is connected to the same network as your computer or mobile device. 2. Start your web browser. 3. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
4. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .
5. Click the Network tab. 6. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar. 7. Make sure that Google Cloud Print is selected, and then click Advanced Settings. 8. Make sure that Status is set to Enabled. Click Register. 9. Follow the on-screen instructions to register your machine. 10. When a confirmation message appears on your machine, press the OK button.
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps.
11. Click Google. 12. The sign-in screen for Google Cloud PrintTM appears. Sign in with your Google Account and follow the on-
screen instructions to register your machine. 13. When you have finished registering your machine, return to the Web Based Management screen and make
sure that Registration Status is set to Registered.
If your machine supports the Secure Function Lock feature, printing via Google Cloud PrintTM is possible even if PC print for each user is restricted. To restrict printing via Google Cloud PrintTM, disable Google Cloud PrintTM using Web Based Management or set the Secure Function Lock feature to Public Mode, and then restrict print for public users. See Related Information.
Related Information
· Before Using Google Cloud Print · Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0

https://manual-hub.com/

435

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from Google ChromeTM or Chrome OSTM
Print from Google ChromeTM or Chrome OSTM
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on. 2. Open the web page that you want to print. 3. Click the Google ChromeTM menu icon. 4. Click Print. 5. Select your machine from the printer list. 6. Change print options, if needed. 7. Click Print.
Related Information
· Google Cloud Print

https://manual-hub.com/

436

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from Google DriveTM for Mobile
Print from Google DriveTM for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on. 2. Access Google DriveTM from your AndroidTM or iOS device's web browser. 3. Open the document that you want to print. 4. Tap the menu icon. 5. Tap Print. 6. Select your machine from the printer list. 7. Change print options, if needed. 8. Tap or Print.
Related Information
· Google Cloud Print

https://manual-hub.com/

437

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from GmailTM Webmail Service for Mobile
Print from GmailTM Webmail Service for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on. 2. Access the GmailTM webmail service from your AndroidTM or iOS device's web browser. 3. Open the email that you want to print. 4. Tap the menu icon.
If Print appears beside the attachment name, you can also print the attachment. Tap Print, and then follow the instructions on your mobile device. 5. Tap Print. 6. Select your machine from the printer list. 7. Change print options, if needed. 8. Tap or Print.
Related Information
· Google Cloud Print

https://manual-hub.com/

438

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint
AirPrint
· AirPrint Overview · Before Using AirPrint (macOS) · Print Using AirPrint · Scan Using AirPrint (macOS) · Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)

https://manual-hub.com/

439

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > AirPrint Overview
AirPrint Overview
AirPrint is a printing solution for Apple operating systems that allows you to wirelessly print photos, email, web pages and documents from your iPad, iPhone, iPod touch and Mac computer without the need to install a driver. AirPrint also lets you send faxes directly from your Mac computer without printing them and lets you scan documents to your Mac computer. (MFC-L3710CW/ MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW) For more information, visit Apple's website.
Related Information
· AirPrint · AirPrint Problems

https://manual-hub.com/

440

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before printing using macOS, add your Brother machine to the printer list on your Mac computer. 1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu. 2. Click Printers & Scanners. 3. Click the + icon below the Printers pane on the left.
The Add screen appears. 4. Select your Brother machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu. 5. Click Add.
Related Information
· AirPrint

https://manual-hub.com/

441

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint
Print Using AirPrint
· Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch · Print Using AirPrint (macOS)

https://manual-hub.com/

442

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch

The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below.

1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on. 2. Use Safari to open the page that you want to print.

3. Tap

or .

4. Tap Print. 5. Make sure your Brother machine is selected. 6. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, tap Printer.
A list of available machines appears. 7. Tap your machine's name in the list. 8. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine). 9. Tap Print.

Related Information
· Print Using AirPrint

https://manual-hub.com/

443

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below. Before printing, make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on. 2. On your Mac computer, use Safari to open the page that you want to print. 3. Click the File menu, and then select Print. 4. Make sure your Brother machine is selected. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, click the Printer
pop-up menu, and then select your Brother machine. 5. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine). 6. Click Print.
Related Information
· Print Using AirPrint · Before Using AirPrint (macOS)

https://manual-hub.com/

444

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Scan Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before scanning, make sure your Brother machine is in the scanner list on your Mac computer.
1. Load your document. 2. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu. 3. Click Printers & Scanners. 4. Select your Brother machine from the scanner list. 5. Click the Scan tab, and then click the Open Scanner... button.
The Scanner screen appears. 6. If you place the document in the ADF, select Use Document Feeder check box, and then select the size of
your document from the scan size setting pop-up menu. 7. Select the destination folder or destination application from the destination setting pop-up menu. 8. Click Show Details to change the scanning settings if needed.
You can crop the image manually by dragging the mouse pointer over the portion you want to scan when scanning from the scanner glass. 9. Click Scan.
Related Information
· AirPrint · Before Using AirPrint (macOS)

https://manual-hub.com/

445

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Send a Fax Using AirPrint (macOS)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Mac computer. Apple TextEdit is used in the example below.
· AirPrint supports only monochrome fax documents.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on. 2. On your Mac computer, open the file that you want to send as a fax. 3. Click the File menu, and then select Print. 4. Click the Printer pop-up menu, and then select Brother MFC-XXXX - Fax (where XXXX is your model
name). 5. Type the fax recipient information. 6. Click Fax.
Related Information
· AirPrint · Before Using AirPrint (macOS)

https://manual-hub.com/

446

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mobile Printing for Windows®
Mobile Printing for Windows®
Mobile printing for Windows® is a function to print wirelessly from your Windows® mobile device. You can connect to the same network that your Brother machine is connected to and print without installing the printer driver on the device. Many Windows® apps support this function.
2

1. Windows® mobile device (Windows® 10 Mobile or later)

2. Wi-Fi® connection

3. Your Brother machine

Related Information
· Mobile/Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

447

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mopria® Print Service
Mopria® Print Service
Mopria® Print Service is a print feature on AndroidTM mobile devices (AndroidTM version 4.4 or later) developed by the Mopria® Alliance. With this service, you can connect to the same network as your machine and print without additional setup. Many native AndroidTM apps support printing.
2

1. AndroidTM 4.4 or later

2. Wi-Fi® Connection

3. Your Brother machine

You must download the Mopria® Print Service from the Google PlayTM Store and install it on your AndroidTM device. Before using this service, you must turn it on.

Related Information
· Mobile/Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

448

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices
Use Brother iPrint&Scan to print and scan from various mobile devices. · For AndroidTM Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your AndroidTM device, without using a computer. Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Google PlayTM Store app. · For all iOS supported devices including iPhone, iPad and iPod touch Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your iOS device. Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store. · For Windows® Devices Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Windows® device, without using a computer. Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Microsoft® Store. For more detailed information, visit support.brother.com/ips.
Related Information
· Mobile/Web Connect · Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows® and Mac

https://manual-hub.com/

449

Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW Near-Field Communication (NFC) allows for simple transactions, data exchange, and wireless connections between two devices that are in close range of each other. If your AndroidTM device is NFC-enabled, you can print data (photos, PDF files, text files, web pages and email messages) from the device or scan photos and documents to the device by touching it to the NFC symbol on your machine.
You must download and install Brother iPrint&Scan on your AndroidTM device to use this feature. For more detailed information, visit support.brother.com/ips.
Related Information
· Mobile/Web Connect

https://manual-hub.com/

450

Home > ControlCenter
ControlCenter
Use Brother's ControlCenter software utility to quickly access your frequently-used applications. Using ControlCenter gives you direct access to specific applications.
· ControlCenter4 (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

451

Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
· Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows®) · Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®) · Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®) · Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®) · Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

452

Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®) > Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
Change the Operation Mode in ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
ControlCenter4 has two operation modes: Home Mode and Advanced Mode. You can change modes at any time. Home Mode
Advanced Mode
· Home Mode ControlCenter4 Home Mode lets you access your machine's main features easily. 453
https://manual-hub.com/

· Advanced Mode ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows you to customise one-button scan actions.
To change operation mode:
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then select Open.
2. Click the Configuration button, and then select Mode Select. 3. The mode selection dialog box appears. Select either the Home Mode or Advanced Mode option.

4. Click OK.
Related Information
· ControlCenter4 (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

454

Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
Use ControlCenter4 Home Mode to access your machine's main features.
· Scan Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
· Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Home Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

455

Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®) > Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Scan Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode gives you more control over the details of your machine's features and allows you to customise one-button scan actions.
· Scan Photos and Graphics Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Save Scanned Data to a Folder as a PDF File Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Both Sides of a Document Automatically Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Both Sides of an ID Card Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Scan to Email Attachment Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Scan to an Editable Text File (OCR) Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
· Scan Settings for ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

456

Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 2. Click the Device Settings tab. 3. Click the Remote Setup button. 4. Configure the settings as needed.

https://manual-hub.com/

457

OK Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
5. Click OK.
· If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
· If you are using Windows® Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the Brother installation disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
· ControlCenter4 (Windows®) · Remote Setup (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

458

Home > ControlCenter > ControlCenter4 (Windows®) > Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
Create a Custom Tab Using ControlCenter4 Advanced Mode (Windows®)
You can create up to three customised tabs, each including up to five customised buttons, with your preferred settings.
Select Advanced Mode as the mode setting for ControlCenter4.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open.
2. Click the Configuration button, and then select Create custom tab. A custom tab is created.
3. To change the name of a custom tab, right-click the custom tab, and then select Rename custom tab. 4. Click the Configuration button, select Create custom button, and then select the button you want to create.
The settings dialog box appears. 5. Type the button name, and then change the settings, if needed. Click OK.
The setting options vary depending on the button you select.

https://manual-hub.com/

459

You can change or remove the created tab, button, or settings. Click the Configuration button, and then follow the menu.
Related Information
· ControlCenter4 (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

460

Home > Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows® and Mac
Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows® and Mac
· Brother iPrint&Scan Overview · Scan Using Brother iPrint&Scan (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

461

Home > Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows® and Mac > Brother iPrint&Scan Overview
Brother iPrint&Scan Overview
Use Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows® and Mac to print and scan from your computer. The following screen shows an example of Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows®. The actual screen may differ depending on the version of the application. · For Windows®
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download the latest application. · For Mac Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.

Related Information
· Brother iPrint&Scan for Windows® and Mac · Brother iPrint&Scan for Mobile Devices

https://manual-hub.com/

462

Home > Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Use this section to resolve typical problems you may encounter when using your Brother machine. You can correct most problems yourself.
IMPORTANT
For technical help, you must call Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer. Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
If you need additional help, go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
First, check the following: · The machine's power cord is connected correctly and the machine's power is on. See the Quick Setup Guide. · All of the protective materials have been removed. See the Quick Setup Guide. · Paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray. · The interface cables are securely connected to the machine and the computer, or the wireless connection is
set up on both the machine and your computer. · Error and maintenance messages If you did not solve the problem with the checks, identify the problem and then see Related Information.
Related Information
· Error and Maintenance Messages · Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature · Document Jams · Paper Jams · Printing Problems · Improve the Print Quality · Telephone and Fax Problems · Network Problems · Google Cloud Print Problems · AirPrint Problems · Other Problems · Check the Machine Information · Reset Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

463

Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages
Error and Maintenance Messages

· MFC-L3770CDW
If the LCD displays errors and your AndroidTM device supports the NFC feature, touch your device to the NFC symbol on your Brother machine to access the Brother Solutions Center and browse the latest FAQs from your device. (Your mobile telephone provider's message and data rates may apply.)
Make sure the NFC settings of both your Brother machine and your AndroidTM device are set to On.

As with any sophisticated office product, errors may occur and supply items may have to be replaced. If this happens, your machine identifies the error or required routine maintenance and shows the appropriate message. The most common error and maintenance messages are shown in the table. Follow the instructions in the Action column to solve the error and remove the message. You can correct most errors and perform routine maintenance by yourself. If you need more tips: Visit support.brother.com, and click the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

Error Message 2-sided Disabled Access Denied Belt End Soon Calibrate
Cartridge Error
Condensation Cooling Down

Cause

Action

The back cover of the machine is not Close the back cover of the machine

closed completely.

until it locks in the closed position.

The function you want to use is restricted by Secure Function Lock 3.0.

Ask your administrator to check your Secure Function Lock Settings.

The belt unit is near the end of its life. Order a new belt unit before the LCD displays Replace Belt.

Calibration failed.

· Press and hold down to turn
the machine off. Wait a few seconds, and then turn it on again. Perform the colour calibration again using the LCD.
· Install a new belt unit.
· If the problem continues, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.

The toner cartridge is not installed correctly.

Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly for the colour that is indicated on the LCD. Take out the toner cartridge, and put it back into the drum unit again. Re-install the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly back in the machine.
If the problem continues, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.

Condensation may have formed inside the machine after a room temperature change.

Leave the machine turned on. Wait for 30 minutes with the top cover in the open position. Then turn off the machine and close the cover. Turn it on again.

The temperature of the inside of the machine is too hot. The machine pauses its current print job and goes into cooling down mode.

Wait until the machine has finished cooling down. Make sure all vents on the machine are clear of obstructions.
When the machine has cooled down, it will resume printing.

464

https://manual-hub.com/

Error Message Cover is Open
Document Jam Drum !

Cause

Action

The top cover is not completely closed.

Open and then firmly close the top cover of the machine.

The fuser cover is not completely closed or paper was jammed in the back of the machine when you turned on the power.

Close the fuser cover located inside the back cover of the machine.
Make sure paper is not jammed inside the back of the machine, and then close the fuser cover.

The ADF cover is not completely closed.

Close the ADF cover.
If the error message remains, press Stop/Exit.

The document was not inserted or fed Remove the jammed paper from the

correctly, or the document scanned ADF unit.

from the ADF was too long.

Clear any debris or scraps of paper

from the ADF unit paper path.

Press Stop/Exit.

The corona wire on the drum unit must be cleaned.

Clean the corona wire on the drum unit.

Drum End Soon Drum Stop Jam 2-sided Jam Inside
Jam Manual Feed
Jam Rear
Jam Tray1

See Related Information: Clean the Corona Wires.
If the problem continues, replace the drum unit with a new one.

The drum unit is near the end of its life.

Order a new drum unit before you get the Replace Drum message.

It is time to replace the drum unit.

Replace the drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.

The paper is jammed underneath the Remove the paper tray or open the

paper tray or the fuser unit.

back cover to gently remove the

jammed paper.

The paper is jammed inside the machine.

Open the top cover, remove the toner cartridges and drum unit assembly, and gently remove the jammed paper. Reinstall the toner cartridges and drum unit assemblies into the machine. Close the top cover.

The paper is jammed in the manual feed slot of the machine.

Gently remove the jammed paper from in and around the manual feed slot. Reload the paper into the manual feed slot, and then press Mono Start or Colour Start.

The paper is jammed in the back of the machine.

Open the fuser cover and gently remove the jammed paper. Close the fuser cover. If the error message remains, press Mono Start or Colour Start.

The paper is jammed in the indicated Pull the paper tray out completely and

paper tray.

gently remove all jammed paper. Put

465

https://manual-hub.com/

Error Message Limit Exceeded Manual Feed Media Mismatch No Belt Unit No Drum Unit No Paper T1
No Toner
No Tray T1 No Waste Toner Out of Memory

Cause

Action

the paper tray firmly back in the machine.

The print limit set in Secure Function Ask your administrator to check your

Lock 3.0 was reached.

Secure Function Lock Settings.

Manual was selected as the paper source in the printer driver, but there is no paper in the manual feed slot.

Place paper in the manual feed slot.

The media type specified in the printer driver differs from the paper type specified in the machine's menu.

Load the correct type of paper in the tray, and then select the correct media type in the Paper Type setting on the machine.

The belt unit is not installed or not installed correctly.

Reinstall the belt unit.

The drum unit is not installed correctly.

Reinstall the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly for the colour indicated on the LCD.

The machine is out of paper, or paper · is not loaded correctly in the paper tray.
·
·

Refill paper in the paper tray. Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct size.
If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it again. Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct size.
Do not overfill the paper tray.

The toner cartridge or the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly is not installed correctly.

Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly. Remove the toner cartridge from the drum unit, and reinstall the toner cartridge back into the drum unit. Reinstall the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly back in the machine. If the problem continues, replace the toner cartridge.

The paper tray is not installed or not Reinstall the paper tray indicated on

installed correctly.

the LCD.

The waste toner box is not installed or Reinstall the waste toner box. not installed correctly.

The machine's memory is full.

If a copy operation is in progress, do one of the following:
· Press Mono Start or Colour Start to copy the scanned pages.
· Press Stop/Exit and wait until the other operations in progress finish, and then try again.
If a scan operation is in progress, do one of the following:
· Split the document into multiple parts.
· Reduce the Resolution.
· Reduce the File Size.
· Select the high compression PDF file type.
If a print operation is in progress, press Stop/Exit, and then reduce the print resolution.

https://manual-hub.com/

466

Error Message Print Data Full Print Unable ##
Registration
Replace Belt Replace Drum
Replace Toner Replace WT Box Scan Unable ##
Self-Diagnostic Short paper Size Error Size Error DX

Cause

Action

The machine's memory is full.

Press Stop/Exit and delete the previously stored secure print data.

The machine has a mechanical problem.

· Press and hold to turn the
machine off, wait a few minutes, and then turn it on again.
· If the problem continues, contact Brother customer service.

Registration failed.

· Press and hold down to turn
the machine off. Wait a few seconds, and then turn it on again. Perform the colour registration again using the LCD.
· Install a new belt unit.
· If the problem continues, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.

It is time to replace the belt unit.

Replace the belt unit with a new one.
See Related Information: Replace the Belt Unit.

It is time to replace the drum unit.

Replace the drum unit for the colour indicated on the LCD.

If this message is displayed even after replacing the drum unit with new one, the drum unit counter was not reset.

Reset the drum unit counter.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.

The toner cartridge is at the end of its life. The machine stops all print operations.

Replace the toner cartridge for the colour indicated on the LCD.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.

It is time to replace the waste toner box.

Replace the waste toner box with a new one.
See Related Information: Replace the Waste Toner Box.

The machine has a mechanical problem.

· Press and hold to turn the
machine off, and then turn it on again.
· If the problem continues, contact Brother customer service.

The temperature of the fuser unit does not rise to a specified temperature within the specified time.

Press and hold to turn the
machine off, wait a few seconds, and then turn it on again. Leave

The fuser unit is too hot.

the machine idle for 15 minutes

with the power on.

The length of the paper in the tray is too short for the machine to deliver it to the Face down output tray.

Open the back cover (Face up output tray) to let the printed page exit onto the Face up output tray. Remove the printed pages, and then press Mono Start or Colour Start.

The paper size defined in the printer Choose a paper size supported by driver is not supported by the defined the defined tray. tray.

The paper size specified in the machine's paper size setting is not

Press Stop/Exit (if required).

467

https://manual-hub.com/

Error Message
Size Mismatch Toner Error Toner Low WT Box End Soon

Cause

Action

available for automatic 2-sided printing.
The paper in the tray is not the correct size and is not available for automatic 2-sided printing.

Load the correct size of paper in the tray and set the tray for that paper size.
Choose a paper size supported by 2sided printing.
Paper size available for automatic 2sided printing is A4.

The paper in the tray is not the correct size.

Load the correct size of paper in the tray and set the size of paper for the tray.

One or more toner cartridges are not installed or not installed correctly.

Pull out the drum units. Remove all of the toner cartridges, and then put them back into the drum units.

If the LCD displays this message, you Order a new toner cartridge before can still print. The toner cartridge is the LCD displays Replace Toner. near the end of its life.

The waste toner box is almost full.

Order a new waste toner box before the LCD displays Replace WT Box.

DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Error Message 2-sided Disabled Access Denied BT Call Sign On (For U.K.) Calibration
Cartridge Error
Comm.Error Condensation

Cause

Action

The back cover of the machine Close the back cover of the machine until it locks

is not closed completely.

in the closed position.

The function you want to use is Ask your administrator to check your Secure restricted by Secure Function Function Lock Settings. Lock 3.0.

The BT Call Sign setting is on. Set the BT Call Sign setting to off. You cannot change the Receive Mode from Manual to another mode.

Calibration failed.

· Press and hold down to turn the machine
off. Wait a few seconds, and then turn it on again. Perform the colour calibration again using the LCD.
· Install a new belt unit.
· If the problem continues, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.

The toner cartridge is not installed correctly.

Poor telephone line quality caused a communication error.

Send the fax again or connect the machine to another telephone line. If the problem continues, contact the telephone company and ask them to check your telephone line.

Condensation may have formed Leave the machine turned on. Wait for 30 minutes

inside the machine after a room with the top cover in the open position. Then turn

temperature change.

off the machine and close the cover. Turn it on

again.

468

https://manual-hub.com/

Error Message Cooling Down
Cover is Open Cover is Open.
Cover is Open. Disconnected
Document Jam
Supplies Drum End Soon Drum !

Cause

Action

The temperature of the inside of Wait until the machine has finished cooling down.

the machine is too hot. The

Make sure all vents on the machine are clear of

machine pauses its current print obstructions.

job and goes into cooling down When the machine has cooled down, it will

mode.

resume printing.

The top cover is not completely Open and then firmly close the top cover of the

closed.

machine.

The fuser cover is not completely closed or paper was jammed in the back of the machine when you turned on the power.

Close the fuser cover located inside the back cover of the machine.
Make sure paper is not jammed inside the back of the machine, and then close the fuser cover.

The ADF cover is not completely closed.

Close the ADF cover. If the error message remains, press .

The other person or other person's fax machine stopped the call.

Try to send or receive again.
If calls are stopped repeatedly and you are using a VoIP (Voice over IP) system, try changing the Compatibility to Basic (for VoIP).

The document was not inserted or fed correctly, or the document scanned from the ADF was too long.

Remove the jammed paper from the ADF unit. Clear any debris or scraps of paper from the ADF unit paper path.
Press .

The drum unit is near the end of Order a new drum unit before the LCD displays

its life.

Replace Drum.

The corona wires on the drum Clean the corona wires on the drum unit. unit must be cleaned.

Drum Stop Jam 2-sided Jam Inside
Jam Manual Feed

See Related Information: Clean the Corona Wires.
If the problem continues, replace the drum unit with a new one.

It is time to replace the drum unit.

Replace the drum unit. See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.

The paper is jammed underneath the paper tray or the fuser unit.

Remove the paper tray or open the back cover to gently remove the jammed paper.

The paper is jammed inside the machine.

The paper is jammed in the manual feed slot of the machine.

Gently remove the jammed paper from in and around the manual feed slot. Reload the paper into the manual feed slot, and then press Start.

https://manual-hub.com/

469

Error Message Jam MP Tray Jam Rear Jam Tray 1 Limit Exceeded Manual Feed Media Type Mismatch No Belt Unit No HUB Support No Drum Unit No Paper
No Paper MP
No Paper T1
No Toner
No Tray T1

Cause

Action

The paper is jammed in the MP Gently remove the jammed paper from in and

tray.

around the MP tray. Press Retry.

The paper is jammed in the back of the machine.

Open the fuser cover and gently remove the jammed paper. Close the fuser cover. If the error message remains, press Retry.

The paper is jammed in the indicated paper tray.

Pull out the paper tray and remove all jammed paper as shown in the animation on the LCD.

The print limit set in Secure

Ask your administrator to check your Secure

Function Lock 3.0 was reached. Function Lock Settings.

Manual was selected as the paper source in the printer driver, but there is no paper in the manual feed slot.

Place paper in the manual feed slot.

The media type specified in the printer driver differs from the paper type specified in the machine's menu.

Load the correct type of paper in the tray, and then select the correct media type in the Paper Type setting on the machine.

The belt unit is not installed or Reinstall the belt unit. not installed correctly.

A USB hub device is connected Disconnect the USB hub device from the USB

to the USB direct interface.

direct interface.

The drum unit is not installed correctly.

Reinstall the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly for the colour indicated on the LCD.

The machine is out of paper, or · Refill paper in the paper tray. Make sure the

paper is not loaded correctly in

paper guides are set to the correct size.

the paper tray.

· If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it

again. Make sure the paper guides are set to

the correct size.

· Do not overfill the paper tray.

The MP tray is out of paper, or paper is not loaded correctly in the MP tray.

Do one of the following:
· Refill paper in the MP tray. Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct size.
· If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it again. Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct size.

The paper tray is out of paper, or paper is not loaded correctly in the paper tray.

Do one of the following:
· Refill paper in the paper tray indicated on the LCD. Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct size.
· If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it again. Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct size.
· Do not overfill the paper tray.

The toner cartridge or the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly is not installed correctly.

The paper tray is not installed Reinstall the paper tray indicated on the LCD. or not installed correctly.

https://manual-hub.com/

470

Error Message No Waste Toner Out of Fax Memory Out of Memory
Print Data Full Print Unable ## Registration
Supplies Replace Drum Replace Toner

Cause The waste toner box is not installed or not installed correctly. The machine's fax memory is full.
The machine's memory is full.

Action
Reinstall the waste toner box.
If you are using the Fax Preview function, delete unwanted received fax data. If you are using the Memory Receive function and are not using the Fax Preview function, print received fax data. See Related Information: Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory.
If a fax-sending or copy operation is in progress, do one of the following: · Press Send Now to send the pages scanned
so far. · Press Partial Print to copy the pages
scanned so far.

· Press Quit or and wait until the other operations that are in progress finish, and then try again.
If a scan operation is in progress, do one of the following:
· Split the document into multiple parts.
· Reduce the Resolution.
· Reduce the File Size.
· Select the high compression PDF file type.
· Clear faxes from the memory.

If a print operation is in progress, press and reduce the print resolution.

The machine's memory is full.

Press and delete the previously stored secure print data.

The machine has a mechanical · Press and hold

to turn the machine off,

problem.

wait a few minutes, and then turn it on again.

· If the problem continues, contact Brother customer service.

Registration failed.

· Press and hold down to turn the machine
off. Wait a few seconds, and then turn it on again. Perform the colour registration again using the LCD.
· Install a new belt unit.
· If the problem continues, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.

It is time to replace the drum unit.

Replace the drum unit for the colour indicated on the LCD.

If this message is displayed

Reset the drum unit counter.

even after replacing the drum See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit. unit with new one, the drum unit

counter was not reset.

The toner cartridge is at the end Replace the toner cartridge for the colour

of its life. The machine stops all indicated on the LCD.

print operations.

See Related Information: Replace the Toner

While memory is available,

Cartridge.

faxes are stored in the memory.

471

https://manual-hub.com/

Error Message Replace WT Box
Scan Unable
Scan Unable ##
Self-Diagnostic
Short paper
Size Error
Size Error 2-sided
Size Mismatch Supplies Belt End Soon Supplies Replace Belt Supplies Toner Low: X (X indicates the toner cartridge or drum unit colour that is near the end of its life. BK=Black, C=Cyan, M=Magenta, Y=Yellow.) Supplies WT Box End Soon Toner Error

Cause

Action

It is time to replace the waste toner box.

Replace the waste toner box with a new one.
See Related Information: Replace the Waste Toner Box.

The document is too long for 2sided scanning.

Press . For 2-sided scanning, use A4 size
paper. Other paper must be within the following size: Length: 147.3 to 355.6 mm Width: 105 mm to 215.9 mm

The machine has a mechanical · Press and hold

to turn the machine off,

problem.

and then turn it on again.

· If the problem continues, contact Brother customer service.

The temperature of the fuser

Press and hold

to turn the machine off, wait a

unit does not rise to a specified

temperature within the specified few seconds, and then turn it on again. Leave the

time.

machine idle for 15 minutes with the power on.

The fuser unit is too hot.

The length of the paper in the tray is too short for the machine to deliver it to the Face down output tray.

Open the back cover (Face up output tray) to let the printed page exit onto the Face up output tray. Remove the printed pages, and then press Retry.

The paper size defined in the printer driver is not supported by the defined tray.

Choose a paper size supported by the defined tray.

The paper size specified in the machine's paper size setting is not available for automatic 2sided printing.
The paper in the tray is not the correct size and is not available for automatic 2-sided printing.

Press (if required).
Load the correct size of paper in the tray and set the tray for that paper size.
Choose a paper size supported by 2-sided printing.
Paper size available for automatic 2-sided printing is A4.

The paper in the tray is not the Load the correct size of paper in the tray and set

correct size.

the size of paper for the tray.

The belt unit is near the end of Order a new belt unit before the LCD displays

its life.

Replace Belt.

It is time to replace the belt unit. Replace the belt unit with a new one. See Related Information: Replace the Belt Unit.

If the LCD displays this message, you can still print. The toner cartridge is near the end of its life.

Order a new toner cartridge before the LCD displays Replace Toner.

The waste toner box is almost Order a new waste toner box before the LCD

full.

displays Replace WT Box.

One or more toner cartridges Pull out the drum units. Remove all of the toner

are not installed or not installed cartridges, and then put them back into the drum

correctly.

units.

https://manual-hub.com/

472

Error Message Touchscreen Initialisation Failed
Unusable Device
Unusable Device Remove the Device. Turn the power off and back on again. Wrong Paper Size MP Wrong Paper Size T1

Cause
The touchscreen was pressed before the power on initialisation was completed.
Debris may be stuck between the lower part of the touchscreen and its frame.
A USB device or USB flash drive that is encrypted or not supported has been connected to the USB direct interface.
A defective USB device or a high power consumption USB device has been connected to the USB direct interface.
The specified tray ran out of paper during copying and the machine could not feed the same size paper from the next priority tray.

Action Make sure nothing is touching the touchscreen.
Insert a piece of stiff paper between the lower part of the touchscreen and its frame and slide it back and forth to push out any debris. Unplug the device from the USB direct interface.
· Unplug the device from the USB direct interface.
· Press and hold to turn the machine off, and then turn it on again.
Refill the paper in the paper tray.

Related Information
· Troubleshooting · Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report · Load and Print Using the Paper Tray · Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) · Replace Supplies · Replace the Toner Cartridge · Replace the Drum Unit · Replace the Belt Unit · Replace the Waste Toner Box · Clean the Corona Wires · Print a Fax Stored in the Machine's Memory · Calibrate Colour Output

https://manual-hub.com/

473

Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If the LCD displays: · [Print Unable] ## · [Scan Unable] ## We recommend transferring your faxes to another fax machine or to your computer. You can also transfer the Fax Journal report to see if there are any faxes you must transfer.
If there is an error message on the LCD after you transfer the faxes, disconnect your Brother machine from the power source for several minutes, and then reconnect it.
Related Information
· Error and Maintenance Messages · Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine · Transfer Faxes to Your Computer · Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

474

Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report > Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter Fax Transfer mode.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Fax Transfer]. 2. Do one of the following:
· If the LCD displays [No Data], there are no faxes left in the machine's memory. Press [Close]. · Enter the fax number to which faxes will be forwarded. 3. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
· Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report · Set Your Station ID

https://manual-hub.com/

475

Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report > Transfer Faxes to Your Computer
Transfer Faxes to Your Computer

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Make sure you have installed the software and drivers on your computer, and then turn on PC-FAX Receive on the computer.
Do one of the following:
· (Windows® 7)

From the (Start) menu, select All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.
· (Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)

Click

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not

already selected). Click PC-FAX in the left navigation bar, and then click Receive.

2. Make sure you have set [PC Fax Receive] on the machine.

If faxes are in the machine's memory when you set up PC-Fax Receive, the LCD displays [Send Fax to PC?].

3. Do one of the following:

· To transfer all faxes to your computer, press [Yes].

· To exit and leave the faxes in the memory, press [No].

4. Press .

Related Information
· Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report

https://manual-hub.com/

476

Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages > Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report > Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you have not set up your Station ID, you cannot enter fax transfer mode.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Service] > [Data Transfer] > [Report Transfer].
2. Enter the fax number to which the Fax Journal will be forwarded. 3. Press [Fax Start].
Related Information
· Transfer Your Faxes or Fax Journal Report · Set Your Station ID

https://manual-hub.com/

477

Home > Troubleshooting > Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature

Your Brother machine displays an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are shown in the table. You can correct most errors yourself. If, after reading this table, you still need help, the Brother Solutions Center offers the latest troubleshooting tips. Go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Connection Error

Error Messages
Connection Error 02
Network connection failed. Verify that the network connection is good.

Cause
The machine is not connected to a network.

Connection Error 03

Connection failed to server.

Check network settings.

Network or server settings are incorrect.
There is a problem with the network or server.

Connection Error 07

Date and time settings are incorrect.

Connection failed to server. Wrong Date&Time.

Action
· Verify that the network connection is good.
· If the Web button was pressed soon after the machine was turned on, the network connection may not have been established yet. Wait and try again.
· Confirm that network settings are correct, or wait and try again later.
· If the Web button was pressed soon after the machine was turned on, the network connection may not have been established yet. Wait and try again.
Set the date and time correctly. Note that if the machine's power cord is disconnected, the date and time settings may have reset to factory settings.

Authentication Error

Error Messages

Cause

Action

Authentication Error 01
Incorrect PIN code. Enter PIN correctly.

The PIN you entered to access the account is incorrect. The PIN is the four-digit number that was entered when registering the account to the machine.

Enter the correct PIN.

Authentication Error 02

The temporary ID that was entered is

Incorrect or expired ID, or incorrect.

this temporary ID is already The temporary ID that was entered

used. Enter correctly or

has expired. A temporary ID is valid

reissue temporary ID.

for 24 hours.

Temporary ID is valid for 24

hours after it is issued.

Enter the correct temporary ID.
Apply for Brother Web Connect access again and receive a new temporary ID, and then use the new ID to register the account to the machine.

Authentication Error 03
Display name has already been registered. Enter another display name.

The name you entered as the display Enter a different display name. name has already been registered to another service user.

https://manual-hub.com/

478

Server Error

Error Messages
Server Error 01 Authentication failed. Do the following: 1. Go to http://bwc.brother.com to get a new temporary ID. 2. Press OK and enter your new temporary ID in the next screen.
Server Error 03 Failed to upload. Unsupported file or corrupt data. Confirm data of file.
Server Error 13 Service temporarily unavailable. Try again later.

Cause
The machine's authentication information (needed to access the service) has expired or is invalid.

Action
Apply for Brother Web Connect access again to receive a new temporary ID, and then use the new ID to register the account to the machine.

The file you are trying to upload may have one of the following problems:
· The file exceeds the service's limit on number of pixels, file size, etc.
· The file type is not supported.
· The file is corrupted.

The file cannot be used:
· Check the service's size or format restrictions.
· Save the file as a different type.
· If possible, get a new, uncorrupted version of the file.

There is a problem with the service and it cannot be used now.

Wait and try again. If you get the message again, access the service from a computer to confirm if it is unavailable.

Shortcut Error

Error Messages
Shortcut Error 02
Account is invalid. Please register account and shortcut again after deleting this shortcut.

Cause

Action

The shortcut cannot be used because Delete the shortcut, and then register

the account was deleted after the

the account and shortcut again.

shortcut was registered.

Related Information
· Troubleshooting

https://manual-hub.com/

479

Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams
Document Jams
· Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit · Document is Jammed under the Document Cover · Remove Small Scraps of Paper Jammed in the ADF

https://manual-hub.com/

480

Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Document is Jammed in the Top of the ADF Unit
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW 1. Remove any paper from the ADF that is not jammed. 2. Open the ADF cover. 3. Pull the jammed document out to the left. If the document rips or tears, be sure you remove any debris or scraps to prevent future jams.
4. Close the ADF cover. 5. Do one of the following:
· (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW) Press .
Related Information
· Document Jams

https://manual-hub.com/

481

Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Document is Jammed under the Document Cover
Document is Jammed under the Document Cover
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW 1. Remove any paper from the ADF that is not jammed. 2. Lift the document cover. 3. Pull the jammed document out to the right. If the document rips or tears, be sure you remove any debris or scraps to prevent future jams.
4. Close the document cover. 5. Do one of the following:
· (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW) Press .
Related Information
· Document Jams

https://manual-hub.com/

482

Home > Troubleshooting > Document Jams > Remove Small Scraps of Paper Jammed in the ADF
Remove Small Scraps of Paper Jammed in the ADF
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Lift the document cover. 2. Insert a piece of stiff paper, such as cardstock, into the ADF to push any small paper scraps through.

3. Close the document cover. 4. Do one of the following:
· (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW) Press .
Related Information
· Document Jams

https://manual-hub.com/

483

Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams
Paper Jams
Always remove the remaining paper from the paper tray and straighten the stack when you are adding new paper. This helps prevent multiple sheets of paper from feeding through the machine at one time and prevents paper jams.
· Paper is Jammed in the MP tray
· Paper is Jammed in the Manual Feed Slot
· Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
· Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray
· Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
· Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine
· Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray

https://manual-hub.com/

484

Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the MP tray
Paper is Jammed in the MP tray
Related Models: MFC-L3770CDW If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the machine's MP tray, follow these steps: 1. Remove the paper from the MP tray. 2. Remove any jammed paper from in and around the MP tray.
3. Fan the paper stack, and then put it back in the MP tray. 4. Reload paper in the MP tray and make sure the paper stays under the maximum paper height guides (1) on
both sides of the tray. 1
5. Follow the instructions on the machine's LCD.
Related Information
· Paper Jams

https://manual-hub.com/

485

Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Manual Feed Slot
Paper is Jammed in the Manual Feed Slot
Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the machine's manual feed slot, follow these steps: 1. Gently remove any paper that is jammed in or around the manual feed slot.
2. Reload the paper into the manual feed slot. 3. Do one of the following:
· DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW Press Mono Start or Colour Start to resume printing.
· DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW Press [Retry] to resume printing.
Related Information
· Paper Jams

https://manual-hub.com/

486

Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the paper tray, follow these steps: 1. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
2. Slowly pull out the jammed paper.
Pulling the jammed paper downward using both hands allows you to remove the paper more easily. 3. Fan the stack of paper to prevent further jams, and slide the paper guides to fit the paper size.

4. Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (b b b).

https://manual-hub.com/

487

5. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
Related Information
· Paper Jams

https://manual-hub.com/

488

Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray
Paper is Jammed in the Output Paper Tray
When the paper is jammed in the output paper tray, follow these steps: 1. Use both hands to open the scanner.
2. Remove the paper.
3. Push the scanner down with both hands to close it.
Related Information
· Paper Jams

https://manual-hub.com/

489

Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the back (Rear) of the machine, follow these steps: 1. Leave the machine turned on but do not use it for 10 minutes to allow its internal fan to cool the extremely hot
parts inside the machine. 2. Open the back cover.
3. Pull the green tabs at the left and right sides toward you to release the fuser cover.

WARNING
HOT SURFACE The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching them.

If the grey envelope levers inside the back cover are pulled down to the envelope position, lift these levers to the original position before pulling the green tabs down.
4. Use both hands to gently pull the jammed paper out of the fuser unit.

https://manual-hub.com/

490

5. Close the fuser cover.
If you print on envelopes, pull down the grey envelope levers to the envelope position again before closing the back cover. 6. Close the back cover until it locks in the closed position.
Related Information
· Paper Jams

https://manual-hub.com/

491

Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine
Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam inside the machine, follow these steps: 1. Leave the machine turned on but do not use it for 10 minutes to allow its internal fan to cool the extremely hot
parts inside the machine. 2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching them.

3. Remove all of the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.
CAUTION
We recommend placing the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies on a clean, flat surface with disposable paper underneath it in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to the machine from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the illustration.

https://manual-hub.com/

492

4. Gently remove the jammed paper slowly.

5. Reinsert each toner cartridge and drum unit assembly into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine for all four toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.
BK C M Y

6. Close the machine's top cover.
Related Information
· Paper Jams

https://manual-hub.com/

493

Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray
Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the paper tray, follow these steps: 1. Leave the machine turned on but do not use it for 10 minutes to allow its internal fan to cool the extremely hot
parts inside the machine. 2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.

3. Make sure the jammed paper does not remain inside the machine.
4. If paper is not jammed inside the machine, remove the paper from the paper tray, flip it over, and check underneath the paper tray.
5. If the paper is not jammed in the paper tray, open the back cover.

WARNING
HOT SURFACE

https://manual-hub.com/

494

The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching them.
6. Use both hands to gently pull the jammed paper out of the back of the machine.
7. Close the back cover until it locks in the closed position. 8. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
Related Information
· Paper Jams

https://manual-hub.com/

495

Home > Troubleshooting > Printing Problems
Printing Problems

If, after reading this table, you still need help, go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.

Difficulties No printout

Suggestions

Check the machine is not in Power Off mode.

If the machine is in Power Off mode, press on the control panel, and then send the print data again.

Check that the correct printer driver has been installed and selected.

Check to see if the Status Monitor or the machine's control panel displays an error status.

Check that the machine is online: · Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2

Click (Start) >Devices and Printers . Right-click
Brother XXX-XXXX and click See what's printing. Click Printer in the menu bar. Make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
· Windows Server® 2008

Click (Start) >Control Panel > Hardware and
Sound > Printers. Right-click Brother XXX-XXXX. Make sure Use Printer Online is not listed. If it is listed, click this option to set the driver Online.
· Windows® 8 and Windows Server® 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Devices and Printers. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX. Click See what's printing. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and make sure that Use Printer Offline is not selected.
· Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016

Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In
the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX. Click See what's printing. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and make sure that Use Printer Offline is not selected.
· Windows Server® 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX. Click See what's printing. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and make sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.

· Mac

Click the System Preferences menu, and then select the Printers & Scanners option. When the machine is

offline, delete it using the

button, and then add it

using the

button.

496

https://manual-hub.com/

Difficulties

Suggestions

The machine is not printing or has stopped printing.

Cancel the print job and clear it from the machine's memory. The printout may be incomplete. Send the print data again. See Related Information:Cancel a Print Job.

The headers or footers appear when the document

There is an unprintable area on the top and bottom of the

displays on the screen but they do not show up when it is page. Adjust the top and bottom margins in your

printed.

document to allow for this.

The machine prints unexpectedly or it prints garbage.

Cancel the print job and clear it from the machine's memory. The printout may be incomplete. Send the print data again. See Related Information:Cancel a Print Job.

Check the settings in your application to make sure they are set up to work with your machine.

Confirm that the Brother printer driver is selected in your application's Print window.

The machine prints the first couple of pages correctly, then some pages have missing text.

Check the settings in your application to make sure they are set up to work with your machine.

Your machine is not receiving all of the data sent from the computer. Make sure you connected the interface cable correctly.

The machine does not print on both sides of the paper even though the printer driver setting is 2-sided and the machine supports automatic 2-sided printing.

Check the paper size setting in the printer driver. You must select A4 paper. Supported paper weight is 60 to 163 g/m².

Print speed is too slow.

Try changing the printer driver setting. The highest resolution needs longer data processing, sending and printing time.

If you have enabled the Quiet Mode, disable the Quiet Mode on the printer driver or the machine's menu setting.

The machine does not feed paper.

If there is paper in the paper tray, make sure it is straight. If the paper is curled, straighten it. Sometimes it is helpful to remove the paper, turn the stack over and place it back in the paper tray.

Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray, and then try again.

(For models with MP Tray)Make sure MP Tray is not selected for Paper Source in the printer driver.
(For models with Manual Feed Slot)Make sure Manual is not selected for Paper Source in the printer driver.

Clean the paper pick-up rollers.

The machine does not feed paper from the MP tray. (For models with MP Tray)

Fan the paper well and place it back in the MP tray firmly.
Make sure MP Tray is selected as Paper Source in the printer driver.

The machine does not feed paper from the Manual feed slot. (For models with Manual Feed Slot)

Use both hands to push one sheet of paper firmly into the manual feed slot until the top edge of the paper presses against the paper feed rollers. Continue pressing the paper against the rollers until the machine grabs the paper and pulls it in further.

Put only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot.

Make sure Manual is selected as Paper Source in the printer driver.

The machine does not feed envelopes.

(For models with Manual Feed Slot)Load one envelope at a time in the manual feed slot. Your application must be set to print the envelope size you are using. This is

497

https://manual-hub.com/

Difficulties

Suggestions
usually done in the Page Setup or Document Setup menu of your application.
(For models with MP Tray)Load envelopes in the MP tray. Your application must be set to print the envelope size you are using. This is usually done in the Page Setup or Document Setup menu of your application.

Related Information
· Troubleshooting · Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows®) · Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac) · Cancel a Print Job · Load and Print Using the Paper Tray · Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers · Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)

https://manual-hub.com/

498

Home > Troubleshooting > Improve the Print Quality
Improve the Print Quality
If you have a print quality problem, print a test page first. If the printout looks good, the problem is probably not the machine. Check the interface cable connections and try printing a different document. If the printout or test page printed from the machine has a quality problem, check the examples of poor print quality and follow the recommendations in the table.
IMPORTANT

Using non-genuine supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.

1. To get the best print quality, we suggest using recommended print media. Make sure you use paper that meets our specifications.
2. Check that the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies are installed correctly.

Examples of poor print quality

Recommendation

ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.

ABCDEFGH
abcdefghijk
ABCD abcde 01234

Adjust the print margins in your document's application and reprint the job.

Printed pages are compressed, horizontal stripes appear, or characters in the top, bottom, left, or right margins are
cut off

· Choose Text or Receipt in the copy quality setting. · Adjust the copy density and contrast.

Coloured letters and thin letters in the original document are light or faint in the copy

· Use the machine's LCD to perform calibration.See Related Information: Calibrate Colour Output.
· Adjust the copy density and contrast if you are copying.
· Make sure Toner Save mode is off in the LCD or the printer driver.
See Related Information: Reduce Toner Consumption.
· Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver matches the type of paper you are using.
· Shake all four toner cartridges gently.
· Wipe the windows of all four LED heads with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
See Related Information: Clean the LED Heads.

https://manual-hub.com/

499

Examples of poor print quality

Recommendation
· Wipe the windows of all four LED heads with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
· Wipe the scanner glass strip with a dry lint free soft cloth.
· Make sure foreign material such as a torn piece of paper, sticky notes, or dust is not inside the machine or around the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.

Vertical white streaks or bands appear on the page

· Wipe the scanner glass strip with a dry lint free soft cloth.
· Clean all four corona wires (one for each colour) inside the drum unit by sliding the green tab.

Vertical coloured streaks or bands appear on the page

Make sure the green tab of the corona wire is in the home position (1).
1

Horizontal coloured lines appear on the page

· Replace the toner cartridge that matches the colour of the streak or band.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com and view the FAQs & Troubleshooting page for your Brother model.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
· Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
· Identify the colour causing the problem and replace the toner cartridge that matches the colour of the line.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
· Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.

https://manual-hub.com/

500

White spots

Blank page or some missing colours
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.

Coloured spots at 94 mm

Recommendation
· Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver matches the type of paper you are using.
· Check the machine's environment. Conditions such as high humidity and high temperatures may cause this print quality problem.
· If the problem is not solved after printing a few pages, the drum may have foreign material, such as glue from a label, stuck on the drum surface. Clean the drum unit. See Related Information: Clean the Drum Unit.
· Install a new drum unit. See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
· Identify the colour causing the problem and install a new toner cartridge. To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page. See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
· Install a new drum unit. See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
· If the problem is not solved after printing a few pages, the drum may have foreign material, such as glue from a label, stuck on the drum surface. Clean the drum unit. See Related Information: Clean the Drum Unit.
· Install a new drum unit. See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
· Identify the colour causing the problem and install a new toner cartridge. To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page. See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.

Coloured spots at 29 mm
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Toner scatter or toner stain
The colour of your printouts is not what you expected

· Check the machine's environment. Conditions such as high humidity and high temperatures may cause this print quality problem.
· Identify the colour causing the problem and put in a new toner cartridge.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
· Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
· To improve the colour density, calibrate the colours using the LCD.
· To adjust the print position of colours for sharper edges, perform the colour registration using the LCD.

https://manual-hub.com/

501

Examples of poor print quality

Colour offset
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.

Uneven colour density across the page

WX Y Z A B C D E
Missing thin lines in images

Recommendation
· Adjust the copy density and contrast if you are copying.
· Make sure Toner Save mode is off in the LCD or the printer driver.
· If the print quality of the black portion is not what you expected, select the Enhance Black Printing check box in the printer driver.
· Clear the Improve Grey Colour check box in the printer driver.
· Identify the colour causing the problem and put in a new toner cartridge. To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page. See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge.
· Install a new drum unit. See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
· Make sure the machine is on a solid level surface. · Perform the colour registration using the LCD. · Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit. · Install a new belt unit.
See Related Information: Replace the Belt Unit.
· Perform the calibration using the LCD. · Adjust the copy density and contrast if you are
copying. · Clear the Improve Grey Colour check box in the
printer driver. · Identify the colour causing the problem and put in a
new toner cartridge. To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page. See Related Information: Replace the Toner Cartridge. · Install a new drum unit. See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
· Make sure Toner Save mode is off in the LCD or the printer driver.
· Change the print resolution. · If you use a Windows printer driver, select Improve
Pattern Printing in Print Setting of the Basic tab.

https://manual-hub.com/

502

Examples of poor print quality
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Wrinkled printout
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Ghosting images
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Toner smears easily
Curled or wavy image
Envelope creases

Recommendation
· Check the paper type and quality. · Make sure the back cover is closed correctly. · Make sure the two grey levers inside the back cover
are in the up position. · Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
· Check the machine's environment. Conditions such as low humidity and low temperatures may cause this print quality problem.
· Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver matches the type of paper you are using.
· Make sure the two grey levers inside the back cover are in the up position.
· Install a new drum unit. See Related Information: Replace the Drum Unit.
· Make sure the two grey levers inside the back cover are in the up position.
· Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver matches the type of paper you are using.
· Select Improve Toner Fixing mode in the printer driver. If this selection does not provide enough improvement, change the printer driver setting in Media Type to a thick setting. If you are printing an envelope, select Env. Thick in the media type setting.
· Select Reduce Paper Curl mode in the printer driver. If the problem is not solved, select Plain Paper in the media type setting.
· If you are printing an envelope, select Env. Thin in the Media Type Setting of the printer driver.
· If you do not use the machine often, the paper may have been in the paper tray too long. Turn over the stack of paper in the paper tray. Also, fan the paper stack and then rotate the paper 180° in the paper tray.
· Store the paper where it will not be exposed to high temperatures and high humidity.
· Open the back cover (Face up output tray) to let the printed paper exit onto the Face up output tray.
· Make sure the envelope levers inside the back cover are pulled down to the envelope position when you print envelopes.
NOTE
When you have finished printing, open the back cover and reset the two grey levers back to their original position (1) by lifting them up until they stop.

https://manual-hub.com/

503

Examples of poor print quality
Related Information
· Troubleshooting · Test Print · Clean the Drum Unit · Calibrate Colour Output · Reduce Toner Consumption · Replace the Toner Cartridge · Replace the Drum Unit · Replace the Belt Unit · Clean the LED Heads

Recommendation 1 1
· (For models with MP Tray) If creases occur with the envelope levers in the envelope position, print with the back cover open and feed one envelope at a time from the MP tray.

https://manual-hub.com/

504

Home > Troubleshooting > Telephone and Fax Problems
Telephone and Fax Problems

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Telephone Line or Connections

Difficulties

Suggestions

Dialling does not work. (No Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the

dial tone)

telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you subscribe to DSL or

VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection instructions.

(Available only for some countries.) Change the Tone/Pulse setting.

If an external phone is connected to the machine, send a manual fax by lifting the handset of the external telephone and dialling the number using the external telephone. Wait to hear the fax receiving tones before sending fax.

If there is no dial tone, connect a known working telephone and telephone line cord to the socket. Then lift the external telephone's handset and listen for a dial tone. If there is still no dial tone, ask your telephone company to check the line and/or wall socket.

The machine does not answer when called.

Make sure the machine is in the correct receive mode for your setup.
Check for a dial tone. If possible, call your machine to hear it answer. If there is still no answer, check that the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If there is no ringing when you call your machine, ask your telephone company to check the line.

Handling Incoming Calls

Difficulties Sending a Fax Call to the machine.
Custom features on a single line.

Suggestions
If you answered on an extension or external telephone, press your Remote Activation Code (the factory setting is *51). If you answered on the external telephone, press the Start button to receive the fax.
When your machine answers, hang up.
If you have Call Waiting, Voice Mail, an answering machine, an alarm system or other custom feature on a single telephone line with your machine, it may create a problem sending or receiving faxes.
For Example: If you subscribe to Call Waiting or some other custom service and its signal comes through the line while your machine is sending or receiving a fax, the signal can temporarily interrupt or disrupt the faxes. Brother's ECM (Error Correction Mode) feature should help overcome this problem. This condition is related to the telephone system industry and is common to all devices that send and receive information on a single, shared line with custom features. If avoiding a slight interruption is crucial to your business, we recommend using a separate telephone line with no custom features.

Receiving Faxes

Difficulties

Suggestions

Cannot receive a fax.

Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection instructions. If you are using a VoIP system, try changing the VoIP setting to Basic (for VoIP). This will lower modem speed and turn off Error Correction Mode (ECM).

https://manual-hub.com/

505

Difficulties

Suggestions

Cannot receive a fax.

Make sure the machine is in the correct Receive Mode. This is determined by the external devices and telephone subscriber services you have on the same line as the Brother machine.
· If you have a dedicated fax line and want your Brother machine to automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select Fax only mode.
· If your Brother machine shares a line with an external answering machine, you should select the External TAD mode. In External TAD mode, your Brother machine will receive incoming faxes automatically and voice callers will be able to leave a message on your answering machine.
· If your Brother machine shares a line with other telephones and you want it to automatically answer all incoming faxes, you should select the Fax/Tel mode. In Fax/Tel mode, your Brother machine will receive faxes automatically and produce a pseudo/double-ring to alert you to answer voice calls.
· If you do not want your Brother machine to answer any incoming faxes automatically, you should select the Manual mode. In Manual mode, you must answer every incoming call and activate the machine to receive faxes.

Another device or service at your location may be answering the call before your Brother machine answers. To test this, lower the Ring Delay setting:
· If the Receive Mode is set to Fax Only or Fax/Tel, reduce the Ring Delay to one ring.
See Related Information: Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay).
· If the Receive Mode is set to External TAD, reduce the number of rings programmed on your answering machine to two.
· If the Receive Mode is set to Manual, DO NOT adjust the Ring Delay setting.
Have someone send you a test fax:
· If you received the test fax successfully, your machine is operating correctly. Remember to reset your Ring Delay or answering machine setting back to your original setting. If receiving problems recur after resetting the Ring Delay, then a person, device, or subscriber service is answering the fax call before the machine has a chance to answer.
· If you were not able to receive the fax, then another device or subscriber service may be interfering with your fax reception or there may be a problem with your fax line.

If you are using a telephone answering machine (External TAD mode) on the same line as the Brother machine, make sure your answering machine is set up correctly. 1. Set your answering machine to answer in one or two rings. 2. Record the outgoing message on your answering machine.
· Record five seconds of silence at the beginning of your outgoing message. · Limit your speaking to 20 seconds. · End your outgoing message with your Remote Activation Code for people sending manual
faxes. For example: "After the beep, leave a message or press *51 and Start to send a fax." 3. Set your answering machine to answer calls. 4. Set your Brother machine's Receive Mode to External TAD.
See Related Information: Choose the Correct Receive Mode.
Make sure your Brother machine's Fax Detect feature is turned On. Fax Detect is a feature that allows you to receive a fax even if you answered the call on an external or extension telephone.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to Basic(for VoIP).
Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function Lock Settings.

Sending Faxes

Difficulties Cannot send a fax.

Suggestions
Check all line cord connections. Make sure the telephone line cord is plugged into the telephone wall socket and the LINE socket of the machine. If you subscribe to DSL or VoIP services, contact your service provider for connection instructions.
Make sure you pressed Fax and the machine is in Fax mode.
Print the Transmission Verification Report and check for an error.

506

https://manual-hub.com/

Difficulties Cannot send a fax.
Poor sending quality. Transmission Verification Report says RESULT:ERROR.
Sent faxes are blank. Vertical black lines when sending. Printing received faxes

Suggestions
Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function Lock Settings.
Ask the other party to check that the receiving machine has paper.
Try changing your resolution to Fine or S.Fine. Make a copy to check your machine's scanner operation. If the copy quality is poor, clean the scanner.
There is probably temporary noise or static on the line. Try sending the fax again. If you are sending a PC-Fax message and get RESULT:ERROR on the Transmission Verification Report, your machine may be out of memory. To free up extra memory, you can turn off Fax Storage, print fax messages in memory or cancel a delayed fax. If the problem continues, ask the telephone company to check your telephone line.
If you often get transmission errors due to possible interference on the telephone line or if you are using a VoIP system, try changing the Compatibility setting to Basic(for VoIP).
Make sure you are loading the document correctly. When using the ADF, the document should be face up. When using the scanner glass, the document should be face down.
Black vertical lines on faxes you send are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip. Clean the glass strip.

Difficulties
· Condensed print · Horizontal streaks · Top and bottom sentences are cut
off · Missing lines

Suggestions
This is usually caused by a poor telephone connection. Make a copy; if your copy looks good, you probably had a bad connection, with static or interference on the telephone line. Ask the other party to send the fax again.

Vertical black lines when receiving

The corona wires for printing may be dirty.Clean the corona wires in the drum unit.

The sender's scanner may be dirty. Ask the sender to make a copy to see if the problem is with the sending machine. Try receiving from another fax machine.

Received faxes appear as split or blank Left and right margins are cut off or a single page is printed on two pages.

pages.

Turn on Auto Reduction.

Related Information
· Troubleshooting · Set Dial Tone Detection · Set Telephone Line Compatibility for Interference and VoIP Systems · Set the Number of Rings Before the Machine Answers (Ring Delay) · Choose the Correct Receive Mode

https://manual-hub.com/

507

Home > Troubleshooting > Telephone and Fax Problems > Set Dial Tone Detection
Set Dial Tone Detection
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Setting the Dial Tone to [Detection] will shorten the Dial Tone detect pause. 1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Dial Tone]. 2. Press [Detection] or [No Detection] 3. Press .
Related Information
· Telephone and Fax Problems

https://manual-hub.com/

508

Home > Troubleshooting > Telephone and Fax Problems > Set Telephone Line Compatibility for Interference and VoIP Systems
Set Telephone Line Compatibility for Interference and VoIP Systems
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Problems sending and receiving faxes due to possible interference on the telephone line may be solved by reducing the modem speed to minimise errors in fax transmission. If you are using a Voice over IP (VoIP) service, Brother recommends changing the compatibility to Basic (for VoIP).
· VoIP is a type of phone system that uses an Internet connection, rather than a traditional phone line. · Telephone providers frequently bundle VoIP together with Internet and cable services.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Compatibility]. 2. Press the option you want.
· Select [High] to set the modem speed to 33600 bps. · Select [Normal] to set the modem speed to 14400 bps. · Select [Basic(for VoIP)] to reduce the modem speed to 9600 bps and turn off Error Correction
Mode (ECM). Unless interference is a recurring problem on your telephone line, you may prefer to use this option only when needed. 3. Press .
Related Information
· Telephone and Fax Problems

https://manual-hub.com/

509

Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems
Network Problems
· Error Messages · Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®) · Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings? · I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration · My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network · I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly

https://manual-hub.com/

510

Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > Error Messages
Error Messages

Your Brother machine will display an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are shown in the table.
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

Error Messages

Cause

Action

Cannot Connect

The maximum number of

Maximum limit of mobile devices are already connected devices connected to the Wi-Fi Direct has been reached. network when the Brother
machine is the Group Owner

(G/O).

After the current connection between your Brother machine and another mobile device has shut down, try to configure the Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can confirm the connection status by printing the Network Configuration Report.

Authentication Error, contact your administrator.

Your authentication setting for · Make sure the Username and Password in

the Store Print Log to Network

Authentication Setting are correct. If the username is

feature is not correct.

part of a domain, enter the username in one of the

following styles: user@domain or domain\user.

· Make sure the time of the log file server matches the time from the SNTP server, or the Date&Time settings.

· Make sure the SNTP time server settings are configured correctly so the time matches the time used for authentication by Kerberos or NTLMv2. If there is no SNTP server, make sure the Date&Time and Time Zone settings are set correctly using Web Based Management or the control panel so the machine matches the time being used by the server providing the authentication.

Connection Error

Other devices are trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.

Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the Wi-Fi Direct settings again.

Connection Fail

The Brother machine and your ·

mobile device cannot

communicate during the Wi-Fi

Direct network configuration. ·

Move the mobile device closer to your Brother machine.
Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an obstruction-free area.
If you are using the PIN Method of WPS, make sure you have entered the correct PIN.

File Access Error, contact your administrator.

The Brother machine cannot access the destination folder for the Store Print Log to Network feature.

· Make sure the stored directory name is correct. · Make sure the stored directory is write-enabled. · Make sure the file is not locked.

Log Access Error

In Web Based Management, you have selected the Cancel Print option in the Error Detection Setting of Store Print Log to Network.

Wait for about 60 seconds until this message disappears from the LCD.

No Device

When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network, the Brother machine cannot find your mobile device.

· Make sure your machine and mobile device are in the Wi-Fi Direct mode.
· Move the mobile device closer to your Brother machine.
· Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to an obstruction-free area.
· If you are manually configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network, make sure you have entered the correct password.
· If your mobile device has a configuration page for how to obtain an IP address, make sure the IP address of your mobile device has been configured via DHCP.

https://manual-hub.com/

511

Error Messages
Server Timeout, contact your administrator.
Wrong Date&Time, contact your administrator.

Cause

Action

The Brother machine cannot connect to the server for the Store Print Log to Network feature.

· Make sure your server address is correct. · Make sure your server is connected to the network. · Make sure the machine is connected to the network.

The Brother machine does not · obtain the time from the SNTP time server or you have not · configured the Date&Time for the machine.

Make sure the settings to access the SNTP time server are configured correctly in Web Based Management.
Confirm the Date&Time settings of your machine are correct in Web Based Management.

DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

Error Messages

Cause

Action

The maximum number of devices are already connected using Wi-Fi Direct.

The maximum number of mobile devices are already connected to the Wi-Fi Direct network when the Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O).

Authentication Error, contact your administrator.

Your authentication setting for · the Store Print Log to Network feature is not correct.
·
·

Make sure the Username and Password in Authentication Setting are correct. If the username is part of a domain, enter the username in one of the following styles: user@domain or domain\user.
Make sure the time of the log file server matches the time from the SNTP server, or the Date&Time settings.
Make sure the SNTP time server settings are configured correctly so the time matches the time used for authentication by Kerberos or NTLMv2. If there is no SNTP server, make sure the Date&Time and Time Zone settings are set correctly using Web Based Management or the control panel so the machine matches the time being used by the server providing the authentication.

Connection Error

Other devices are trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct network at the same time.

· Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect to the Wi-Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the Wi-Fi Direct settings again.

Connection Failed The Brother machine and your ·

mobile device cannot

communicate during the Wi-Fi

Direct network configuration. ·

File Access Error, contact your administrator.

The Brother machine cannot access the destination folder for the Store Print Log to Network feature.

· Make sure the stored directory name is correct. · Make sure the stored directory is write-enabled. · Make sure the file is not locked.

In Web Based Management, you have selected the Cancel Print option in the Error Detection Setting of Store Print Log to Network.

Wait for about 60 seconds until this message disappears from the LCD.

No Device

When configuring the Wi-Fi Direct network, the Brother machine cannot find your mobile device.

512

https://manual-hub.com/

Error Messages
Server Timeout, contact your administrator.
Wrong Date&Time, contact your administrator.

Cause

Action

· If your mobile device has a configuration page for how to obtain an IP address, make sure the IP address of your mobile device has been configured via DHCP.

The Brother machine cannot connect to the server for the Store Print Log to Network feature.

· Make sure your server address is correct. · Make sure your server is connected to the network. · Make sure the machine is connected to the network.

The Brother machine does not · obtain the time from the SNTP time server or you have not · configured the Date&Time for the machine.

Make sure the settings to access the SNTP time server are configured correctly in Web Based Management.
Confirm the Date&Time settings of your machine are correct in Web Based Management.

Related Information
· Network Problems

https://manual-hub.com/

513

Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool to fix the Brother machine's network settings. It will assign the correct IP address and Subnet Mask.

· Windows® 7/Windows® 8/Windows® 10 You must log on with Administrator rights.
· Make sure the Brother machine is turned on and is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Do one of the following:

Option Windows® 7
Windows® 8/ Windows® 10

Description

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Network Connection Repair Tool.

Launch

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your

model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Network Connection Repair Tool.

If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes. 2. Follow the on-screen instructions. 3. Check the diagnosis by printing the Network Configuration Report or the Printer Settings page.
The Network Connection Repair Tool will start automatically if you select the Enable Connection Repair Tool option in the Status Monitor. Right-click the Status Monitor screen, and then click Other Settings > Enable Connection Repair Tool. This is not recommended when your network administrator has set the IP address to Static, since it will automatically change the IP address.
If the correct IP address and the Subnet Mask are still not assigned even after using the Network Connection Repair Tool, ask your network administrator for this information.
Related Information
· Network Problems · Print the Network Configuration Report · My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network · I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly

https://manual-hub.com/

514

Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
· Print the Network Configuration Report · Change Machine Settings from Your Computer

https://manual-hub.com/

515

Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration

Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW

Turn your wireless router off and back on. Then try to configure the wireless settings again. If you are unable to resolve the problem, follow the instructions below:
Investigate the problem using the WLAN Report.

Cause

Action

Interface

Your security settings (SSID/ · Network Key) are not correct.
·

Confirm the security settings using Wireless Setup Helper. For more information and to download the utility, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Select and confirm that you are using the correct security settings.
- See the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router for information on how to find the security settings.
- The manufacturer's name or model number of the wireless LAN access point/router may be used as the default security settings.
- Consult with the access point/router manufacturer, your Internet provider, or network administrator.

Wireless

Your Brother machine's MAC Confirm that the Brother machine's MAC Address is allowed in the

address is not allowed.

filter. You can find the MAC Address on your Brother machine's

control panel.

Wireless

Your wireless LAN access point/router is in stealth mode (not broadcasting the SSID).

· Enter the correct SSID name or Network Key manually.
· Check the SSID name or the Network Key in the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router and reconfigure the wireless network setup.

Wireless

Your security settings (SSID/ · password) are not correct.

Confirm the SSID and password.
- When you are configuring the network manually, the SSID and password are displayed on your Brother machine. If your mobile device supports the manual configuration, the SSID and password will be displayed on your mobile device's screen.

Wi-Fi Direct

You are using AndroidTM 4.0. If your mobile device disconnects (approximately six minutes after using Wi-Fi Direct), try the one-push configuration using WPS (recommended) and set the Brother machine as a G/O.

Wi-Fi Direct

Your Brother machine is placed too far from your mobile device.

Move your Brother machine within about 3.3 feet (1 metre) of the Wi-Fi Direct mobile device when you configure the Wi-Fi Direct network settings.

There are some obstructions Move your Brother machine to an obstruction-free area. (walls or furniture, for example) between your machine and the mobile device.

Wi-Fi Direct

There is a wireless computer, Bluetooth®supported device, microwave oven, or digital cordless phone near the

Move other devices away from the Brother machine or the mobile device.

Wi-Fi Direct

https://manual-hub.com/

516

Cause

Action

Interface

Brother machine or the mobile device.

If you have checked and

tried all of the above, but still

cannot complete the Wi-Fi · Direct configuration, do the

following:

Turn your Brother machine off and back on. Then try to configure the Wi-Fi Direct settings again.
If you are using your Brother machine as a client, confirm how many devices are allowed in the current Wi-Fi Direct network, and then check how many devices are connected.

Wi-Fi Direct

For Windows®
If your wireless connection has been interrupted, and you have checked and tried all of the above, we recommend using the Network Connection Repair Tool.

Related Information
· Network Problems · Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast · Use Wi-Fi Direct®

https://manual-hub.com/

517

Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network
My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network

Cause

Action

Interface

Your security software blocks your machine's access to the network. (The Network scanning feature does not work. )

· Windows®

Wired/Wireless

Configure the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow Network scanning. To add port 54925 for Network scanning, type the information below:

- In Name:

Type any description, for example Brother NetScan.

- In Port number:

Type 54925.

- In Protocol:

UDP is selected.

See the instruction manual that came with your third-party Security/Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.

· Mac

(Brother iPrint&Scan)

In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications, and then doubleclick the Brother iPrint&Scan icon. The Brother iPrint&Scan window appears. Click the Select your Machine button, and then follow the on-screen instructions to reselect your network machine.

(TWAIN driver)

In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother > TWAIN Driver Utility, and then double-click the Device Selector icon. The Device Selector window appears. Reselect your network machine, make sure Status is idle, and then click OK.

Your security software blocks your machine's access to the network. (The network PC-Fax Receive feature does not work.)
(Windows®)

Set the third-party Security/Firewall Software to allow PC-FAX Rx. To add port 54926 for Network PC-FAX Rx, type the information below: · In Name:
Type any description, for example Brother PC-FAX Rx. · In Port number:
Type 54926. · In Protocol:
UDP is selected. See the instruction manual that came with your third-party Security/ Firewall Software or contact the software manufacturer.

Wired/Wireless

Your security software blocks your machine's access to the network.

Some security software might block access without showing a security Wired/Wireless alert dialog box even after successful installation.
To allow access, see the instructions for your security software or ask the software manufacturer.

Your Brother machine was · not assigned an available IP address.
·

Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask.
Verify that both the IP addresses and Subnet Masks of your computer and the Brother machine are correct and located on the same network.
For more information about how to verify the IP address and the Subnet Mask, ask your network administrator.
Windows®
Confirm the IP address and the Subnet Mask using the Network Connection Repair Tool.

Wired/Wireless

https://manual-hub.com/

518

Cause
The failed print job is still in your computer's print queue.

Action

Interface

· If the failed print job is still in your computer's print queue, delete it. Wired/Wireless
· Otherwise, double-click the printer icon in the following folder and cancel all documents:
- Windows® 7

Click (Start) > Devices and Printers.

- Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
- Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016

Your Brother machine is not connected to the wireless network.

Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the
Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers. - Windows Server® 2008
Click Start > Control Panel > Printers. - Windows Server® 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers > Printers. - Windows Server® 2012 R2 Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers. - Mac Click System Preferences > Printers & Scanners.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report. Wireless

If you have checked and tried all of the above, but your Brother machine still cannot print and scan, uninstall the Brother software and drivers and reinstall them.

Related Information
· Network Problems · Print the WLAN Report · Wireless LAN Report Error Codes · Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®) · I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly

https://manual-hub.com/

519

Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly

Check

Action

Interface

Check that your Brother machine, access point/ router, or network hub is turned on.

Check the following:
· The power cord is connected correctly and the Brother machine is turned on.
· The access point/router or hub is turned on and its link button is blinking.

Wired/Wireless

· All protective packaging has been removed from the machine.

· The toner cartridge and drum unit are installed correctly.

· The machine's cover is fully closed.

· Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.

· (For wired networks) A network cable is securely connected to the Brother machine and to the router or hub.

Check the Link Status in the Network Configuration Report or the Printer Settings page.

Print the Network Configuration Report and check that Ethernet Link Status or Wireless Link Status is Link OK.

Check that you can "ping" the Brother machine from your computer.

Ping the Brother machine from your computer using the IP address or the node name in the Windows® command prompt or Mac Terminal application:
ping <ipaddress> or <nodename>.
· Successful: Your Brother machine is working correctly and connected to the same network as your computer.
· Unsuccessful: Your Brother machine is not connected to the same network as your computer.
(Windows®)
Ask the network administrator and use the Network Connection Repair Tool to fix the IP address and the subnet mask.
(Mac)
Confirm that the IP address and the Subnet Mask are set correctly.

Check that your Brother Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report. machine is connected to the wireless network.

Wired/Wireless Wired/Wireless
Wireless

If you have checked and tried all of the above but you are still having problems, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router to find the SSID and the Network Key information and set them correctly.

Related Information
· Network Problems · Print the Network Configuration Report · Print the WLAN Report · Wireless LAN Report Error Codes · Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®) · My Brother Machine Cannot Print, Scan, or PC-FAX Receive over the Network

https://manual-hub.com/

520

Home > Troubleshooting > Google Cloud Print Problems
Google Cloud Print Problems

Difficulty My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list.
I cannot print.
I cannot register my Brother machine with Google Cloud PrintTM.
I do not see a confirmation message on my Brother machine when I try to register with Google Cloud PrintTM, even after repeating the registration steps.

Suggestions
Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm that Google Cloud PrintTM is enabled.
Confirm that your machine is registered with Google Cloud PrintTM. If it is not registered, try to register again.
Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm your network settings. See Related Information.
Certain files may not be printable, or may not appear exactly as they are displayed.
Make sure your machine is connected to a network with Internet access.
Verify that the date and time are set correctly on your machine.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle while you are registering with Google Cloud PrintTM.

Related Information
· Troubleshooting · Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print

https://manual-hub.com/

521

Home > Troubleshooting > AirPrint Problems
AirPrint Problems

Difficulty

Suggestions

My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list.

Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.

Confirm the network settings.

Move the mobile device closer to the wireless access point/router, or to your Brother machine.

I cannot print.

Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.

Confirm the network settings.

I am trying to print a multiple-page document from an iOS Make sure you are running the latest OS version.

device, but ONLY the first page is printing.

Refer to the following Apple support article for more

information about AirPrint: support.apple.com/kb/HT4356.

Related Information
· Troubleshooting · AirPrint Overview

https://manual-hub.com/

522

Home > Troubleshooting > Other Problems
Other Problems

Difficulties The machine will not turn on. The machine cannot print EPS data that includes binary with the BR-Script3 printer driver.
The Brother software cannot be installed.

Suggestions
Adverse conditions on the power connection (such as lightning or a power surge) may have triggered the machine's internal safety mechanisms. Unplug the power cord. Wait for ten minutes, then plug in the power cord
and press to turn on the machine.
If the problem is not solved and you are using a power breaker, disconnect it to make sure it is not the problem. Plug the machine's power cord directly into a different known working wall electrical socket. If there is still no power, try a different power cable.
(Windows®)
To print EPS data, do the following:
1. For Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2:
Click the Start button > Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server® 2008:
Click the (Start) button > Control Panel >
Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows® 8 and Windows Server® 2012:
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound 1 group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016:
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In
the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows Server® 2012 R2:
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX BR-Script3 icon, select Printer properties.
3. From the Device Settings tab, choose TBCP (Tagged binary communication protocol) in Output Protocol.
(Windows®)
If the Security Software warning appears on the computer screen during the installation, change the Security Software settings to permit the Brother product setup program or other program to run.
(Mac)
If you are using a firewall function of anti-spyware or antivirus security software, temporarily disable it and then install the Brother software.

1 For Windows Server® 2012: Hardware and Sound
Copying difficulties

https://manual-hub.com/

523

Difficulties Cannot make a copy.
Vertical black line appears in copies.
Copies are blank.
Scanning difficulties
Difficulties TWAIN or WIA errors appear when starting to scan. (Windows®)
TWAIN errors appear when starting to scan. (Mac) OCR does not work. Cannot scan.
Software difficulties
Difficulties Cannot install software or print.
Related Information
· Troubleshooting

Suggestions Make sure you pressed Copy and the machine is in Copy mode. Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function Lock Settings. Black vertical lines on copies are typically caused by dirt or correction fluid on the glass strip, or the corona wires are dirty. Clean the glass strip and scanner glass and the white bar and white plastic above them. Make sure you are loading the document correctly.
Suggestions Make sure the Brother TWAIN or WIA driver is selected as the primary source in your scanning application. For example, in NuanceTM PaperPortTM 14SE, click Desktop > Scan Settings > Select to select the Brother TWAIN/WIA driver. Make sure the Brother TWAIN driver is selected as the primary source. Try increasing the scanning resolution. Contact your administrator to check your Secure Function Lock Settings.
Suggestions (Windows® ) Run the install program again. This program will repair and reinstall the software.

https://manual-hub.com/

524

Home > Troubleshooting > Check the Machine Information
Check the Machine Information
Follow these instructions to check your Brother machine's serial number and firmware version. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [Machine Info.] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to select one of the following options:

Option Serial No.

Description Check your machine's serial number.

Version

Check your machine's firmware version.

Page Counter Check the total number of pages the machine has printed.

Parts Life Check the supplies' life that remains available.

4. Press OK. 5. Press Stop/Exit.

DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.]. 2. Press one of the following options:

Option

Description

Serial No.

Check your machine's serial number.

Firmware Version

Check your machine's firmware version.

Firmware Update

Update your machine to the latest firmware.

Firmware Auto Check View firmware information on the Main Home screen.

Page Counter

Check the total number of pages the machine has printed.

Parts Life

Check the percentage of the supplies' life that remains available.

3. Press .

Related Information
· Troubleshooting

https://manual-hub.com/

525

Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Your Brother Machine
Reset Your Brother Machine
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Reset] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to choose the type of reset you want to perform, and then press OK.
Subdivided reset functions are not available for some models. 5. Press the option in the table to reset the machine or to exit the process.

Option Description

Reset the machine.

The machine will exit and cancel the reset menu.

The LCD displays [Reboot OK?]. 6. Press the option in the table to reboot the machine or to exit the process.

Option Description

Reboot the machine. The machine will begin the reset.

The machine will exit without rebooting.

If you do not reboot your machine, the reset process will not finish and your settings will remain unchanged.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Reset]. 2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the type of reset functions, and then press the reset function you
want to use.
· The network settings, the security settings and address book data will not be reset by the [Machine Reset].
· If you discard or transfer the machine, we recommend accomplishment of the [Factory Reset] to erase the personal data in the machine.
3. [Machine will reboot after resetting. Press [OK] for 2 seconds to confirm.] appears. Press [OK] for two seconds to confirm.

You can also reset the Network settings by pressing > [Network Reset].
The machine will restart.

[Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network]

https://manual-hub.com/

526

Related Information
· Troubleshooting · Reset Functions Overview

https://manual-hub.com/

527

Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Your Brother Machine > Reset Functions Overview
Reset Functions Overview
The following reset functions are available:
Unplug the interface cable before you choose Network Settings Reset function, All Settings Reset function or Factory Reset function.
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
Subdivided reset functions are not available for some models.
1. Machine Reset This function resets the following settings: · Programmed fax jobs in the memory (For MFC Models) (Delayed Fax, Batch TX) · Coverpage Message (For MFC Models) · Remote Fax Options (For MFC Models) (Remote Access Code, Fax Storage, Fax Forwarding, PC-Fax Send, and PC-Fax Receive (Windows® only)) · Setting Lock (For MFC Models) · Language Setting
2. Network Settings Reset (For Network Models) Reset the print server back to its default factory settings (includes Password and IP Address information).
3. Address Book and Fax Settings Reset (For MFC Models) This function resets the following settings: · Address Book (One Touch Dial / Speed Dial / Setup Groups) · Programmed fax jobs in the memory · Station ID (name and number) · Coverpage Message · Remote Fax Options (Remote Access Code, Fax Storage, Fax Forwarding, and PC-Fax Receive (Windows® only)) · Report (Transmission Verification Report/ Tel Index List/Fax Journal) · Setting Lock password
4. All Settings Reset You can reset all the machine's settings back to the settings that were set at the factory. All Settings Reset takes less time than Factory Reset.
5. Factory Reset Use the Settings Reset function to reset all machine's settings to the settings originally set at the factory. Factory Reset takes more time than All Settings Reset. Brother strongly recommends you perform this operation when you dispose of the machine.
Unplug the interface cable before you choose Network Settings Reset function, All Settings Reset function or Factory Reset function.

https://manual-hub.com/

528

DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Machine Reset Reset all the machine's settings that you have changed, such as Date and Time and Ring Delay. The Address Book, fax reports, and Call history will remain. (For MFC Models)
2. Network Settings Reset (For Network Models) Reset the print server back to its default factory settings (includes Password and IP Address information).
3. Address Book and Fax Settings Reset (For MFC Models) This function resets the following settings: · Address Book (Addresses and Groups) · Programmed fax jobs in the memory (Delayed Fax) · Station ID (name and number) · Coverpage Message · Fax receive settings (Remote Access Code, Fax Storage, Fax Forwarding, and PC-Fax Receive (Windows® only)) · Report (Transmission Verification Report / Tel Index List / Fax Journal) · Setting Lock password
4. All Settings Reset Reset all the machine's settings back to the settings that were set at the factory. All Settings Reset takes less time than Factory Reset.
5. Factory Reset Use the Settings Reset function to reset all machine's settings to the settings originally set at the factory. Factory Reset takes more time than All Settings Reset. Brother strongly recommends you perform this operation when you dispose of the machine.
Unplug the interface cable before you choose Network Settings Reset function, All Settings Reset function or Factory Reset function.
Related Information
· Reset Your Brother Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

529

Home > Routine Maintenance
Routine Maintenance
· Replace Supplies · Clean the Machine · Calibrate Colour Output · Correct Colour Print Alignment (Colour Registration) · Check the Remaining Part Life · Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine · Replace Periodic Maintenance Parts

https://manual-hub.com/

530

Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies
Replace Supplies
You must replace supplies when the machine indicates that the life of the supply is over. Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability. The toner cartridge and drum unit are two separate supplies. Make sure both are installed as an assembly. The model name of supplies may vary depending on the country.
NOTE
· Be sure to seal up the used supplies tightly in a bag so that toner powder does not spill out of the cartridge.
· Visit www.brother.com/original/index.html for instructions on how to return your used supplies to the Brother collection and recycling program. If your local Brother office does not have the collection program yet, or you choose not to return your used supply, discard the used supply according to local regulations, keeping it separate from domestic waste. If you have questions, contact your local waste disposal office.
· We recommend placing used and new supplies on a piece of paper to prevent accidentally spilling or scattering the material inside.
· If you use paper that is not a direct equivalent for the recommended print media, the life of supplies and machine parts may be reduced.
· The projected life for each of the toner cartridges is based on ISO/IEC 19798. Frequency of replacement will vary depending on the print volume, percentage of coverage, types of media used, and powering on/off the machine.
· Frequency of replacing supplies except toner cartridges will vary depending on the print volume, types of media used, and powering on/off the machine.
· Handle the toner cartridge carefully. If toner scatters on your hands or clothes, immediately wipe or wash it off with cold water.
· To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations. Toner Cartridge
Drum Unit

https://manual-hub.com/

531

Belt Unit
Waste Toner Box
Related Information
· Routine Maintenance · Replace the Toner Cartridge · Replace the Drum Unit · Replace the Belt Unit · Replace the Waste Toner Box · Error and Maintenance Messages · Supplies

https://manual-hub.com/

532

Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Toner Cartridge
Replace the Toner Cartridge
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies. 1. Make sure the machine is turned on. 2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching them.
3. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly for the colour shown on the LCD.

https://manual-hub.com/

533

CAUTION
We recommend placing the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies on a clean, flat surface with disposable paper underneath it in case you accidentally spill or scatter toner.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to the machine from static electricity, DO NOT touch the electrodes shown in the illustration.

4. Push down the green lock lever and remove the toner cartridge from the drum unit.

https://manual-hub.com/

534

5. Unpack the new toner cartridge. 6. Remove the protective cover.
The shape of the toner cartridge will vary depending on your country and region. 7. Insert the new toner cartridge firmly into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place.
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit. 8. Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the green tab from left to right and right to left
several times. Repeat this for all the corona wires.

Be sure to return the green tab to the Home position (a). The arrow on the tab must be aligned with the arrow on the drum unit. If it is not, printed pages may have a vertical stripe.

https://manual-hub.com/

535

9. Slide the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine.
BK
C
M
Y
10. Close the machine's top cover.
· After replacing a toner cartridge, DO NOT turn the machine off or open the top cover until the machine's display returns to Ready Mode.
· The toner cartridge that comes with your Brother machine is an Inbox toner cartridge. · We recommend keeping a new toner cartridge ready for use when you see the Toner Low warning. · To ensure high quality printing, we recommend using only Brother Original toner cartridges. When you
want to buy toner cartridges, contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer. · DO NOT unpack the new toner cartridge until you are ready to install it. · If a toner cartridge is left unpacked for a long time, the toner life will be shortened. · Brother strongly recommends you DO NOT refill the toner cartridge provided with your machine. We
also strongly recommend you continue to use only Brother Original replacement toner cartridges. Use or attempted use of third-party toner and/or cartridges in the Brother machine may cause damage to the machine and/or may result in unsatisfactory print quality. Our limited warranty coverage does not apply to any problem that is caused by the use of third party toner and/or cartridges. To protect your investment and obtain premium performance from the Brother machine, we strongly recommend the use of Brother Original Supplies.
Related Information
· Replace Supplies · Error and Maintenance Messages · Improve the Print Quality

https://manual-hub.com/

536

Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Drum Unit
Replace the Drum Unit
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies. >> Replace the Drum Unit >> Reset the Drum Counter (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW) >> Reset the Drum Counter (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)
Replace the Drum Unit
1. Make sure the machine is turned on. 2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching them.

3. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly for the colour shown on the LCD.

https://manual-hub.com/

537

4. Push down the green lock lever and remove the toner cartridge from the drum unit.

https://manual-hub.com/

538

5. Unpack the new drum unit. 6. Remove the protective cover.
7. Reinsert the toner cartridge firmly into the new drum unit until you hear it lock into place.
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit. 8. Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the green tab from left to right and right to left
several times. Repeat this for all the corona wires.

Be sure to return the green tab to the Home position (a). The arrow on the tab must be aligned with the arrow on the drum unit. If it is not, printed pages may have a vertical stripe.

https://manual-hub.com/

539

9. Slide the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine.
BK
C
M
Y
10. Close the machine's top cover. 11. Reset the drum counter by following the next section.
NOTE
· Drum wear and tear occurs due to use and rotation of the drum and interaction with paper, toner and other materials in the paper path. In designing this product, Brother decided to use the number of rotations of the drum as a reasonable determinant of the drum life. When a drum reaches the factoryestablished rotation limit corresponding to the rated page yield, the product's LCD will advise you to replace the drum. The product will continue to function; however, print quality may not be optimal.
· If an unpacked drum unit is placed in direct sunlight (or artificial light for long periods of time), the unit may be damaged.
· There are many factors that determine the actual drum life, such as the temperature, humidity, type of paper, type of toner used and so on. Under ideal conditions, the average drum life is estimated at approximately 18,000 pages based on one page per job [A4/letter simplex pages]. The number of pages may be affected due to a variety of factors including but not limited to media type and media size. Because we have no control over the many factors that determine the actual drum life, we cannot guarantee a minimum number of pages that will be printed by your drum.
· For best performance, use only Brother Original toner. · The machine should be used only in a clean, dust-free environment with adequate ventilation.
Printing with a non-Brother drum unit may reduce not only the print quality but also the quality and life of the machine itself. Warranty coverage does not apply to problems caused by the use of a non-Brother drum unit.
IMPORTANT
· To avoid print quality issues or damage to the machine, DO NOT reset the drum counter unless you are replacing the drum unit.
· If you reset the drum counter without replacing the drum unit, the machine will not be able to correctly calculate the remaining drum life.
· Using non-genuine Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
Reset the Drum Counter (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
1. Make sure the machine is turned on. 2. Make sure the machine's cover is closed. 3. Hold down OK as you press a.
540
https://manual-hub.com/

4. Press OK to select [Drum]. 5. Press a or b to display the toner colour for the drum unit you just replaced, and then press OK. 6. Press a to reset the drum counter.

Reset the Drum Counter (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)

1. Make sure the machine is turned on.

2. Press and hold

for about five seconds.

3. Press [Drum]. 4. Select the toner colour for the drum unit you just replaced. 5. Press [Yes].

Related Information
· Replace Supplies · Error and Maintenance Messages · Improve the Print Quality

https://manual-hub.com/

541

Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Belt Unit
Replace the Belt Unit
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies. >> Replace the Belt Unit >> Reset the Belt Unit Counter (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW) >> Reset the Belt Unit Counter (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)
Replace the Belt Unit
1. Make sure the machine is turned on. 2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching them.

3. Remove all of the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.

https://manual-hub.com/

542

4. Hold the green handle of the belt unit and lift the belt unit up, and then pull it out without letting it touch the machine.

https://manual-hub.com/

543

5. Unpack the new belt unit and insert it into the machine.

NOTE
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
6. Reinsert each toner cartridge and drum unit assembly into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine for all four toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.

https://manual-hub.com/

544

BK C M Y

7. Close the machine's top cover. 8. Reset the belt unit counter by following the next section.

IMPORTANT
· To avoid print quality issues or damage to the machine, DO NOT reset the belt unit counter unless you are replacing the belt unit.
· Using non-genuine Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.

Reset the Belt Unit Counter (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)

1. Make sure the machine is turned on. 2. Make sure the machine's cover is closed. 3. Hold down OK as you press a. 4. Press a or b to display the [Belt] option, and then press OK. 5. Press a to reset the belt counter.

Reset the Belt Unit Counter (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)

1. Make sure the machine is turned on.

2. Press and hold

for about five seconds.

3. Press [Belt]. 4. Press [Yes].

Related Information
· Replace Supplies · Error and Maintenance Messages · Improve the Print Quality

https://manual-hub.com/

545

Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Waste Toner Box
Replace the Waste Toner Box
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies. 1. Make sure the machine is turned on. 2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching them.
3. Remove all of the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.

https://manual-hub.com/

546

4. Hold the green handle of the belt unit and lift the belt unit up, and then pull it out without letting it touch the machine.

https://manual-hub.com/

547

5. Remove the orange packing material and discard it.
This step is only necessary when you are replacing the waste toner box for the first time, and is not required for the replacement waste toner box. The orange packing pieces are installed at the factory to protect your machine during shipment. 6. Hold the green handle of the waste toner box and remove the waste toner box from the machine.

DO NOT reuse the waste toner box.
7. Unpack the new waste toner box and install the new waste toner box in the machine. Make sure the waste toner box is level and fits firmly into place.

https://manual-hub.com/

548

8. Reinsert the belt unit into the machine.

NOTE
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
9. Reinsert each toner cartridge and drum unit assembly into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine for all four toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.

https://manual-hub.com/

549

BK
C M Y
10. Close the machine's top cover.
Related Information
· Replace Supplies · Error and Maintenance Messages

https://manual-hub.com/

550

Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine
Clean the Machine
Clean the outside and inside of the machine regularly with a dry, lint-free cloth. When you replace the toner cartridge or the drum unit, make sure you clean the inside of the machine. If printed pages are stained with toner, clean the inside of the machine with a dry, lint-free cloth.
WARNING
· DO NOT use flammable substances, any type of spray, or an organic solvent/liquid containing alcohol or ammonia to clean the inside or outside of the product. Doing so could cause a fire. Instead, use only a dry, lint-free cloth.
IMPORTANT
· DO NOT use isopropyl alcohol to remove dirt from the control panel. It may crack the panel. · To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
Toner Cartridge
Drum Unit

https://manual-hub.com/

551

Belt Unit
Waste Toner Box
Related Information
· Routine Maintenance · Clean the Scanner · Clean the LED Heads · Clean the Touchscreen LCD · Clean the Corona Wires · Clean the Drum Unit · Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers

https://manual-hub.com/

552

Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Scanner
Clean the Scanner
1. Press and hold to turn the machine off. 2. Lift the document cover (1). Clean the white plastic surface (2) and scanner glass (3) underneath it with a soft
lint-free cloth moistened with water.

3. In the ADF unit, clean the white bar (1) and the scanner glass strip (2) underneath it with a soft lint-free cloth moistened with water.

4. Open the scanner glass cover (1), and then clean the other white bar (2) and scanner glass strip (3) (supported models only). 3 1
2

5. Close the document cover. 6. Press to turn the machine on.
Related Information
· Clean the Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

553

Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the LED Heads
Clean the LED Heads
If there is a problem with the print quality, such as light or faded colours, white streaks, or bands that run down the page, clean the LED heads as follows: 1. Press and hold to turn the machine off. 2. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
3. Wipe each LED head window (1) with a dry, soft, lint-free cloth. Do not touch the windows with your fingers.
1
1 4. Close the machine's top cover. 5. Press to turn the machine on.
Related Information
· Clean the Machine · Improve the Print Quality

https://manual-hub.com/

554

Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Touchscreen LCD
Clean the Touchscreen LCD
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use any type of liquid cleaners (including ethanol). 1. Press and hold to turn the machine off. 2. Clean the touchscreen with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
3. Press to turn the machine on.
Related Information
· Clean the Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

555

Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Corona Wires
Clean the Corona Wires
1. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching them.
2. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies.

https://manual-hub.com/

556

3. Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the green tab from left to right and right to left several times. Repeat this for all the corona wires.

Be sure to return the green tab to the Home position (a). The arrow on the tab must be aligned with the arrow on the drum unit. If it is not, printed pages may have a vertical stripe.
4. Slide the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine.

https://manual-hub.com/

557

BK
C M Y
5. Close the machine's top cover.
Related Information
· Clean the Machine · Error and Maintenance Messages

https://manual-hub.com/

558

Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Drum Unit
Clean the Drum Unit
If your printout has black or white dots or other repeating marks at 94 mm intervals, the drum may have foreign material, such as glue from a label, stuck on the drum surface. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Make sure the machine is in Ready Mode. 2. Press Menu. 3. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Print Reports]. Press OK. b. Select [Drum Dot Print]. Press OK. The machine prints the Drum Dot Check Sheet. 4. Press and hold to turn the machine off. 5. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching them.

6. The colour of printed dots on the Drum Dot Check Sheet is the colour of the drum you should clean. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly that matches the colour causing the problem.

https://manual-hub.com/

559

7. Push down the green lock lever and remove the toner cartridge from the drum unit.

https://manual-hub.com/

560

To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch any surface of the drum unit except the drum unit gear. 8. Lift the drum unit frame by the handle and rotate it counterclockwise, as shown.
9. Loosen your grip so the frame drops forward, and then use your right hand to locate the drum unit gear inside the right side of the frame.

https://manual-hub.com/

561

Use the column numbers next to the drum roller to find the mark. For example, a dot in column 2 on the Drum Dot Check Sheet would mean that there is a mark in the "2" region of the drum.

11. Wipe the surface of the drum gently with a dry cotton swab until the mark on the surface comes off.

NOTE
DO NOT clean the surface of the photosensitive drum with a sharp object or any liquids.
12. Reinsert the toner cartridge firmly into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place.

https://manual-hub.com/

562

Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit. 13. Slide the toner cartridge and drum unit assemblies into the machine. Make sure that you match the toner
cartridge colour to the same colour label on the machine.
BK
C
M
Y
14. Close the machine's top cover. 15. Press to turn the machine on.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Make sure the machine is in Ready Mode. 2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [Drum Dot Print]. 3. Press [Yes].
The machine prints the Drum Dot Check Sheet. 4. Press and hold to turn the machine off. 5. Open the top cover until it locks in the open position.

https://manual-hub.com/

563

WARNING
HOT SURFACE The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching them.
6. The colour of printed dots on the Drum Dot Check Sheet is the colour of the drum you should clean. Remove the toner cartridge and drum unit assembly that matches the colour causing the problem.

https://manual-hub.com/

564

7. Push down the green lock lever and remove the toner cartridge from the drum unit.

To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch any surface of the drum unit except the drum unit gear. 8. Lift the drum unit frame by the handle and rotate it counterclockwise, as shown.

9. Loosen your grip so the frame drops forward, and then use your right hand to locate the drum unit gear inside the right side of the frame.

https://manual-hub.com/

565

To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch any surface of the drum unit except the drum unit gear. 10. Tilt your left hand up to lift the frame so the numbered grid is visible, as shown. Use your right hand to rotate
the drum while you look for marks or debris on the drum surface.
Use the column numbers next to the drum roller to find the mark. For example, a dot in column 2 on the Drum Dot Check Sheet would mean that there is a mark in the "2" region of the drum.

11. Wipe the surface of the drum gently with a dry cotton swab until the mark on the surface comes off.

https://manual-hub.com/

566

NOTE
DO NOT clean the surface of the photosensitive drum with a sharp object or any liquids.
12. Reinsert the toner cartridge firmly into the drum unit until you hear it lock into place.

https://manual-hub.com/

567

Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Cleaning the paper pick-up rollers periodically may prevent paper jams by ensuring that paper feeds correctly. If you have paper feed problems, clean the pick-up rollers as follows: 1. Press and hold to turn the machine off. 2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.

3. If paper is loaded or something is stuck inside in the paper tray, remove it.
4. Tightly wring out a lint-free cloth soaked in lukewarm water, and then wipe the separator pad on the paper tray to remove dust.

5. Wipe the two pick-up rollers inside the machine to remove dust.

6. Reload the paper and put the paper tray firmly back in the machine. 7. Press to turn the machine on.
Related Information
· Clean the Machine · Printing Problems

https://manual-hub.com/

568

Home > Routine Maintenance > Calibrate Colour Output
Calibrate Colour Output
The output density for each colour may vary depending on the machine's environment, including factors like temperature and humidity. Calibrating your machine helps improve the output colour density.

If you are using the Mac printer driver, the printer driver automatically retrieves the calibration data. To retrieve the data manually, you must perform the calibration using Brother's Status Monitor.

Calibration starts automatically, and will take a few minutes. 4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Press

[Toner] > [Calibration] > [Calibrate].

2. Press [Yes].

Calibration starts automatically, and will take a few minutes. 3. Press .

Related Information
· Routine Maintenance · Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings · Error and Maintenance Messages · Improve the Print Quality · Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows®) · Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

569

Home > Routine Maintenance > Calibrate Colour Output > Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings
Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings
If the output colour differs from what you see on your monitor, try resetting your machine's calibration parameters. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK. b. Select [Clr Correction]. Press OK. c. Select [Calibration]. Press OK. d. Select [Reset]. Press OK. 3. Press a to select the [Reset] option. 4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Press

[Toner] > [Calibration] > [Reset].

2. Press [Yes].

3. Press .

Related Information
· Calibrate Colour Output

https://manual-hub.com/

570

Home > Routine Maintenance > Correct Colour Print Alignment (Colour Registration)
Correct Colour Print Alignment (Colour Registration)
If solid areas of colour or images have cyan, magenta or yellow fringes, use the Colour Registration function. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK. b. Select [Clr Correction]. Press OK. c. Select [Registration]. Press OK. 3. Press a to select the [Yes] option.

Colour registration starts automatically, and will take around 10 seconds or more. 4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

1. Press

[Toner] > [Registration].

2. Press [Yes].

Colour registration starts automatically, and will take around 10 seconds or more. 3. Press .

Related Information
· Routine Maintenance

https://manual-hub.com/

571

Home > Routine Maintenance > Check the Remaining Part Life
Check the Remaining Part Life
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Machine Info.]. Press OK. b. Select [Parts Life]. Press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the machine part you want to check, and then press OK. The LCD displays the approximate remaining part life. 4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Info.] > [Parts Life]. 2. Press the machine part you want to check.
The LCD displays the approximate remaining part life. 3. Press .

To display the approximate remaining life of the toner cartridge, press

on the LCD.

Related Information
· Routine Maintenance

https://manual-hub.com/

572

Home > Routine Maintenance > Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine WARNING
· This product is heavy and weighs more than 21.7 kg. To prevent possible injuries, at least two people should lift the product by holding it at the front and back.
· When you move the machine, carry the machine as shown in the illustration.
· If for any reason you must ship your machine, carefully repack the machine in the original packaging to avoid any damage during transit. The machine should be adequately insured with the carrier.
1. Press and hold to turn the machine off. Leave the machine off for at least 10 minutes to cool down. 2. Disconnect all the cables, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket. 3. Put the machine into the bag it originally came in. 4. Pack the machine, the printed materials, and the AC power cord (if applicable) in the original carton with the
original packing material as shown.

https://manual-hub.com/

573

5. Close the carton and tape it shut.
Related Information
· Routine Maintenance

https://manual-hub.com/

574

Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Periodic Maintenance Parts
Replace Periodic Maintenance Parts

Replace the following parts regularly to maintain print quality. The parts listed below must be replaced after printing approximately 50,000 pages 1 for the Fuser Unit, PF Kit for the Paper Tray, and PF Kit MP.
Contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer when the following message appears on the LCD:

LCD Message Replace Fuser 2

Description Replace the Fuser Unit.

Replace PF Kit1 2 Replace PF KitMP 2

Replace the Paper Feeding Kit for the Paper Tray. Replace the Paper Feeding Kit for the Multi-purpose Tray.

Related Information
· Routine Maintenance

1 Letter or A4 size single-sided pages 2 Replacement frequency depends on the complexity of printed pages, percentage of coverage, and the type of media used.
https://manual-hub.com/

575

Home > Machine Settings
Machine Settings
Customise settings and features, create shortcuts, and work with options displayed on the machine's LCD to make your Brother machine a more efficient work tool.
· Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
· Change Machine Settings from Your Computer

https://manual-hub.com/

576

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
· In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage) · General Settings · Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut · Print Reports · Settings and Features Tables

https://manual-hub.com/

577

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
In the Event of Power Failure (Memory Storage)
Your menu settings are stored permanently, and in the event of a power failure will not be lost.Temporary settings (for example, Contrast, Overseas Mode) will be lost. · During a power failure, the machine will retain the date and time and programmed fax timer jobs (for
example: Delayed Fax) for approximately 60 hours. Other fax jobs in the machine's memory will not be lost.
Related Information
· Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel

https://manual-hub.com/

578

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings
General Settings
· Adjust the Machine's Volume · Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically · Set Sleep Mode Countdown · About Deep Sleep Mode · Set Auto Power Off Mode · Set the Date and Time · Set the Time Zone · Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness · Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On · Set Your Station ID · Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode · Reduce Toner Consumption · Prevent Dialling a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction) · Reduce Printing Noise · Change the Language on the LCD

https://manual-hub.com/

579

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Adjust the Machine's Volume
Adjust the Machine's Volume
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK. b. Select [Beep]. Press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [High], [Med], [Low], or [Off] option, and then press OK.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Do one of the following: · For MFC models: Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Volume]. · For DCP models: Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Beep].
2. Press one of the following options (MFC models): (The options will vary depending on your machine.) · [Ring] Adjust the ring volume. · [Beep] Adjust the volume of the beep you hear when you press a button, make a mistake, or after you send or receive a fax. · [Speaker] Adjust the speaker volume.
3. Select the [Off], [Low], [Med] or [High] option, and then press the option you want. 4. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

580

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
Change for Daylight Saving Time Automatically
You can program the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
It will reset itself forward one hour in the spring, and back one hour in the autumn. Make sure you have set the correct date and time in the Date & Time setting. This feature is available only in some countries. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK. b. Select [Date&Time]. Press OK. c. Select [Auto Daylight]. Press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK. 4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Date & Time] > [Auto Daylight].
2. Press [On] or [Off]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

581

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set Sleep Mode Countdown
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
The Sleep Mode (or Power Save Mode) setting can reduce power consumption. When the machine is in Sleep Mode, it acts as though it is turned off. The machine will wake up and start printing when it receives a print job or a fax. Use these instructions to set a time delay (countdown) before the machine enters Sleep Mode.
· You can choose how long the machine must be idle before it goes into Sleep Mode. · The timer will restart if any operation is carried out on the machine, such as receiving a print job.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to display the [Sleep Time] option, and then press OK. 5. Enter the length of time the machine (maximum 50 minutes) is idle before entering Sleep Mode, and then
press OK. 6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Sleep Time]. 2. Enter the length of time (maximum 50 minutes) the machine will remain idle before entering Sleep Mode, and
then press [OK]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

582

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > About Deep Sleep Mode
About Deep Sleep Mode

If the machine is in Sleep mode and does not receive any jobs for certain length of time, the machine will automatically enter Deep Sleep mode. The length of time is based on your specific model and settings.
Deep Sleep mode uses less power than Sleep mode.

Applicable Models
DCP-L3510CDW/ DCP-L3517CDW
DCP-L3550CDW/ MFC-L3710CW/ MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW

Machine's Control Panel in Deep Sleep Mode The LCD displays Deep Sleep.
The LCD backlight turns off and the Power LED brightens and dims.

Conditions That Will Wake the Machine
· The machine receives a job. · Someone presses a button on the
control panel.
· The machine receives a job.
· Someone presses , or the touchscreen LCD.

Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

583

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set Auto Power Off Mode
Set Auto Power Off Mode
If the machine is in Deep Sleep Mode for certain length of time, based on your model and settings, the machine will go into Power Off Mode automatically. The machine does not go into Power Off Mode when the machine is connected to a network or a telephone line , or has secure print data in the memory(Available only for certain models).
· To start printing, press on the control panel and then send a print job.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to display the [Auto Power Off] option, and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to display the [8hours], [4hours], [2hours], [1hour], or [Off] option, and then press
OK. 6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Auto Power Off]. 2. Press the [Off], [1hour], [2hours], [4hours] or [8hours] option you want. 3. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

584

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the Date and Time
Set the Date and Time
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK. b. Select [Date&Time]. Press OK. c. Select [Date&Time]. Press OK. 3. Press a or b to set the last two digits of the year. Press OK. Repeat these steps for setting the month and day. 4. Press a or b to display the [12h Clock] or [24h Clock] option, and then press OK. 5. Do one of the following: · If you selected [12h Clock] as the format in the [Date&Time] setting, press a or b to set the hour.
Press OK. Repeat these steps for setting the minute. Press a or b to display the [AM] or [PM] option, and then press OK. · If you selected [24h Clock] as the format in the [Date&Time] setting, press a or b to set the hour. Press OK. Repeat these steps for setting the minute. (For example: enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.) 6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Date & Time] > [Date]. 2. Enter the last two digits of the year using the LCD, and then press [OK]. 3. Enter the two digits for the month using the LCD, and then press [OK]. 4. Enter the two digits for the day using the LCD, and then press [OK]. 5. Press [Time]. 6. Enter the time (in 24-hour format) using the LCD, and then press [OK].
(For example: enter 19:45 for 7:45 PM.)
7. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

585

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set the Time Zone
Set the Time Zone
Set the time zone for your location on the machine.
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK. b. Select [Date&Time]. Press OK. c. Select [Time Zone]. Press OK. 3. Press a or b to select the time zone. Press OK. 4. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Date & Time] > [Time Zone]. 2. Enter your time zone. 3. Press [OK]. 4. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

586

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
If you are having difficulty reading the LCD, changing the brightness setting may help.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] > [Backlight]. 2. Press the [Light], [Med] or [Dark] option. 3. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

587

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] > [Dim Timer]. 2. Press the option you want:
· [10Secs] · [30Secs] · [1Min] · [2Mins] · [3Mins] · [5Mins] 3. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

588

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set Your Station ID
Set Your Station ID

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Set the machine to print your Station ID and the fax's date and time at the top of each fax you send.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Station ID] > [Fax]. 2. Enter your fax number (up to 20 digits) using the LCD, and then press [OK]. 3. Press [Tel]. 4. Enter your telephone number (up to 20 digits) using the LCD, and then press [OK]. 5. Press [Name]. 6. Enter your name (up to 20 characters) using the LCD, and then press [OK].

· Press

to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters. (The characters available

may differ depending on your country.)

· If you enter an incorrect character, press d or c to move the cursor to it and press correct character.
· To enter a space, press [Space] or c. · For more detailed information, see Related Information.

. Press the

7. Press .

Related Information
· General Settings · How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine · Transfer Faxes to Another Fax Machine · Transfer the Fax Journal Report to Another Fax Machine

https://manual-hub.com/

589

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Set Tone or Pulse Dialling Mode
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Your Brother machine is set for a Tone dialling service. If you have a Pulse dialling (rotary) service, you must change the dialling mode. This feature is not available in some countries.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Tone/Pulse]. 2. Press [Tone] or [Pulse]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

590

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Reduce Toner Consumption
Reduce Toner Consumption
Using the Toner Save feature may reduce toner consumption. When Toner Save is set to on, the print on your documents appears lighter.
We DO NOT recommend using the Toner Save feature for printing photo or greyscale images. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to display the [Toner Save] option, and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to display the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK. 6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Toner Save]. 2. Press [On] or [Off]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings · Improve the Print Quality

https://manual-hub.com/

591

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Prevent Dialling a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)
Prevent Dialling a Wrong Number (Dial Restriction)

Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
This feature prevents users from sending a fax or call to the wrong number by mistake. You can set the machine to restrict dialling when you use the dial pad, Address Book and Shortcuts.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Fax] > [Dial Restriction]. 2. Press one of the following options:
· [Dial Pad] · [Address Book]
If you combine Address Book numbers when dialling, the numbers will be recognised as dial pad input and will not be restricted. · [Shortcuts] 3. Press one of the following options:

Option Enter # Twice
On Off

Description
The machine prompts you to re-enter the number, and then if you re-enter the same number correctly, the machine will start dialling. If you re-enter the wrong number, the LCD will display an error message.
The machine restricts all fax sending and outbound calls for that dialling method.
The machine does not restrict the dialling method.

· The [Enter # Twice] setting will not work if you use an external phone before entering the number. You will not be asked to re-enter the number.
· If you choose [On] or [Enter # Twice], you cannot use the Broadcasting feature.
4. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

592

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Reduce Printing Noise
Reduce Printing Noise
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes slower. The factory setting is off. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Ecology] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to display the [Quiet Mode] option, and then press OK. 5. Press a or b to display the [On] or [Off] option, and then press OK. 6. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Quiet Mode]. 2. Press [On] or [Off]. 3. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

593

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change the Language on the LCD
Change the Language on the LCD
Change the LCD language if needed.
This feature is not available in some countries. >> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [Initial Setup] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the [Local Language] option, and then press OK. 4. Press a or b to display your language, and then press OK. 5. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Local Language]. 2. Press your language. 3. Press .
Related Information
· General Settings

https://manual-hub.com/

594

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut
Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut
· Add Shortcuts
· Change or Delete Shortcuts

https://manual-hub.com/

595

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut > Add Shortcuts
Add Shortcuts
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You can add the Fax, Copy, Scan, Web Connect and Apps settings you use most frequently by saving them as your Shortcuts. Later you can press the Shortcut to apply these settings instead of manually re-entering them.
Some Shortcut menus are not available depending on your model.
These instructions describe how to add a Copy Shortcut. The steps for adding a Fax, Scan, Web Connect or Apps Shortcut are very similar.
1. Press [Shortcuts]. (If [Shortcuts] is displayed.) 2. Press a tab. 3. Press where you have not added a Shortcut. 4. Press [Copy]. 5. Press > to access the preset copy settings. 6. Swipe to display the copy presets, and then press the copy preset you want. 7. Press [Options]. 8. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the available settings, and then press the setting you want to
change. 9. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the available options for the setting, and then press the option
you want. Repeat these two steps until you have selected all the settings and options you want. 10. When you have finished changing settings, press [OK]. (If the [OK] button is displayed.) 11. Press [Save as Shortcut]. 12. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK]. 13. Enter a name for the Shortcut using the LCD, and then press [OK].
Related Information
· Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut

https://manual-hub.com/

596

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut > Change or Delete Shortcuts
Change or Delete Shortcuts
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
You cannot change a Web Connect Shortcut or Apps Shortcut. If you need to change them, delete them, and then add a new Shortcut.
1. Press [Shortcuts]. (If [Shortcuts] is displayed.) 2. Press a tab to display the Shortcut you want to change. 3. Press the Shortcut you want to change.
The settings for the Shortcut you selected appear.
To delete the Shortcut or edit the name, press and hold the Shortcut until the options appear, and then follow the on-screen menus. 4. Press [Options]. 5. Change the settings for the Shortcut if needed. 6. Press [OK] (if needed). 7. When finished, press [Save as Shortcut]. 8. Read and confirm the displayed list of settings you have selected, and then press [OK]. 9. Do one of the following: · To overwrite the Shortcut, press [Yes]. · If you do not want to overwrite the Shortcut, press [No] to enter a new Shortcut name.
Enter a new name using the LCD, and then press [OK].
To edit the name, hold down to delete the current name.
Related Information
· Save Your Favourite Settings as a Shortcut

https://manual-hub.com/

597

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports
Print Reports
· Reports · Print a Report

https://manual-hub.com/

598

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports > Reports
Reports
The following reports are available:
XMIT Verify (MFC models) The XMIT Verify report prints a Transmission Verification Report of your last transmission.
Address Book (MFC models) The Address Book report prints an alphabetical list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book memory.
Fax Journal (MFC models) The Fax Journal prints a list of information about your last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes. (TX means Transmit, RX means Receive.)
User Settings The User Settings report prints a list of your current settings.
Printer Settings The Printer Settings report prints a list of your current printer settings.
Network Configuration (Models with network functionality) The Network Configuration report prints a list of your current network settings.
Print File List The Print File List prints a list of the fonts and print macros stored in the machine.
Drum Dot Print The Drum Dot Print prints the drum dot sheet, which helps when it is time to clean the drum unit.
WLAN Report (Models with wireless network functionality) The WLAN Report prints the wireless LAN connectivity diagnosis.
Related Information
· Print Reports

https://manual-hub.com/

599

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Print Reports > Print a Report
Print a Report
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
1. Press Menu. 2. Press a or b to display the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK. 3. Press a or b to display the report you want to print, and then press OK. 4. Press Mono Start or Colour Start. 5. Press Stop/Exit.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports]. 2. Swipe up or down or press a or b to display the report you want to print, and then press it. 3. Do one of the following:
· If you choose [XMIT Verify], do one of the following: - To view the Transmission Verification Report, press [View on LCD]. - To print the Transmission Verification Report, press [Print Report].
· If you choose other reports, go to next step. 4. Press [Yes]. 5. Press .
Related Information
· Print Reports

https://manual-hub.com/

600

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features Tables
Settings and Features Tables
The Settings tables will help you understand the menu selections and options that are found in the machine's programs.
· Settings Tables (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
· Settings Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
· Settings Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
· Feature Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
· Feature Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)

https://manual-hub.com/

601

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features Tables > Settings Tables (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)
Settings Tables (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)

Related Models: DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW

[General Setup]

Level 1 Tray Setting

Level 2 Paper Type Paper Size Check Size

Beep Ecology

Eco Mode

Toner Save Sleep Time Quiet Mode Auto Power Off LCD Contrast Setting Lock Delete Storage Macro ID Font ID Format

Descriptions Set the type of paper in the paper tray. Set the size of paper in the paper tray. Select whether to display a message telling you to check that the size and type of the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper Size and Paper Type settings match. Adjust the beeper volume. Turn the following machine settings on at the same time. · 2-sided Print:Long Edge(Available only for certain models) · Sleep Time:0Min Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge. Set the number of minutes before the machine enters Sleep mode. Decrease printing noise. Set the number of hours that the machine will remain in Deep Sleep mode before going into Power Off mode. Adjust the LCD contrast. Restrict unauthorised users from changing the machine's settings. Delete the registered Macro data. Delete the registered Font data. Restore the Macro and Font data of your machine to the default settings.

[Copy]

Level 1

Level 2

Descriptions

Density

Adjust the density.

Quality

Choose the Copy resolution for your type of document.

Contrast

Adjust the contrast for copies.

Colour Adjust Red

Adjust the red colour.

Green

Adjust the green colour.

Blue

Adjust the blue colour.

ID Copy

Density Adjust the density.

Quality Choose the Copy resolution for your type of document.

Contrast Adjust the contrast for copies.

2in1/1in1 Make 2 in 1 ID copies.

[Printer]

Level 1 Emulation

Level 2 -

Level 3 -

Descriptions Set the printer emulation mode.

602

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Descriptions

Quality

Select the print quality.

Print Options Font List

HP LaserJet Print a list of the machine's internal fonts.

BR-Script 3

Test Print

Print a test page.

2-sided

2-sided Print -

Turn 2-sided printing off or on and select flip on long edge or short edge.

Single Image -

For a print job where the last page is a 1-sided image, select the 1-sided Feed option to reduce printing time.

Auto Continue -

Select this setting if you want the machine to clear paper

size errors, and to use the paper in the tray.

Output Colour -

Set the output colour.

Tray Command -

Select this setting if a tray mismatch appears when you

use the HP drivers.

Reset Printer -

Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.

Clr Correction Calibration Calibrate

Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.

Reset

Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.

Registration -

Align the print position of each colour.

Auto Correct -

Set the machine to perform Colour Calibration and Registration automatically.

ColourSettings Setting Mode Select whether to apply the colour print settings of the machine or the printer driver.

Colour Mode Select the colour mode.

Improve Gray Turn on or off to improve the image quality of shaded areas.

Enhance Black Turn on or off if a black graphic does not print correctly.

Brightness Adjust the brightness.

Contrast

Adjust the contrast.

Red

Adjust the red colour.

Green

Adjust the green colour.

Blue

Adjust the blue colour.

[Network]
For wired and wireless network models

Level 1 Wired LAN

Level 2 TCP/IP

Level 3

Level 4

Boot Method -

IP Address -

Subnet Mask -

Gateway

Node Name -

WINS Config WINS Server Primary

Descriptions
Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
Enter the IP address.
Enter the Subnet mask.
Enter the Gateway address.
Enter the Node name. (Up to 32 characters)
Select the WINS configuration mode.
Specify the IP address of the primary WINS server.

https://manual-hub.com/

603

Level 1 Wired LAN
WLAN

Level 2

Level 3

Level 4

Descriptions

TCP/IP

WINS Server Secondary Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS server.

DNS Server Primary Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server.

Secondary Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS server.

APIPA

Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local address range automatically.

IPv6

Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.

Ethernet

Select the Ethernet link mode.

Wired Status -

View the current wired status.

MAC Address -

View the machine's MAC address.

Set to Default -

Restore the wired network settings to the factory

settings.

Wired Enable -

Turn the Wired LAN interface on or off manually.

TCP/IP

Boot Method -

Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.

IP Address -

Enter the IP address.

Subnet Mask -

Enter the Subnet mask.

Gateway

Enter the Gateway address.

Node Name -

Enter the Node name. (Up to 32 characters)

WINS Config -

Select the WINS configuration mode.

WINS Server Primary Specify the IP address of the primary WINS server.

Secondary Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS server.

DNS Server Primary Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server.

Secondary Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS server.

APIPA

Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local address range automatically.

IPv6

Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.

Setup Wizard -

Configure your wireless network settings

manually.

WLAN Assistant -

Configure your wireless network settings using

the Brother installation disc.

WPS

Configure your wireless network settings using

the one-button push method.

WPS w/PIN Code -

Configure your wireless network settings using

WPS with a PIN.

WLAN Status Status

View the current wireless network status.

Signal

View the current wireless network signal strength.

Channel

View the current wireless network channel.

Speed

View the current wireless network speed.

604

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 1 WLAN

Level 2

Level 3

WLAN Status SSID

Comm. Mode

MAC Address -

Set to Default -

Level 4 -

WLAN Enable -

Wi-Fi Direct Push Button -

PIN Code

Manual

Group Owner Device Info.

Device Name -

SSID

Status Info.

IP Address -

Status

Signal

Network Reset

Channel

Speed

I/F Enable

For wireless network models

Descriptions
View the current SSID.
View the current Communication mode.
View the machine's MAC address.
Restore the wireless network settings to the factory settings.
Turn the WLAN on or off manually.
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using the one-button push method.
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using WPS with a PIN code.
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings manually.
Set your machine as the Group Owner.
View your machine's device name.
View the Group Owner's SSID. When the machine is not connected, the LCD displays Not Connected.
View your machine's current IP Address.
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status.
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal strength. When your machine acts as Group Owner, the LCD always indicates a strong signal.
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network channel.
View the current Wi-Fi Direct network speed.
Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off.
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.

Level 1 WLAN

Level 2 TCP/IP

Level 3

Level 4

Descriptions

Boot Method -

Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.

IP Address -

Enter the IP address.

Subnet Mask -

Enter the Subnet mask.

Gateway

Enter the Gateway address.

Node Name -

Enter the Node name. (Up to 32 characters)

WINS Config -

Select the WINS configuration mode.

WINS Server Primary Specify the IP address of the primary WINS server.

Secondary Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS server.

DNS Server Primary Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server.

Secondary Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS server.

605

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 1 WLAN

Level 2 TCP/IP

Level 3 APIPA

Level 4 -

IPv6

Setup Wizard -

WLAN Assistant -

WPS

WPS w/PIN Code -

WLAN Status Status

Signal

MAC Address WLAN Enable Wi-Fi Direct Push Button

Channel

Speed

SSID

Comm. Mode -

PIN Code

Manual

Group Owner Device Info.

Device Name -

SSID

Status Info.

IP Address -

Status

Signal

Network Reset

Channel

Speed

I/F Enable

[Print Reports]

Level 1

Descriptions

User Settings Print a list of your settings.

Print Settings Print a list of your Printer settings.

Descriptions Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local address range automatically. Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off. Configure your wireless network settings manually. Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc. Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method. Configure your wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN. View the current wireless network status. View the current wireless network signal strength. View the current wireless network channel. View the current wireless network speed. View the current SSID. View the current Communication mode. View the machine's MAC address. Turn the WLAN on or off manually. Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using the one-button push method. Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using WPS with a PIN code. Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings manually. Set your machine as the Group Owner. View your machine's device name. View the Group Owner's SSID. When the machine is not connected, the LCD displays Not Connected. View your machine's current IP Address. View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status. View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal strength. When your machine acts as Group Owner, the LCD always indicates a strong signal. View the current Wi-Fi Direct network channel. View the current Wi-Fi Direct network speed. Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off. Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
606

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 1

Descriptions

Network Config Print a list of your Network settings.

PrintFileList Print a list of data saved in the machine's memory.

Drum Dot Print Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.

WLAN Report Print the wireless LAN connection results.

[Machine Info.]

Level 1

Level 2

Descriptions

Serial No. -

Display the machine's serial number.

Version

Main Version Display the main firmware version.

Sub1 Version Display the sub firmware version.

Page Counter Total

Check the total number of pages the machine has printed during its life.

Copy

Other

Parts Life Toner

View the approximate remaining toner life for each colour.

Drum

Display the remaining life of each drum unit.

Belt

Display the remaining life of the belt unit.

Fuser

Display the remaining life of the fuser unit.

PF Kit 1

Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 1.

[Secure Print]

Level 1

Level 2

(Select User) (Select Secure Print Job)

Descriptions
You can print data saved in the machine's memory when you enter your fourdigit password. Active only when the machine has secure print data.

[Initial Setup]

Level 1 Date&Time
Reset

Level 2
Date&Time
Auto Daylight (Available only for some countries)
Time Zone
Machine Reset
Network Reset (For models with network functionality)
All Settings

Factory Reset

Local Language -
(Available only for certain models)

Descriptions Access the Date and Time setting menus. Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
Set your time zone. Restore all the machine settings that you have changed. Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.
Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings. Restores all the machine's settings to the factory defaults. Perform this operation when you dispose of your machine. Change your LCD language.

https://manual-hub.com/

607

Related Information
· Settings and Features Tables

https://manual-hub.com/

608

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features Tables > Settings Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
Settings Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

[Settings]

Level 1

Level 2 Date & Time

Level 3 -

Descriptions Access the Date and Time setting menus.

Toner

Toner Life
Test Print Calibration

Network
Screen Settings Eco Mode

Registration
Wired LAN (MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)
WLAN (MFC-L3710CW/ MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)
-
-

Tray Setting All Settings -

View the approximate remaining toner life for each

colour.

Print a test page.

Calibrate Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.

Reset

Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.

Align the print position of each colour.

Access the Wired LAN setting menus.

Access the WLAN setting menus.

Access the default screen setting menus.

Turn the following machine settings on at the same

time.

· 2-sided Print: Long Edge (Available only for certain models)

· Sleep Time: 0Min

· Dim Timer: 10Secs

Access the tray setting menus.

Configure the detailed settings.

[All Settings] > [General Setup]

Level 3 Tray Setting

Level 4 Paper Type

Paper Size

Level 5
MP Tray (MFC-L3770CDW)
Tray #1 (MFC-L3770CDW)
MP Tray (MFC-L3770CDW)
Tray #1 (MFC-L3770CDW)

Descriptions
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the MP tray.
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the standard paper tray.
Select the size of paper you loaded in the MP tray.
Select the size of paper you loaded in the standard paper tray.

609

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3 Tray Setting

Level 4 Check Size

Level 5 -

Volume LCD Settings

Tray Use: Copy -

Tray Use: Fax

Tray Use: Print -

Ring

Beep

Speaker

Backlight

Dim Timer

Screen Settings Main Home Screen -

Copy Screen

Scan Screen

Notifications Scan Result(Skip Blank Page)

Ecology

Eco Mode

Toner Save

Sleep Time

Quiet Mode

Auto Power Off -

Setting Lock Set Password

Lock OffOn

New Password

(Available only when you enter the password for the first time.)

Delete Storage Macro ID

Font ID

Format

[All Settings] > [Shortcut Settings]

Level 3

Level 4 Descriptions

(Select a Shortcut) Rename Change the shortcut name.

Edit Change the shortcut settings.

https://manual-hub.com/

Descriptions Select whether to display a message telling you to check that the size and type of the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper Size and Paper Type settings match. Select the tray to be used for Copy. Select the tray to be used for Fax. Select the tray to be used for Print. Adjust the ring volume. Adjust the beeper volume. Adjust the speaker volume. Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight. Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after you go back to your Main Home screen. Set the Main Home screen. Set the default Copy screen. Set the default Scan screen. Displays the total scanned pages and skipped blank pages after scanning is completed. Turn the following machine settings on at the same time. · 2-sided Print: Long Edge (Available
only for certain models) · Sleep Time: 0Min · Dim Timer: 10Secs Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge. Set how much time will pass before the machine enters Power Saving mode. Decrease printing noise. Set the number of hours that the machine will remain in Deep Sleep mode before going into Power Off mode. Restrict unauthorised users from changing the machine's settings.
Delete the registered Macro data. Delete the registered Font data. Restore the Macro and Font data of your machine to the default settings.
610

Level 3

Level 4 Descriptions

(Select a Shortcut) Delete Delete the shortcut.

[All Settings] > [Fax]

Level 3 Setup Receive
Setup Send Report Setting Print Document Remote Access

Level 4

Level 5

Descriptions

Receive Mode -

Select the Receive Mode that best suits your needs.

Ring Delay

Set the number of rings before the machine answers in Fax or Fax/Tel mode.

F/T Ring Time -

Set the length of the pseudo/double-ring time in Fax/Tel mode.

Fax Preview -

View received faxes on the LCD.

Fax Detect

Receive fax messages automatically when you answer a call and hear fax tones.

Remote Codes

Remote Codes Act.Code Deact.Code

Answer calls at an extension or external telephone and use codes to turn the Remote Codes on or off. You can personalise the codes.

Auto Reduction -

Reduce the size of incoming faxes.

PC Fax Receive On Off

Set the machine to send faxes to your computer. You can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.

Memory Receive Off

Fax Forward Fax Storage

Set the machine to forward fax messages or to store incoming faxes in the memory (so you can retrieve them while you are away from your machine).
If you select Fax Forward or Fax Storage, you can turn on the Backup Print safety feature.

Forward to Cloud

Forward incoming faxes to the online service.

Fax Rx Stamp -

Print the received time and date on the top of received faxes.

2-sided

Print received faxes on both sides of the paper.

Batch TX

Combine delayed faxes to the same fax number at the same time of day into one transmission.

Coverpage Note -

Set up one or two custom cover page messages to print on outgoing faxes.

Auto Redial -

Set the machine to redial the last fax number after five minutes, if the fax did not go through because the line was busy.

Destination -

Set the machine to display the destination information on the LCD during fax dialling.

XMIT Report -

Select the initial setup for the Transmission Verification Report.

Journal Period Journal Period

Set the interval for automatic printing of the Fax Journal.

Time

If you select an option other than Off and Every 50 Faxes, you can set the time for the option.

Day

If you select Every 7 Days, you can set the day of the

week.

Print received faxes stored in the machine's memory.

Set your own code for Remote Retrieval.

611

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3

Level 4

Dial Restriction Dial Pad

Level 5 -

Address Book -

Shortcuts

Remaining Jobs -

Miscellaneous

BT Call Sign (U.K. only)

Descriptions
Set the machine to restrict dialling when using the dial pad.
Set the machine to restrict the dialling when using the Address Book.
Set the machine to restrict the dialling when using a Shortcut.
Check which scheduled jobs are in the machine's memory and cancel selected jobs.
Use with BT Call Sign.

[All Settings] > [Printer]

Level 3 Emulation Quality Print Options
2-sided
Auto Continue
Output Colour HP Tray Command Reset Printer Colour Correction

Level 4 Font List
Test Print 2-sided Print

Level 5 HP LaserJet BR-Script 3 -

Single Image -

Calibration

Calibrate

Reset

Registration Auto Correction -

Colour Settings Setting Mode

Colour Mode
Improve Grey Colour
Enhance Black Printing

Descriptions
Select the emulation mode.
Select the print quality.
Print a list of the machine's internal fonts.
Print a test page.
Enable or disable 2-sided printing and choose long edge or short edge.
For a print job where the last page is a 1-sided image, select the 1-sided Feed option to reduce printing time. When you use preprinted paper, you must select the 2-sided Feed option. If you select 1-sided Feed for preprinted paper, the last page will be printed on the reverse side.
Select if you want the machine to clear paper size errors or media type errors automatically, and use paper from other trays.
Set the output colour.
Select the correct version of HP LaserJet tray emulation.
Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.
Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.
Align the print position of each colour.
Set the machine to perform Colour Calibration and Registration automatically.
Select whether to apply the colour print settings of the machine or the printer driver.
Select the colour mode.
Turn on or off to improve the image quality of shaded areas.
Turn on or off if a black graphic does not print correctly.

https://manual-hub.com/

612

Level 3
Colour Correction

Level 4

Level 5

Colour Settings Brightness

Contrast

Red

Green

Blue

Descriptions Adjust the brightness. Adjust the contrast. Adjust the red colour. Adjust the green colour. Adjust the blue colour.

[All Settings] > [Network]

Level 3 Wired LAN (MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)
WLAN (MFC-L3710CW/ MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)

Level 4 TCP/IP
Ethernet Wired Status MAC Address Set to Default (MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW) Wired Enable (MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW) TCP/IP

Level 5 BOOT Method IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Node Name WINS Configuration WINS Server
DNS Server
APIPA
IPv6 -
-

Level 6 IP Boot Tries -
Primary Secondary Primary Secondary -
-

Descriptions
Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
Enter the IP address.
Enter the Subnet mask.
Enter the Gateway address.
Enter the Node name. (up to 32 characters)
Select the WINS configuration mode.
Specify the IP address of the primary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server.
Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS server.
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the linklocal address range automatically.
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Select the Ethernet link mode.
View the current wired status.
View the machine's MAC address.
Restore the wired network settings to the factory settings.

Turn the Wired LAN

interface on or off manually.

BOOT Method
IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway

IP Boot Tries
-
-
-

Select the Boot method that best suits your needs. Enter the IP address. Enter the Subnet mask. Enter the Gateway address.
613

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3 WLAN (MFC-L3710CW/ MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)
Wi-Fi Direct (MFC-L3710CW/ MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)

Level 4 TCP/IP

Level 5 Node Name
WINS Configuration WINS Server

DNS Server

APIPA

Setup Wizard

IPv6 -

WLAN Assistant -

WPS

WPS w/ PIN Code -

WLAN Status

Status

Signal

SSID Comm. Mode

MAC Address

Set to Default -
(MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)

WLAN Enable

Push Button

PIN Code

Manual

Level 6 Primary Secondary Primary Secondary -
-
-
-
-
-

Descriptions
Enter the Node name. (up to 32 characters)
Select the WINS configuration mode.
Specify the IP address of the primary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server.
Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS server.
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the linklocal address range automatically.
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Configure the wireless network settings using the setup wizard.
Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Configure your wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN.
View the current wireless network status.
View the current wireless network signal strength.
View the current SSID.
View the current Communication mode.
View the machine's MAC address.
Restore the wireless network settings to the factory settings.

Turns the wireless interface

on or off.

Configure your Wi-Fi Direct

network settings using the

one-button push method.

Configure your Wi-Fi Direct

network settings using WPS

with a PIN code.

Configure your Wi-Fi Direct

network settings manually.

614

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3
Wi-Fi Direct
(MFC-L3710CW/ MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)

Level 4 Group Owner
Device Information

Level 5 -
Device Name
SSID

Level 6 -
-
-

Status Information

IP Address

Status

Signal

I/F Enable

NFC

(Available only for certain

models)

Web Connect Settings

Proxy Settings Proxy

Connection

Address

Port

User Name

Password

Network Reset

Descriptions Set your machine as the Group Owner. View your machine's device name. View the Group Owner's SSID. When the machine is not connected, the LCD displays Not Connected. View your machine's current IP Address. View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status. View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal strength. When your machine acts as Group Owner, the LCD always indicates a strong signal. Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off. Turn the NFC function on or off.
Change the Web connection settings.
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.

[All Settings] > [Print Reports]

Level 3 XMIT Verify
Address Book Fax Journal
User Settings Printer Settings Network Configuration Print File List Drum Dot Print WLAN Report

Level 4

Descriptions

View on LCD Display Transmission Verification Reports about sent faxes.

Print Report Print a Transmission Verification Report of your last transmission.

Print a list of names and numbers stored in the Address Book.

Print a list of information about your last 200 incoming and

outgoing faxes.

(TX means Transmit. RX means Receive.)

Print a list of your settings.

Print a list of your Printer settings.

Print a list of your Network settings.

Print a list of data saved in the machine's memory.

Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.

Print the wireless LAN connection results.

615

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3
(MFC-L3710CW/ MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)

Level 4

Descriptions

[All Settings] > [Machine Info.]

Level 3 Serial No. Firmware Version Firmware Update Firmware Auto Check Page Counter
Parts Life 1

Level 4 Main Version Sub1 Version -

Level 5 -

Total

Colour

Black and White

Fax

Copy

Colour

Black and White

Colour

Black and White

Other

Colour

Black and White

Drum

Black(BK)

Cyan(C)

Magenta(M)

Yellow(Y)

Belt

Fuser

PF Kit MP

(MFC-L3770CDW)

PF Kit 1

Descriptions Check your machine's serial number. Check your machine's firmware version. Update your machine to the latest firmware. View firmware information on the Main Home screen. Check the total number of pages the machine has printed.
Display the remaining life of each drum unit.
Display the remaining life of the belt unit. Display the remaining life of the fuser unit. Display the remaining life of the PF kit MP. Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 1.

1 The parts life is approximate and may vary by type of use.
[All Settings] > [Initial Setup]

Level 3 Date & Time

Level 4
Date
Time
Clock Type
Auto Daylight (Available only for some countries)
Time Zone

Descriptions Add the date and time on the screen and in the headings of the faxes you send.
Select the time format (12-hour or 24-hour). Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
Set your time zone.

616

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3 Station ID
Tone/Pulse (Available only for some countries) Dial Tone Phone Line Set Compatibility
Reset
Local Language (Available only for some countries)

Level 4 Fax Tel Name -

Descriptions Enter your name and fax number so it appears on each page you fax.
Select the dialling mode.

Shorten the dial tone detect pause.

Select the telephone line type.

Adjust the equalisation for transmission difficulties.

VoIP service providers offer fax support using various standards. If you regularly experience fax transmission errors, select Basic (for VoIP).

Machine Reset Restore the machine settings that you have changed.

Network Reset Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.

Address Book & Erase all stored phone numbers and fax settings. Fax

All Settings

Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings and delete the personal data in the memory. You cannot see the data on the machine.

Factory Reset

Restore all the machine settings back to the factory settings and delete the personal data in the machine's memory. We recommend using this menu option if you want to delete all the data from the machine.

Change your LCD language.

Related Information
· Settings and Features Tables

https://manual-hub.com/

617

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features Tables > Settings Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
Settings Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW

[Settings]

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Date & Time -

Descriptions Access the Date and Time setting menus.

Toner
Network Screen Settings Eco Mode
Tray Setting All Settings

Toner Life -

View the approximate remaining toner life.

Test Print -

Print a test page.

Calibration Calibrate Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.

Reset

Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.

Registration -

Align the print position of each colour.

Wired LAN -

Access the Wired LAN setting menus.

WLAN

Access the WLAN setting menus.

Access the default screen setting menus.

Turn the following machine settings on at the same time.

· 2-sided Print: Long Edge(Available only for certain models)

· Sleep Time: 0Min

· Dim Timer: 10Secs

Access the tray setting menus.

Configure the detailed settings.

[All Settings] > [General Setup]

Level 3 Tray Setting

Level 4 Paper Type
Paper Size Check Size

Beep LCD Settings

Backlight Dim Timer

Screen Settings Main Home Screen

Copy Screen

Scan Screen

Notifications Scan Result(Skip Blank Page)

Ecology

Eco Mode

Descriptions
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the standard paper tray.
Select the size of paper you loaded in the standard paper tray.
Select whether to display a message telling you to check that the size and type of the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper Size and Paper Type settings match.
Adjust the beeper volume.
Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after you go back to your Main Home screen.
Set the Main Home screen.
Set the default Copy screen.
Set the default Scan screen.
Displays the total scanned pages and skipped blank pages after scanning is completed.
Turn the following machine settings on at the same time.

https://manual-hub.com/

618

Level 3 Ecology
Setting Lock Delete Storage

Level 4

Descriptions

· 2-sided Print: Long Edge(Available only for certain models)
· Sleep Time: 0Min
· Dim Timer: 10Secs

Toner Save

Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge.

Sleep Time

Set how much time will pass before the machine enters Power Saving mode.

Quiet Mode

Decrease printing noise.

Auto Power Off

Set the number of hours that the machine will remain in Deep Sleep mode before going into Power Off mode.

Set Password

Restrict unauthorised users from changing the machine's settings.

Lock OffOn

New Password
(Available only when you enter the password for the first time.)

Macro ID

Delete the registered Macro data.

Font ID

Delete the registered Font data.

Format

Restore the Macro and Font data of your machine to the default settings.

[All Settings] > [Shortcut Settings]

Level 3

Level 4 Descriptions

(Select a Shortcut) Rename Change the shortcut name.

Edit Change the shortcut settings.

Delete Delete the shortcut.

[All Settings] > [Printer]

Level 3 Emulation Quality Print Options
2-sided

Level 4 Font List
Test Print 2-sided Print

Level 5 HP LaserJet BR-Script 3 -

Single Image -

Auto Continue -

Output Colour -

619

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3 HP Tray Command
Reset Printer Colour Correction

Level 4 -

Level 5 -

Calibration

Calibrate

Reset

Registration Auto Correction -

Colour Settings Setting Mode

Colour Mode
Improve Grey Colour
Enhance Black Printing
Brightness
Contrast
Red
Green
Blue

Descriptions
Select the correct version of HP LaserJet tray emulation.
Restore the printer settings to the factory settings.
Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.
Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.
Align the print position of each colour.
Set the machine to perform Colour Calibration and Registration automatically.
Select whether to apply the colour print settings of the machine or the printer driver.
Select the colour mode.
Turn on or off to improve the image quality of shaded areas.
Turn on or off if a black graphic does not print correctly.
Adjust the brightness.
Adjust the contrast.
Adjust the red colour.
Adjust the green colour.
Adjust the blue colour.

[All Settings] > [Network]

Level 3 Wired LAN

Level 4 TCP/IP

Ethernet

Level 5 BOOT Method IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Node Name
WINS Configuration WINS Server
DNS Server
APIPA
IPv6 -

Level 6 IP Boot Tries -
-

Primary Secondary Primary Secondary -
-

620

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3 Wired LAN
WLAN

Level 4 Wired Status MAC Address Set to Default

Level 5 -

Wired Enable

TCP/IP

BOOT Method

IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Node Name

WINS Configuration
WINS Server

DNS Server

APIPA

Setup Wizard

IPv6 -

WLAN Assistant -

WPS

WPS w/ PIN Code -

WLAN Status

Status

Signal

SSID Comm. Mode

MAC Address

Set to Default -

WLAN Enable

Level 6 -
-
IP Boot Tries -
-

Descriptions
View the current wired status.
View the machine's MAC address.
Restore the wired network settings to the factory settings.
Turn the Wired LAN interface on or off manually.
Select the Boot method that best suits your needs.
Enter the IP address.
Enter the Subnet mask.
Enter the Gateway address.
Enter the Node name. (up to 32 characters)
Select the WINS configuration mode.

Primary Secondary Primary Secondary -
-
-
-

Specify the IP address of the primary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS server.
Specify the IP address of the primary DNS server.
Specify the IP address of the secondary DNS server.
Set the machine to allocate the IP address from the link-local address range automatically.
Turn the IPv6 protocol on or off.
Configure the wireless network settings using the setup wizard.
Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.
Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.
Configure your wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN.
View the current wireless network status.
View the current wireless network signal strength.
View the current SSID.
View the current Communication mode.
View the machine's MAC address.
Restore the wireless network settings to the factory settings.
Turns the wireless interface on or off.

https://manual-hub.com/

621

Level 3
Wi-Fi Direct

Level 4 Push Button

Level 5 -

PIN Code
Manual
Group Owner
Device Information

Device Name SSID

Level 6 -
-

IP Address

Status

Information

Signal

I/F Enable

Web Connect Proxy Settings Proxy

Settings

Connection

Address

Port

User Name

Password

Network

Reset

Descriptions Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using the one-button push method. Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings using WPS with a PIN code. Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings manually. Set your machine as the Group Owner. View your machine's device name. View the Group Owner's SSID. When the machine is not connected, the LCD displays Not Connected. View your machine's current IP Address. View the current Wi-Fi Direct network status. View the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal strength. When your machine acts as Group Owner, the LCD always indicates a strong signal. Turn the Wi-Fi Direct connection on or off. Change the Web connection settings.
Restore all network settings back to the factory settings.

[All Settings] > [Print Reports]

Level 3

Level 4 Descriptions

User Settings

Print a list of your settings.

Printer Settings

Print a list of your Printer settings.

Network Configuration -

Print a list of your Network settings.

Print File List

Print a list of data saved in the machine's memory.

Drum Dot Print

Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.

WLAN Report

Print the wireless LAN connection results.

[All Settings] > [Machine Info.]

Level 3 Serial No. Firmware Version

Level 4
-
Main Version

Level 5 -

Descriptions Check your machine's serial number. Check your machine's firmware version.

622

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3 Firmware Version
Firmware Update Firmware Auto Check Page Counter

Level 4 Sub1 Version -
Total

Copy

Other

Parts Life 1

Drum

Belt Fuser PF Kit 1

Level 5 -
-
Colour Black and White Colour Black and White Colour Black and White Colour Black and White Black(BK) Cyan(C) Magenta(M) Yellow(Y) -

Descriptions Check your machine's firmware version. Update your machine to the latest firmware. View firmware information on the Main Home screen. Check the total number of pages the machine has printed.
Display the remaining life of each drum unit.
Display the remaining life of the belt unit. Display the remaining life of the fuser unit. Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 1.

1 The parts life is approximate and may vary by type of use.
[All Settings] > [Initial Setup]

Level 3 Date & Time
Reset

Level 4 Date Time Clock Type Auto Daylight (Available only for some countries) Time Zone Machine Reset Network Reset All Settings
Factory Reset

Local Language

Descriptions Set the date and time on your machine.
Select the time format (12-hour or 24-hour). Set the machine to change automatically for Daylight Saving Time.
Set your time zone. Restore the machine settings that you have changed. Restore all network settings back to the factory settings. Restore all the machine's settings back to the factory settings and delete the personal data in the memory. You cannot see the data on the machine. Restore all the machine settings back to the factory settings and delete the personal data in the machine's memory. We recommend using this menu option if you want to delete all the data from the machine. Change your LCD language.

https://manual-hub.com/

623

Level 3
(Available only for some countries)

Level 4

Related Information
· Settings and Features Tables

Descriptions

https://manual-hub.com/

624

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features Tables > Feature Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)
Feature Tables (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

[Toner]

Level 3

Level 4

Descriptions

Toner Life -

View the approximate remaining toner life for each colour.

Test Print -

Print a test page.

Calibration Calibrate Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.

Reset

Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.

Registration -

Align the print position of each colour.

(Wi-Fi®) (MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)

Level 3 TCP/IP 1

Descriptions Change the TCP/IP settings.

Setup Wizard

Configure the wireless network settings using the setup wizard.

WLAN Assistant Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.

WPS

Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.

WPS w/ PIN Code 1 Configure the wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN code.

WLAN Status 1

Display the wireless network connection status.

MAC Address 1

Display the MAC address of the machine.

Set to Default 1 Restore wireless network settings of your machine to the factory settings.

WLAN Enable 1

Turn the wireless interface on or off.

1 Available after a Wi-Fi® connection has been configured.

(Wired LAN) (MFC-L3730CDN)

Level 3

Descriptions

TCP/IP

Change the TCP/IP settings.

Ethernet

Select the Ethernet link mode.

Wired Status Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.

MAC Address Display the MAC address of the machine.

[Fax] (When Fax Preview is Off)

Level 3
Redial / Pause

Level 4 -

Level 5 -

Level 6 -

Descriptions Redial the last number called. When you are entering a fax or telephone number on the
625

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3
Tel / R Address Book
Call History Fax Start Options

Level 4 -

Level 5 -

Level 6 -

Descriptions
control panel, Redial changes to Pause on the LCD. Press Pause when you need a delay while dialling numbers, such as access codes and credit card numbers. You can also store a pause when you set up addresses.
Tel changes to R when PBX is selected as the telephone line type. You can use R to gain access to an outside line or to transfer a call to another extension when connected to a PBX.
Search within the Address Book.

(Search)

Edit

Add New Address
Setup Groups

Name
Address
Name
Add/ Delete

Store Address Book numbers, set up Group numbers for Broadcasting, change and delete Address Book numbers.

Change

(Select Address Book)

Delete

(Select Address Book)

(Select Address Book) Apply

Start sending a fax using the Address Book.

Redial

Redial the last number you dialled.

Outgoing Call

(Select

Apply

Outgoing Call) Edit

Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.

Send a fax.

Fax Resolution -

Set the resolution for outgoing faxes.

Contrast

Adjust the contrast.

2-sided Fax

(MFC-L3770CDW)

Set the 2-sided scanning format.

Glass Scan Size -

Adjust the scan area of the scanner glass to

the size of the document.

Broadcasting

Add Number Add Number

Send the same fax message to more than one fax number.

Add from Address book

Search in Address book

Delayed Fax

Delayed Fax -

Set Time

Set the time of day the delayed faxes will be sent.

Real Time TX

Send a fax without using the memory.

Coverpage Setup Coverpage Setup

Set the machine to automatically send a preprogrammed cover page.

https://manual-hub.com/

626

Level 3 Options
Save as Shortcut

Level 4 Coverpage Setup
Overseas Mode

Level 5
Coverpage Note
Total Pages
-

Level 6 -
-

Set New Default -

Factory Reset

Descriptions Set the machine to automatically send a preprogrammed cover page.
Set to On if you have difficulty sending faxes overseas. Save your settings as the default. Restore all settings back to the factory settings. Save the current settings as a shortcut.

[Fax] (When Fax Preview is On)

Level 3
Sending Faxes

Level 4

Level 5

Redial / Pause -

Tel / R

Address Book Call History -

Received Faxes
Address Book Call History

Fax Start Options Save as Shortcut Print/Delete
-

-
-
-
Print All(New Faxes)
Print All(Old Faxes)
Delete All(New Faxes)
Delete All(Old Faxes)
-
-

Descriptions Redial the last number called. When you are entering a fax or telephone number on the control panel, Redial changes to Pause on the LCD. Press Pause when you need a delay while dialling numbers, such as access codes and credit card numbers. You can also store a pause when you set up addresses. Tel changes to R when PBX is selected as the telephone line type. You can use R to gain access to an outside line or to transfer a call to another extension when connected to a PBX. Select the address of the recipient from the address book. Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it. Send a fax. Select your settings. Save the current settings as a shortcut.
Print the new received faxes.
Print the old received faxes.
Delete the new received faxes.
Delete the old received faxes.
Select the address of the recipient from the address book. Select a number from the Outgoing Call history and then send a fax to it, add it to the Address Book, or delete it.

[Copy]
Level 3 Mono Start

Level 4 -

Level 5 -

Descriptions Make a monochrome or greyscale copy.

627

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3

Level 4

Colour Start

> (more Copy options) Receipt

Normal

2in1(ID)

2in1

2sided(12) 2sided(22) Paper Save

Level 5

Descriptions

Make a colour copy.

Make a copy of your ID card.

Mono Start

Set the preset copy settings of Receipt.

Colour Start

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Mono Start

Set the preset copy settings of Normal.

Colour Start

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Mono Start

Set the preset copy settings of 2in1(ID).

Colour Start

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Mono Start

Set the preset copy settings of 2in1.

Colour Start

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Mono Start Colour Start

Set the preset copy settings of 2-sided(12).

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Mono Start Colour Start

Set the preset copy settings of 2-sided(22).

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Mono Start

Set the preset copy settings of Paper Save.

Colour Start

628

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3

Level 4

> (more Copy options) Paper Save

Options

Mono Start Colour Start Options Enlarge/Reduce

Density Tray Use 2-sided Copy
2-sided Copy Page Layout
Quality
Contrast Stack/Sort 2in1/1in1
Page Layout Auto Deskew
Colour Adjust Remove Background Colour Save as Shortcut -

Level 5

Descriptions

Save as Shortcut Set the preset copy settings of Paper Save.

> (more Copy options)

Options

Start Copying.

Select your settings.

100%

Enlarge

Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.

Reduce

Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.

Custom(25-400%) Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.

Adjust the density.

Select the tray that will be used.

Layout

Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip on long edge or flip on short edge.

Select a page layout option when you make

2-sided N in 1 copies from a 2-sided

document.

Select the Copy resolution for your document

type.

Adjust the contrast.

Select to stack or sort multiple copies.

If you select 2 in 1 (ID), you can select the

layout options.

Make N in 1 and 2 in 1 ID copies.

Set the machine to correct document skewing

automatically.

Adjust the colour for copies.

Change the amount of background colour that

is removed.

Save the current settings as a shortcut.

[Scan]
Level 3 to USB (MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)

Level 4
Other Scan to Actions
Options

Level 5 -
Resolution File Type Scan Type 2-sided Scan (MFC-L3770CDW) Document Size Brightness Contrast

Level 6 -
-
-

Descriptions
Scan documents to a USB flash drive.

629

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3 to USB (MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW)
to PC
to FTP to Network

Level 4 Options
Save as Shortcut Start to File
to OCR
to Image
to E-mail
Other Scan to Actions (Select Profile name) Other Scan to Actions (Select Profile name)

Level 5 File Name File Name Style File Size Auto Deskew Skip Blank Page Skip Blank Page Sensitivity Remove Background Colour Set New Default Factory Reset -
Other Scan to Actions (Select USB or PC)
Other Scan to Actions (Select USB or PC)
Other Scan to Actions (Select USB or PC)
Other Scan to Actions (Select USB or PC)
-
Options Save as Shortcut Start -
Options

Level 6 -
-
-
-
-
Options Save as Shortcut Start -
Options Save as Shortcut Start -
Options Save as Shortcut Start -
Options Save as Shortcut Start -
-
-

Descriptions Scan documents to a USB flash drive.
Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer.
Convert your scanned document to an editable text file.
Scan photos or graphics into your graphics applications.
Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
Send scanned data via FTP.
Send scanned data to a CIFS server on your local network or on the Internet.
630

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3 to Network to SharePoint
to Web

Level 4
(Select Profile name)

Level 5 Save as Shortcut Start

Other Scan to Actions (Select Profile name)
-

-
Options Save as Shortcut Start -

Level 6 -
-
-

WS Scan

Other Scan -

(Appears when you install to Actions

a Web Services Scanner, Scan

which is displayed in your

computer's Network

Scan for E- -

explorer.)

mail

Scan for

Fax

Scan for

Descriptions Send scanned data to a CIFS server on your local network or on the Internet. Send scanned data via a SharePoint® server.
Upload the scanned data to an Internet service. Scan data using the Web Service protocol.

[Shortcuts]
Level 1 Edit/ Delete

Level 2
(Select Shortcut)

Add Shortcut

Copy Fax Scan

Web Apps

Level 3

Descriptions

Rename

Change the shortcut name.

Edit

Change the shortcut settings.

Delete

Delete the shortcut.

Select the settings you want.

to File

Scan a monochrome or a colour document to your computer.

to OCR

Convert your scanned document to an editable text file.

to Image

Scan a colour picture into your graphics application.

to USB

Scan documents to a USB flash drive.

to E-mail

Scan a monochrome or a colour document into your email application.

to Network

Send scanned data to a CIFS server on your local network or on the Internet.

to FTP

Send scanned data via FTP.

to SharePoint Send scanned data via a SharePoint® server.

Connect the Brother machine to an Internet

service.

Web services may have been added and service names may have been changed by the provider since this document was published.

Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps

service.

631

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 1
(These settings are available when each Shortcut name is pressed for two seconds.)

Level 2 Rename Edit Delete

Level 3 -

Descriptions Change the shortcut name. Change the shortcut settings. Delete the shortcut.

[Secure Print]

Level 1
Secure Print

Level 2

Level 3

(Select User) (Select Secure Print Job)

Descriptions
You can print data saved in the machine's memory when you enter your four-digit password. Active only when the machine has secure print data.

[Web]
Level 1 Descriptions Web Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.

[Apps]
Level 1 Descriptions Apps Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.

[USB] (MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)

Level 1 Level 2

Descriptions

USB Scan to USB Scan documents to a USB flash drive.

Direct Print Print the data directly from the USB flash drive.

Related Information
· Settings and Features Tables

https://manual-hub.com/

632

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features Tables > Feature Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
Feature Tables (DCP-L3550CDW)
Related Models: DCP-L3550CDW

[Toner]

Level 3

Level 4

Descriptions

Toner Life -

View the approximate remaining toner life for each colour.

Test Print -

Print a test page.

Calibration Calibrate Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.

Reset

Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.

Registration -

Align the print position of each colour.

(Wi-Fi®)

Level 3
TCP/IP
1

Descriptions Change the TCP/IP settings.

Setup Wizard Configure the wireless network settings using the setup wizard.

WLAN Assistant Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation disc.

WPS

Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push method.

WPS w/ PIN Code Configure the wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN code.
1

WLAN Status
1

Display the wireless network connection status.

MAC Address
1

Display the MAC address of the machine.

Set to Default Restore wireless network settings of your machine to the factory settings.
1

WLAN Enable
1

Turn the wireless interface on or off.

1 Available after a Wi-Fi® connection has been configured.

[Copy]

Level 3

Level 4

Mono Start

Colour Start

> (more Copy options) Receipt

Level 5

Descriptions

Make a monochrome or greyscale copy.

Make a colour copy.

Make a copy of your ID card.

Mono Start

Set the preset copy settings of Receipt.

Colour Start

Save as Shortcut

633

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3

Level 4

> (more Copy options) Receipt

Normal

2in1(ID)

2in1

2sided(12)
2sided(22)
Paper Save
Mono Start Colour Start Options

Level 5

Descriptions

> (more Copy options) Set the preset copy settings of Receipt.

Options

Mono Start

Set the preset copy settings of Normal.

Colour Start

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Mono Start

Set the preset copy settings of 2in1(ID).

Colour Start

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Mono Start

Set the preset copy settings of 2in1.

Colour Start

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Mono Start Colour Start

Set the preset copy settings of 2-sided(12).

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Mono Start Colour Start

Set the preset copy settings of 2-sided(22).

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Mono Start

Set the preset copy settings of Paper Save.

Colour Start

Save as Shortcut

> (more Copy options)

Options

Start Copying.

Select your settings.

634

https://manual-hub.com/

Level 3 Options

Level 4 Enlarge/Reduce

Density 2-sided Copy
2-sided Copy Page Layout
Quality
Contrast Stack/Sort 2in1/1in1
Page Layout Auto Deskew
Colour Adjust Remove Background Colour Save as Shortcut -

Level 5 100% Enlarge Reduce Custom(25-400%) Layout
-
-
-
-
-

Descriptions
-
Select an enlargement ratio for the next copy.
Select a reduction ratio for the next copy.
Enter an enlargement or reduction ratio.
Adjust the density.
Turn off or turn on 2-sided copying and select flip on long edge or flip on short edge.
Select a page layout option when you make 2-sided N in 1 copies from a 2-sided document.
Select the Copy resolution for your document type.
Adjust the contrast.
Select to stack or sort multiple copies.
If you select 2 in 1 (ID), you can select the layout options.
Make N in 1 and 2 in 1 ID copies.
Set the machine to correct document skewing automatically.
Adjust the colour for copies.
Change the amount of background colour that is removed.

Save the current settings as a shortcut.

[Scan]
Level 3 to PC

Level 4 to File
to OCR
to Image

Level 5

Level 6

Other Scan to Actions

(Select USB or PC)

Options
Save as Shortcut

Start

Other Scan to Actions

(Select USB or PC)

Options
Save as Shortcut

Start

Other Scan to Actions

(Select USB or PC)

Options
Save as Shortcut

Start

Descriptions Scan documents and save them to a folder on your computer.
Convert your scanned document to an editable text file.
Scan photos or graphics into your graphics applications.

https://manual-hub.com/

635

Level 3 to PC
to FTP
to Network
to SharePoint
to Web WS Scan (Appears when you install a Web Services Scanner, which is displayed in your computer's Network explorer.)

Level 4 to E-mail
Other Scan to Actions (Select Profile name)
Other Scan to Actions (Select Profile name)
Other Scan to Actions (Select Profile name)
-

Level 5

Level 6

Other Scan to Actions

(Select USB or PC)

Options
Save as Shortcut

Start

Options

Save as

Shortcut

Start

Options

Save as

Shortcut

Start

Options

Save as

Shortcut

Start

Other Scan -

to Actions

Scan

Scan for E- -

mail

Scan for Fax -

Scan for

Descriptions Send a scanned document as an email attachment.
Send scanned data via FTP.
Send scanned data to a CIFS server on your local network or on the Internet.
Send scanned data via a SharePoint® server.
Upload the scanned data to an Internet service. Scan data using the Web Service protocol.

[Shortcuts]
Level 1 Edit/ Delete
Add Shortcut

Level 2 (Select Shortcut)
Copy Scan

Level 3 Rename Edit Delete to File
to OCR

Descriptions
Change the shortcut name.
Change the shortcut settings.
Delete the shortcut.
Select the settings you want.
Scan a monochrome or a colour document to your computer.
Convert your scanned document to an editable text file.

https://manual-hub.com/

636

Level 1 Add Shortcut

Level 2 Scan

Web

Apps

(These settings are available Rename

when each Shortcut name is pressed for two seconds.)

Edit

Delete

Level 3

Descriptions

to Image

Scan a colour picture into your graphics application.

to E-mail

Scan a monochrome or a colour document into your email application.

to Network

Send scanned data to a CIFS server on your local network or on the Internet.

to FTP

Send scanned data via FTP.

to SharePoint Send scanned data via a SharePoint® server.

Connect the Brother machine to an Internet

service.

Web services may have been added and service names may have been changed by the provider since this document was published.

Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps

service.

Change the shortcut name.

Change the shortcut settings.

Delete the shortcut.

[Secure Print]

Level 1
Secure Print

Level 2

Level 3

(Select User) (Select Secure Print Job)

Descriptions
You can print data saved in the machine's memory when you enter your four-digit password. Active only when the machine has secure print data.

[Web]
Level 1 Descriptions Web Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.

[Apps]
Level 1 Descriptions Apps Connect the Brother machine to the Brother Apps service.

Related Information
· Settings and Features Tables

https://manual-hub.com/

637

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
· Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management · Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup · Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings? · Network Management Software and Utilities

https://manual-hub.com/

638

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS).
· What is Web Based Management?
· Access Web Based Management
· Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
· Network Management Software and Utilities
· Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities

https://manual-hub.com/

639

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management > What is Web Based Management?
What is Web Based Management?
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS). Type your machine's IP address into your web browser to access and change your print server settings.
· We recommend Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 11/Microsoft Edge for Windows® and Safari 10/11 for Mac. Make sure that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
· You must use the TCP/IP protocol on your network and have a valid IP address programmed into the print server and your computer.

· The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
Related Information
· Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

640

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management > Access Web Based Management
Access Web Based Management

· We recommend using the HTTPS security protocol when configuring settings using Web Based Management.
· When you use HTTPS for Web Based Management configuration, your browser will display a warning dialog box. To avoid displaying the warning dialog box, you can install a self-signed certificate to use SSL/TLS communication. For more detailed information, see Related Information.
· The default login password to manage machine settings is initpass. We recommend you change it to protect your machine from unauthorised access.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the machine's IP address).
For example:
https://192.168.1.2

· If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address. - For example: https://SharedPrinter If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name. - For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
· For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. If the machine prompts you for a password, type it, and then click .

You can now change the print server settings.
If you change the protocol settings, you must restart the machine after clicking Submit to activate the configuration. Every time you access Web Based Management, type the password in the Login field, and then click configuring the settings, log out by clicking .

. After

Related Information
· Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management · Print the Network Configuration Report · Create a Self-signed Certificate · Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows® users with Administrator Rights

https://manual-hub.com/

641

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management > Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
Set or Change a Login Password for Web Based Management
We recommend changing the default login password to prevent unauthorised access to Web Based Management. 1. Start your web browser. 2. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address). For example: https://192.168.1.2
· If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address. - For example: https://SharedPrinter If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name. - For example: https://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
· For Mac, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor screen.
3. Do one of the following:
· If you have previously set your own password, type it, and then click .
· If you have not previously set your own password, type initpass, and then click .
4. Click Administrator. 5. Type the password you want to use in the Enter New Password field (8 to 32 characters). 6. Retype the password in the Confirm New Password field. 7. Click Submit.
Related Information
· Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management

https://manual-hub.com/

642

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup
The Remote Setup program lets you configure many of your Brother machine's settings from your computer. When you start Remote Setup, the settings on your Brother machine will be downloaded to your computer and displayed on your screen. If you change the settings on your computer, you can upload them directly to the machine.
· Remote Setup (Windows®)
· Remote Setup (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

643

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows®)
Remote Setup (Windows®)
· Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)
· Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
· Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

644

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows®) > Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)
Set Up the Brother Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.

1. Do one of the following: · Windows® 7

Click

(Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.

Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Remote Setup.
· Windows® 8 and Windows® 10

Launch

(Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not

already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Remote Setup.

The Remote Setup Program window appears.

When your machine is connected via a Network, type the password if required. 2. Configure the settings as needed.

https://manual-hub.com/

645

Export Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message appears, confirm that your data is correct, and then click OK.
Cancel Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
3. Click OK.
· If your computer is protected by a firewall and is unable to use Remote Setup, you may need to configure the firewall settings to allow communication through port numbers 137 and 161.
· If you are using Windows® Firewall and you installed the Brother software and drivers from the Brother installation disc, the necessary firewall settings have already been set.
Related Information
· Remote Setup (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

646

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows®) > Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
Set Up the Brother Machine Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 2. Click the Device Settings tab. 3. Click the Remote Setup button. 4. Configure the settings as needed.
Export Click to save the current configuration settings to a file. Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import Click to import a file and read its settings.
Print Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print. 647
https://manual-hub.com/

https://manual-hub.com/

648

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Windows®) > Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book Using ControlCenter4 (Windows®)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use Remote Setup through CC4 to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer.
If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup.
1. Click the (ControlCenter4) icon in the task tray, and then click Open. 2. Click the Device Settings tab. 3. Click the Address Book button.
The Address Book opens in a Remote Setup window. 4. Add or update the Address Book information as needed. 5. Click OK.
Related Information
· Remote Setup (Windows®)

https://manual-hub.com/

649

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Mac)
Remote Setup (Mac)
· Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
· Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

650

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Mac) > Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
Set Up the Brother Machine with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use Remote Setup to set up your Brother machine with a USB cable connection.
To use Remote Setup, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com and download Remote Setup.
· If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup. · Remote Setup for Mac supports USB connections only.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the Remote Setup icon. The Remote Setup Program screen appears.

2. Configure the settings as needed. Export Click to save the current configuration settings to a file.
Click Export to save your address book or all settings for your machine.
Import Click to import a file and read its settings.

https://manual-hub.com/

651

Print Click to print the selected items on the machine. You cannot print the data until it is uploaded to the machine. Click Apply to upload the new data to the machine, and then click Print.
OK Click to start uploading data to the machine, and then exit the Remote Setup Program. If an error message appears, enter the correct data again, and then click OK.
Cancel Click to exit the Remote Setup Program without uploading data to the machine.
Apply Click to upload data to the machine without exiting the Remote Setup Program.
3. When finished, click OK.
Related Information
· Remote Setup (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

652

Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change the Machine Settings Using Remote Setup > Remote Setup (Mac) > Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
Set Up Your Machine's Address Book with a USB Cable Connection (Mac)
Related Models: MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Use Remote Setup to add or change Address Book numbers on your computer with a USB cable connection.
To use Remote Setup, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com and download Remote Setup.
· If Secure Function Lock is set to On, you cannot use Remote Setup. · Remote Setup for Mac supports USB connections only.
1. In the Finder menu bar, click Go > Applications > Brother, and then double-click the Remote Setup icon. The Remote Setup Program screen appears.
2. In the left menu, click Address Book in the Fax. 3. Add or update the Address Book information as needed. 4. When finished, click OK.
Related Information
· Remote Setup (Mac)

https://manual-hub.com/

653

Home > Appendix
Appendix
· Specifications · How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine · Supplies · Important Information About Toner Cartridge Life · Information Regarding Recycled Paper · Brother Numbers

https://manual-hub.com/

654

Home > Appendix > Specifications
Specifications
General Specifications
Printer Type Print Method Memory Capacity Standard LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) 1

Power Source
Power Consumption (Average)

Peak

Printing 2

Printing (Quiet Mode) 2

· LED
· Electrophotographic LED Printer
· 512 MB
· DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW 16 characters x 2 lines
· DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW 3.7 in. (93.4 mm) TFT Colour touchscreen LCD
· 220 to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz
· DCP-L3510CDW Approximately 1180 W
· DCP-L3517CDW Approximately 1180 W
· DCP-L3550CDW Approximately 1180 W
· MFC-L3710CW Approximately 1180 W
· MFC-L3730CDN Approximately 1180 W
· MFC-L3750CDW Approximately 1320 W
· MFC-L3770CDW Approximately 1320 W
· DCP-L3510CDW Approximately 400 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3517CDW Approximately 400 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3550CDW Approximately 400 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3710CW Approximately 400 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3730CDN Approximately 400 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3750CDW Approximately 430 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3770CDW Approximately 430 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3510CDW Approximately 280 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3517CDW Approximately 280 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3550CDW Approximately 280 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3710CW
655
https://manual-hub.com/

Power Consumption (Average)
Copying 2
Copying (Quiet Mode) 2
Ready 2
Sleep 2

Approximately 280 W at 25°C · MFC-L3730CDN
Approximately 280 W at 25°C · MFC-L3750CDW
Approximately 260 W at 25°C · MFC-L3770CDW
Approximately 260 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3510CDW Approximately 400 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3517CDW Approximately 400 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3550CDW Approximately 400 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3710CW Approximately 400 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3730CDN Approximately 400 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3750CDW Approximately 430 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3770CDW Approximately 430 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3510CDW Approximately 280 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3517CDW Approximately 280 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3550CDW Approximately 280 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3710CW Approximately 280 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3730CDN Approximately 280 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3750CDW Approximately 260 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3770CDW Approximately 260 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3510CDW Approximately 80 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3517CDW Approximately 80 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3550CDW Approximately 80 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3710CW Approximately 80 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3730CDN Approximately 80 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3750CDW Approximately 75 W at 25°C
· MFC-L3770CDW Approximately 75 W at 25°C
· DCP-L3510CDW

656

https://manual-hub.com/

Power Consumption (Average)
Deep Sleep 2
Power Off 2 3 4
Dimensions (Typical outline view) (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW)

Approximately 9.7 W · DCP-L3517CDW
Approximately 9.7 W · DCP-L3550CDW
Approximately 9.7 W · MFC-L3710CW
Approximately 9.7 W · MFC-L3730CDN
Approximately 9.7 W · MFC-L3750CDW
Approximately 10.1 W · MFC-L3770CDW
Approximately 10.1 W
· DCP-L3510CDW Approximately 1.2 W
· DCP-L3517CDW Approximately 1.2 W
· DCP-L3550CDW Approximately 1.2 W
· MFC-L3710CW Approximately 1.2 W
· MFC-L3730CDN Approximately 1.2 W
· MFC-L3750CDW Approximately 1.2 W
· MFC-L3770CDW Approximately 1.2 W
· DCP-L3510CDW Approximately 0.04 W
· DCP-L3517CDW Approximately 0.04 W
· DCP-L3550CDW Approximately 0.04 W
· MFC-L3710CW Approximately 0.04 W
· MFC-L3730CDN Approximately 0.04 W
· MFC-L3750CDW Approximately 0.04 W
· MFC-L3770CDW Approximately 0.04 W
Unit: mm · DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
* : 410 ** : 368 *** : 475 · DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW * : 410 ** : 414
657
https://manual-hub.com/

*** : 475 · MFC-L3770CDW
* : 410 ** : 414 *** : 509
(DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)

Weights (with supplies)

· DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW 21.7 kg
· DCP-L3550CDW 23.2 kg
· MFC-L3710CW 22.5 kg
· MFC-L3730CDN 23.4 kg
· MFC-L3750CDW 23.4 kg
· MFC-L3770CDW 24.5 kg

https://manual-hub.com/

658

Noise Level

Sound Pressure

Printing
Printing (Quiet Mode) Ready

· MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW LpAm = 47 dB (A)
· DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/ MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN LpAm = 45 dB (A)
· LpAm = 43 dB (A)
· Default: Inaudible 5

Sound Power

Printing 6
Printing (Quiet Mode) Ready

Monochrome · DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN LWAd = 5.86 B (A) · MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW LWAd = 6.11 B (A)
Colour · DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/
MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN LWAd = 5.92 B (A) · MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW LWAd = 6.16 B (A)
Monochrome · LWAd = 5.71 B (A)
Colour · LWAd = 5.73 B (A)
· Default: Inaudible 7

Temperature

Operating

Storage

Humidity

Operating

Storage

ADF (automatic document feeder) (DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)

· From 10°C to 32°C · From 0°C to 40°C · 20 to 80% (without condensation) · 10 to 95% (without condensation) · Up to 50 sheets For best results we recommend: · Temperature: 20 to 30 °C · Humidity: 50 to 70% · Paper: 80 g/m2

1 Measured diagonally. 2 USB connections to computer 3 Measured according to IEC 62301 Edition 2.0. 4 Power consumption varies slightly depending on the usage environment. 5 If fan motor is functioning: LpAm = 33 dB (A) 6 Measured in accordance with the method described in RAL-UZ205. 7 If fan motor is functioning: LWAd = 4.67 B (A)
Document Size Specification

Document Size ADF Width

· 105 mm to 215.9 mm

ADF Length

· 147.3 mm to 355.6 mm

Scanner Glass Width · Maximum 215.9 mm

Scanner Glass Length · Maximum 300 mm

659

https://manual-hub.com/

Print Media Specifications

Paper Input Paper Tray (Standard)

Paper Type Paper Size

· Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Thick Paper, Recycled Paper
· A4, Letter, A5, A5 (Long Edge), A6, Executive

Paper Weight · 60 to 163 g/m²

Maximum

· Up to 250 sheets of 80 g/m2 Plain

Paper Capacity

Paper

Multi-Purpose Tray (MP tray) (MFC-L3770CDW)

Paper Type

· Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Thick Paper, Recycled Paper, Bond, Label, Envelope, Env. Thin, Env.Thick, Glossy Paper

Paper Size

· Width: 76.2 mm to 216 mm
· Length: 116 mm to 355.6 mm
· Envelope: COM-10, DL, C5, Monarch

Paper Weight · 60 to 163 g/m2

Maximum

· Up to 30 sheets of 80 g/m2 Plain Paper

Paper Capacity · Envelope: three envelopes up to 6 mm

thick

Manual Feed Slot (DCP-L3510CDW/ DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/ MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW)

Paper Type

· Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Thick Paper, Recycled Paper, Bond, Label, Envelope, Env. Thin, Env.Thick, Glossy Paper

Paper Size

· Width: 76.2 mm to 216 mm
· Length: 116 mm to 355.6 mm
· Envelope: COM-10, DL, C5, Monarch

Paper Weight · 60 to 163 g/m2

Maximum

· One sheet

Paper Capacity

Paper Output
1

Face Down Output Tray

· Up to 150 sheets of 80 g/m2 Plain Paper (face-down delivery to the facedown output paper tray)

Face Up Output Tray

· One sheet (face-up delivery to the faceup output tray)

2-sided

Automatic 2-sided Printing (DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/ DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW)

Paper Type
Paper Size Paper Weight

· Plain Paper, Thin Paper, Thick Paper, Recycled Paper
· A4
· 60 to 163 g/m2

1 For labels, we recommend removing the printed sheets from the output paper tray immediately after they exit the machine to avoid the possibility of smudging.

https://manual-hub.com/

660

Fax Specifications

NOTE
This feature is available for MFC models.

Compatibility

· ITU-T Super Group 3

Coding System

· MH / MR / MMR / JBIG

Modem Speed

· 33,600 bps (with Automatic Fallback)

2-sided Print Receiving

· MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW Yes

Automatic 2-sided Sending · MFC-L3770CDW Yes (from ADF)

Scanning Width

· Maximum 208 mm

Printing Width

· Maximum 207.4 mm

Greyscale

· 8 bit / 256 levels

Resolution Horizontal · 203 dpi

Vertical

· Standard: 98 dpi · Fine: 196 dpi · Super fine: 392 dpi · Photo: 196 dpi

Address Book

· 200 Locations

Groups

· Up to 20

Broadcasting

· 250 Locations

Automatic Redial

· 3 times at 5-minute intervals

Memory Transmission

· Up to 500 pages 1

Out of Paper Reception

· Up to 500 pages 1

1 `Pages' refers to the `ITU-T Test Chart #1' (a typical business letter, Standard resolution, JBIG code).
Copy Specification

Copy Width

· Maximum 210 mm

Automatic 2-sided Copy · MFC-L3770CDW Yes (from ADF)

Sort Copy

· Yes

Stack Copy

· Up to 99 pages

Enlarge/Reduce

· 25 to 400% (in increments of 1%)

Resolution

· Maximum 600 x 600 dpi

First Copy Out Time 1

Monochrome · MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Less than 15 seconds at 23°C / 230 V · DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN
Less than 17.5 seconds at 23°C / 230 V

Colour · MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW

661

https://manual-hub.com/

First Copy Out Time 1

Less than 16 seconds at 23°C / 230 V · DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN
Less than 17.5 seconds at 23°C / 230 V

1 From Ready Mode and standard tray
Scanner Specifications

Colour / Black TWAIN Compliant
WIA Compliant Colour Depth Grey Scale Resolution 1

· Yes / Yes
· Yes (Windows® 7 / Windows® 8 / Windows® 8.1 / Windows® 10) (macOS v10.11.6, v10.12.x, v10.13.x)
· Yes (Windows® 7 / Windows® 8 / Windows® 8.1 / Windows® 10)
· 48 bit colour Processing (Input) · 24 bit colour Processing (Output)
· 16 bit colour Processing (Input) · 8 bit colour Processing (Output)
· Up to 19200 x 19200 dpi (interpolated) · Up to 1200 x 2400 dpi (from Scanner Glass) · Up to 600 x 600 dpi (from ADF)

Scanning Width

Automatic 2-sided Scanning ·

Maximum 210 mm MFC-L3770CDW Yes (from ADF)

1 Maximum 1200 × 1200 dpi scanning with the WIA driver in Windows® 7, Windows® 8, Windows® 8.1 and Windows® 10 (resolution up to 19200 × 19200 dpi can be selected by using the scanner utility)
Printer Specifications

Automatic 2-sided Print

· DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/ MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Yes

Emulation

· PCL6, BR-Script3, PDF Version 1.7, XPS Version 1.0

Resolution

· 600 x 600 dpi, 2,400 dpi class (2400 x 600) quality

Print Speed 1 2 1-sided print Monochrome · DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/ MFC-L3730CDN Up to 19 pages/minute (Letter size) Up to 18 pages/minute (A4 size) · MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW Up to 25 pages/minute (Letter size) Up to 24 pages/minute (A4 size)

Colour · DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3730CDN Up to 19 pages/minute (Letter size) Up to 18 pages/minute (A4 size) · MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW Up to 25 pages/minute (Letter size)

662

https://manual-hub.com/

Print Speed 1 2 1-sided print Up to 24 pages/minute (A4 size) 2-sided Print Monochrome · DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN Up to 6 sides/minute (Up to 3 sheets/minute) (Letter or A4 size) · MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW Up to 8 sides/minute (Up to 4 sheets/minute) (Letter or A4 size)

Colour · DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN
Up to 6 sides/minute (Up to 3 sheets/minute) (Letter or A4 size) · MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Up to 8 sides/minute (Up to 4 sheets/minute) (Letter or A4 size)

First Print Time 3

Monochrome · MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Less than 14 seconds at 23°C / 230 V · DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3730CDN Less than 15.5 seconds at 23°C / 230 V

Colour · MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
Less than 14 seconds at 23°C / 230 V · DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/
MFC-L3730CDN Less than 15.5 seconds at 23°C / 230 V

1 The print speed may change depending on the type of document you print. 2 Print speed may be slower when the machine is connected by wireless LAN. 3 Print from Ready mode and standard tray.
Interface Specifications

USB 1 2

· Hi-Speed USB 2.0 Use a USB 2.0 interface cable that is no more than 2 metres long.

LAN

· DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW 10Base-T/100Base-TX 3

Wireless LAN ·

DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW/DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3750CDW/ MFC-L3770CDW
IEEE 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure Mode)
IEEE 802.11g/n (Wi-Fi Direct®)

NFC

· MFC-L3770CDW Yes

1 Your machine has a USB 2.0 Hi-Speed interface. The machine can also be connected to a computer that has a USB 1.1 interface. 2 Third party USB ports are not supported. 3 Use a straight-through Category 5 (or greater) twisted-pair cable.
Direct Print Feature Specifications

NOTE
This function is available for MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW.

https://manual-hub.com/

663

Compatibility ·

Interface

PDF version1.7, JPEG, Exif+JPEG, PRN (created by own printer driver), TIFF (scanned by Brother models), XPS version 1.0
USB direct interface : Front x 1

Supported Protocols and Security Features

Ethernet 10Base-T/100Base-TX
Wireless LAN IEEE 802.11b/g/n (Infrastructure Mode), IEEE 802.11g/n (Wi-Fi Direct)
Protocols (IPv4) ARP, RARP, BOOTP, DHCP, APIPA (Auto IP), WINS/NetBIOS name resolution, DNS Resolver, mDNS, LLMNR responder, LPR/LPD, Custom Raw Port/Port9100, SMTP Client, IPP/IPPS, FTP Client and Server, CIFS Client, TELNET Server, SNMPv1/v2c/v3, HTTP/HTTPS server, TFTP client and server, ICMP, Web Services (Print/Scan), SNTP Client
Protocols (IPv6) NDP, RA, DNS resolver, mDNS, LLMNR responder, LPR/LPD, Custom Raw Port/Port9100, IPP/IPPS, SMTP Client, FTP Client and Server, CIFS Client, TELNET Server, SNMPv1/v2c/v3, HTTP/HTTPS server, TFTP client and server, ICMPv6, SNTP Client, Web Services (Print/Scan)
Network Security (Wired) SMTP-AUTH, SSL/TLS (IPPS, HTTPS, SMTP), SNMP v3, 802.1x (EAP-MD5, EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS), Kerberos
Network Security (Wireless) SMTP-AUTH, SSL/TLS (IPPS, HTTPS, SMTP), SNMP v3, 802.1x (LEAP, EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAP-TLS, EAPTTLS), Kerberos
Wireless Network Security WEP 64/128 bit, WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES), WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES) 1
Wireless Certification Wi-Fi Certification Mark License (WPATM/WPA2TM - Enterprise, Personal), Wi-Fi Protected SetupTM (WPS) Identifier Mark License, Wi-Fi CERTIFIEDTM Wi-Fi Direct
Computer Requirements Specifications

Supported Operating Systems And Software Functions

Computer Platform & Operating System Version

PC Interface

Parallel
(IEEE128 4)

USB 1

Windows® Windows® 7

N/A

Operating SP1 / 8 / 8.1 2 3

System

Windows® 10

Home / 10 Pro /

10 Education / 10

Enterprise 2 3

Printing PC Fax 4
Scanning

Processor Hard Disk Space to Install

10BaseT/ 100BaseTX
(Ethernet )

Wireless
802.11b/g /n

For Drivers

For Applicati ons
(including Drivers)

32 bit (x86) 650 MB or 64 bit (x64) processor

1.2 GB

1 Wi-Fi Direct supports WPA2-PSK (AES) only.

https://manual-hub.com/

664

Windows Server® 2008

Windows Server® 2008 R2

Windows Server® 2012

Windows Server® 2012 R2

Windows Server® 2016

Mac Operating System

macOS v10.11.6 macOS v10.12.x macOS v10.13.x

N/A

Printing

Printing PC-Fax (Send) 4 Scanning

50 MB

N/A

64 bit (x64) processor

Intel®

80 MB

Processor

400 MB

1 Third party USB ports are not supported. 2 For WIA, 1200x1200 resolution. Brother Scanner Utility enables resolutions up to 19200 x 19200 dpi. 3 PaperPortTM 14SE supports Windows® 7 SP1, Windows® 8, Windows® 8.1 and Windows® 10. 4 PC-Fax supports black and white only.
For the latest driver updates, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com. All trademarks, brand and product names are the property of their respective companies.

Related Information
· Appendix

https://manual-hub.com/

665

Home > Appendix > How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
>> DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW >> DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
DCP-L3510CDW/DCP-L3517CDW
When text is required, enter characters on the machine. The characters that are available may differ depending on the operation you perform. · Hold down or repeatedly press a or b to select a character from this list:
0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ(space)!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>? @[\]^_`{|}~ · Press OK when the character or symbol you want is displayed, and then enter the next character. · Press Clear to delete characters entered incorrectly.
DCP-L3550CDW/MFC-L3710CW/MFC-L3730CDN/MFC-L3750CDW/MFC-L3770CDW
· When you must enter text on your Brother machine, a keyboard appears on the LCD. · The characters that are available may differ depending on your country. · The keyboard layout may differ depending on the operation you perform.

· Press

to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters.

· Press

to cycle between lowercase and uppercase letters.

· To move the cursor to the left or right, press d or c. Inserting spaces · To enter a space, press [Space] or c. Making corrections · If you entered a character incorrectly and want to change it, press d or c to move the cursor to the incorrect
character, and then press . Enter the correct character.

· To insert a character, press d or c to move the cursor to the correct place, and then enter the character.

· Press

for each character you want to erase, or press and hold

to erase all the characters.

Related Information
· Appendix 666

https://manual-hub.com/

· Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard · Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast · Set Your Station ID

https://manual-hub.com/

667

Home > Appendix > Supplies
Supplies
When the time comes to replace supplies, such as the toner or drum, an error message will appear on your machine's control panel or in the Status Monitor. For more information about the supplies for your machine, visit www.brother.com/original/index.html or contact your local Brother dealer.
The Supply Model Name will vary depending on your country and region.

Supply Items Toner Cartridge

Supply Model Name
Standard Toner: TN-243

Approximate Life (Page Yield)
· Black: Approximately 1,000 pages 1 2
· Cyan / Magenta / Yellow: Approximately 1,000 pages 1 2

Drum Unit

High Yield Toner: TN-247
Inbox Toner: (Supplied with your machine)
DR-243CL 3

· Black: Approximately 3,000 pages 1 2
· Cyan / Magenta / Yellow: Approximately 2,300 pages 1 2
· Black: Approximately 1,000 pages 1 2
· Cyan / Magenta / Yellow: Approximately 1,000 pages 1 2
Approximately 18,000 pages 4

Belt Unit

BU-223CL

Approximately 50,000 pages 5

Waste Toner Box

WT-223CL

Approximately 50,000 pages 2

1 Approximate cartridge yield is declared in accordance with ISO/IEC 19798. 2 A4 or Letter size single-sided pages 3 Contains four drum units; one black and three colours. 4 Approximately 18,000 pages based on one page per job [A4/Letter single-sided pages]. The number of pages may be affected due to a
variety of factors including but not limited to media type and media size. 5 Approximately 50,000 pages based on two pages per job [A4/Letter single-sided pages]. The number of pages may be affected due to a
variety of factors including but not limited to media type and media size.
668
https://manual-hub.com/

Related Information
· Appendix · Replace Supplies

https://manual-hub.com/

669

Home > Appendix > Important Information About Toner Cartridge Life
Important Information About Toner Cartridge Life
Toner Cartridge Life
This product detects the life of the toner cartridges using the following two methods: · Detection by counting the dots of each colour that are necessary to create an image · Detection by counting the rotations of the developer roller This product has a function that will count the dots of each colour used to print every document and the rotations of each toner cartridge's developer roller. The print operation will stop when either of the upper limits is reached. The upper limit is set above the number of dots or rotations that would be required for the cartridge to perform consistently with its advertised page yield. This function is intended to reduce the risk of poor print quality and damage to the machine. There are two messages that indicate when the toner is low or needs replacing: Toner Low and Replace Toner. Toner Low is displayed on the LCD when the number of dots or rotations of the developer roller nears its maximum count: Replace Toner is displayed on the LCD when the number of dots or rotations of the developer roller reaches its maximum count.
Colour Correction
The number of developer roller rotations that are counted may not only be for normal operations, such as printing and copying, but also for machine adjustments, such as Colour Calibration and Colour Registration. Colour Calibration (Adjustment of Colour Density) To obtain stable print quality, the density of each toner cartridge needs to be maintained at a fixed value. If the density balance between the colours cannot be kept, the tint becomes unstable, and accurate colour reproduction becomes unavailable. The toner density can change due to chemical changes to the toner that affect its electrical charge, deterioration of the developer unit, and temperature and humidity levels in the machine. During calibration, the density level adjustment test patterns are printed on the belt unit. Calibration is mainly performed at the following times: · When the user manually selects calibration from the operation panel or the printer driver.
(Please perform calibration if colour density needs to be improved.) · When a used toner cartridge is replaced with a new one. · When the machine detects that the ambient temperature and humidity have changed. · When a specified number of printed pages is reached. Colour Registration (Correction of Colour Position) In this machine, the drum unit and developer unit are prepared for black (K), yellow (Y), magenta (M), and cyan (C), respectively. Four colour images are combined into one image, and therefore colour registration errors (for example, how the four colour images align) might occur. When registration errors occur, registration correction test patterns are printed on the belt unit. Registration is mainly performed at the following times: · When the user manually selects registration from the operation panel.
(Please perform registration if a colour registration error needs to be corrected.) · When a specified number of printed pages is reached.
Related Information
· Appendix

https://manual-hub.com/

670

Home > Appendix > Information Regarding Recycled Paper
Information Regarding Recycled Paper
· Recycled paper is of the same quality as paper made from original forest sources. Standards governing modern recycled paper ensure that it meets the highest quality requirements for different printing processes. The imaging equipment supplied by the VA signatories is suitable for using with recycled paper meeting the EN 12281:2002 standard.
· Purchasing recycled paper saves natural resources and promotes the circular economy. Paper is made using cellulose fibres from wood. Collecting and recycling paper extends the life of fibres over multiple life cycles, making the best use of the resources.
· The recycled paper production process is shorter. The fibres have already been processed, so less water and energy, and fewer chemicals are used.
· Paper recycling has the benefit of saving carbon by diverting paper products from alternative disposal routes such as landfill and incineration. Landfill waste emits methane gas, which has a powerful greenhouse effect.
Related Information
· Appendix

https://manual-hub.com/

671

Home > Appendix > Brother Numbers
Brother Numbers
IMPORTANT
For technical help, you must contact Brother customer service or your local Brother Dealer.
FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions)
The Brother Solutions Center is our one-stop resource for all your machine needs. Download the latest software and utilities and read FAQs and Troubleshooting tips to learn how to get the most from your Brother product. Check here for Brother driver updates, too.
support.brother.com
Customer Service
Visit www.brother.com for contact information on your local Brother office.
Service Centre locations
For service centres in Europe, contact your local Brother Office. Contact information for European offices can be found by going to www.brother.com, and selecting your region and country. Internet Addresses
Brother Global Web Site: www.brother.com For Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), Product Support and Technical Questions, and Driver Updates and Utilities: support.brother.com
Related Information
· Appendix

https://manual-hub.com/

672

Visit us on the World Wide Web www.brother.com

https://manual-hub.com/

UK Version 0